Details on this package are located in Section 6.13.2, “Contents of Binutils.”
Copyright © 1999-2012 Gerard Beekmans
Copyright © 1999-2012, Gerard Beekmans
All rights reserved.
This book is licensed under a Creative Commons License.
Computer instructions may be extracted from the book under the MIT License.
Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
My journey to learn and better understand Linux began over a decade ago, back in 1998. I had just installed my first Linux distribution and had quickly become intrigued with the whole concept and philosophy behind Linux.
There are always many ways to accomplish a single task. The same can be said about Linux distributions. A great many have existed over the years. Some still exist, some have morphed into something else, yet others have been relegated to our memories. They all do things differently to suit the needs of their target audience. Because so many different ways to accomplish the same end goal exist, I began to realize I no longer had to be limited by any one implementation. Prior to discovering Linux, we simply put up with issues in other Operating Systems as you had no choice. It was what it was, whether you liked it or not. With Linux, the concept of choice began to emerge. If you didn't like something, you were free, even encouraged, to change it.
I tried a number of distributions and could not decide on any one. They were great systems in their own right. It wasn't a matter of right and wrong anymore. It had become a matter of personal taste. With all that choice available, it became apparent that there would not be a single system that would be perfect for me. So I set out to create my own Linux system that would fully conform to my personal preferences.
To truly make it my own system, I resolved to compile everything from source code instead of using pre-compiled binary packages. This “perfect” Linux system would have the strengths of various systems without their perceived weaknesses. At first, the idea was rather daunting. I remained committed to the idea that such a system could be built.
After sorting through issues such as circular dependencies and compile-time errors, I finally built a custom-built Linux system. It was fully operational and perfectly usable like any of the other Linux systems out there at the time. But it was my own creation. It was very satisfying to have put together such a system myself. The only thing better would have been to create each piece of software myself. This was the next best thing.
As I shared my goals and experiences with other members of the Linux community, it became apparent that there was a sustained interest in these ideas. It quickly became plain that such custom-built Linux systems serve not only to meet user specific requirements, but also serve as an ideal learning opportunity for programmers and system administrators to enhance their (existing) Linux skills. Out of this broadened interest, the Linux From Scratch Project was born.
This Linux From Scratch book is the central core around that project. It provides the background and instructions necessary for you to design and build your own system. While this book provides a template that will result in a correctly working system, you are free to alter the instructions to suit yourself, which is, in part, an important part of this project. You remain in control; we just lend a helping hand to get you started on your own journey.
I sincerely hope you will have a great time working on your own Linux From Scratch system and enjoy the numerous benefits of having a system that is truly your own.
--
Gerard Beekmans
gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
There are many reasons why you would want to read this book. One of the questions many people raise is, “why go through all the hassle of manually building a Linux system from scratch when you can just download and install an existing one?”
One important reason for this project's existence is to help you learn how a Linux system works from the inside out. Building an LFS system helps demonstrate what makes Linux tick, and how things work together and depend on each other. One of the best things that this learning experience can provide is the ability to customize a Linux system to suit your own unique needs.
Another key benefit of LFS is that it allows you to have more control over the system without relying on someone else's Linux implementation. With LFS, you are in the driver's seat and dictate every aspect of the system.
LFS allows you to create very compact Linux systems. When installing regular distributions, you are often forced to install a great many programs which are probably never used or understood. These programs waste resources. You may argue that with today's hard drive and CPUs, such resources are no longer a consideration. Sometimes, however, you are still constrained by size considerations if nothing else. Think about bootable CDs, USB sticks, and embedded systems. Those are areas where LFS can be beneficial.
Another advantage of a custom built Linux system is security. By compiling the entire system from source code, you are empowered to audit everything and apply all the security patches desired. It is no longer necessary to wait for somebody else to compile binary packages that fix a security hole. Unless you examine the patch and implement it yourself, you have no guarantee that the new binary package was built correctly and adequately fixes the problem.
The goal of Linux From Scratch is to build a complete and usable foundation-level system. If you do not wish to build your own Linux system from scratch, you may not entirely benefit from the information in this book.
There are too many other good reasons to build your own LFS system to list them all here. In the end, education is by far the most powerful of reasons. As you continue in your LFS experience, you will discover the power that information and knowledge truly bring.
The primary target architecture of LFS is the 32-bit Intel CPU. If you have not built an LFS system before, you should probably start with that target. The 32-bit architecture is the most widely supported Linux system and is most compatible with both open source and proprietary software.
On the other hand, the instructions in this book are known to work, with some modifications, with both Power PC and 64-bit AMD/Intel CPUs. To build a system that utilizes one of these CPUs, the main prerequisite, in addition to those on the next few pages, is an existing Linux system such as an earlier LFS installation, Ubuntu, Red Hat/Fedora, SuSE, or other distribution that targets the architecture that you have. Also note that a 32-bit distribution can be installed and used as a host system on a 64-bit AMD/Intel computer.
Some other facts about 64-bit systems need to be added here. When compared to a 32-bit system, the sizes of executable programs are slightly larger and the execution speeds are only slightly faster. For example, in a test build of LFS-6.5 on a Core2Duo CPU based system, the following statistics were measured:
Architecture Build Time Build Size
32-bit 198.5 minutes 648 MB
64-bit 190.6 minutes 709 MBAs you can see, the 64-bit build is only 4% faster and is 9% larger than the 32-bit build. The gain from going to a 64-bit system is relatively minimal. Of course, if you have more than 4GB of RAM or want to manipulate data that exceeds 4GB, the advantages of a 64-bit system are substantial.
The default 64-bit build that results from LFS is considered a "pure" 64-bit system. That is, it supports 64-bit executables only. Building a "multi-lib" system requires compiling many applications twice, once for a 32-bit system and once for a 64-bit system. This is not directly supported in LFS because it would interfere with the educational objective of providing the instructions needed for a straightforward base Linux system. You can refer to the Cross Linux From Scratch project for this advanced topic.
There is one last comment about 64-bit systems. There are some packages that cannot currently be built in a "pure" 64-bit system or require specialized build instructions. Generally, these packages have some embedded 32-bit specific assembly language instructions that fail when building on a 64-bit system. This includes some Xorg drivers from Beyond Linux From Scratch (BLFS). Many of these problems can be worked around, but may require some specialized procedures or patches.
The structure of LFS follows Linux standards as closely as possible. The primary standards are:
Linux Standard Base (LSB) Core Specification 4.0
The LSB has five separate standards: Core, C++, Desktop, Runtime Languages, and Printing. In addition to generic requirements there are also architecture specific requirements. LFS attempts to conform to the architectures discussed in the previous section.
Many people do not agree with the requirements of the LSB. The main purpose of defining it is to ensure that proprietary software will be able to be installed and run properly on a compliant system. Since LFS is source based, the user has complete control over what packages are desired and many choose not to install some packages that are specified by the LSB.
Creating a complete LFS system capable of passing the LSB certifications tests is possible, but not without many additional packages that are beyond the scope of LFS. These additional packages have installation instructions in BLFS.
|
LSB Core: |
Bash, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, File, Findutils, Gawk, Grep, Gzip, M4, Man-DB, Ncurses, Procps, Psmisc, Sed, Shadow, Tar, Util-linux, Zlib |
|
LSB C++: |
Gcc |
|
LSB Desktop: |
None |
|
LSB Runtime Languages: |
Perl |
|
LSB Printing: |
None |
|
LSB Multimeda: |
None |
|
LSB Core: |
At, Batch (a part of At), Bc, Cpio, Ed, Fcrontab, Initd-tools, Lsb_release, PAM, Sendmail (or Postfix or Exim) |
|
LSB C++: |
None |
|
LSB Desktop: |
ATK, Cairo, Desktop-file-utils, Freetype, Fontconfig, Glib2, GTK+2, Icon-naming-utils, Libjpeg, Libpng, Libxml2, MesaLib, Pango, Qt3, Qt4, Xorg |
|
LSB Runtime Languages: |
Python |
|
LSB Printing: |
CUPS |
|
LSB Multimeda: |
Alsa Libraries, NSPR, NSS, OpenSSL, Java, Xdg-utils |
As stated earlier, the goal of LFS is to build a complete and usable foundation-level system. This includes all packages needed to replicate itself while providing a relatively minimal base from which to customize a more complete system based on the choices of the user. This does not mean that LFS is the smallest system possible. Several important packages are included that are not strictly required. The lists below document the rationale for each package in the book.
Autoconf
This package contains programs for producing shell scripts that can automatically configure source code from a developer's template. It is often needed to rebuild a package after updates to the build procedures.
Automake
This package contains programs for generating Make files from a template. It is often needed to rebuild a package after updates to the build procedures.
Bash
This package satisfies an LSB core requirement to provide a Bourne Shell interface to the system. It was chosen over other shell packages because of its common usage and extensive capabilities beyond basic shell functions.
Binutils
This package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files. The programs in this package are needed to compile most of the packages in an LFS system and beyond.
Bison
This package contains the GNU version of yacc (Yet Another Compiler Compiler) needed to build several other LFS programs.
Bzip2
This package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It is required to decompress many LFS packages.
Check
This package contains a test harness for other programs. It is only installed in the temporary toolchain.
Coreutils
This package contains a number of essential programs for viewing and manipulating files and directories. These programs are needed for command line file management, and are necessary for the installation procedures of every package in LFS.
DejaGNU
This package contains a framework for testing other programs. It is only installed in the temporary toolchain.
Diffutils
This package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories. These programs can be used to create patches, and are also used in many packages' build procedures.
Expect
This package contains a program for carrying out scripted dialogues with other interactive programs. It is commonly used for testing other packages. It is only installed in the temporary toolchain.
E2fsprogs
This package contains the utilities for handling the ext2, ext3 and ext4 file systems. These are the most common and thoroughly tested file systems that Linux supports.
File
This package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files. A few packages need it to build.
Findutils
This package contains programs to find files in a file system. It is used in many packages' build scripts.
Flex
This package contains a utility for generating programs that recognize patterns in text. It is the GNU version of the lex (lexical analyzer) program. It is required to build several LFS packages.
Gawk
This package contains programs for manipulating text files. It is the GNU version of awk (Aho-Weinberg-Kernighan). It is used in many other packages' build scripts.
Gcc
This package is the Gnu Compiler Collection. It contains the C and C++ compilers as well as several others not built by LFS.
GDBM
This package contains the GNU Database Manager library. It is used by one other LFS package, Man-DB.
Gettext
This package contains utilities and libraries for internationalization and localization of numerous packages.
Glibc
This package contains the main C library. Linux programs would not run without it.
GMP
This package contains math libraries that provide useful functions for arbitrary precision arithmetic. It is required to build Gcc.
Grep
This package contains programs for searching through files. These programs are used by most packages' build scripts.
Groff
This package contains programs for processing and formatting text. One important function of these programs is to format man pages.
GRUB
This package is the Grand Unified Boot Loader. It is one of several boot loaders available, but is the most flexible.
Gzip
This package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It is needed to decompress many packages in LFS and beyond.
Iana-etc
This package provides data for network services and protocols. It is needed to enable proper networking capabilities.
Inetutils
This package contains programs for basic network administration.
IProute2
This package contains programs for basic and advanced IPv4 and IPv6 networking. It was chosen over the other common network tools package (net-tools) for its IPv6 capabilities.
Kbd
This package contains key-table files, keyboard utilities for non-US keyboards, and a number of console fonts.
Kmod
This package contains programs needed to administer Linux kernel modules.
Less
This package contains a very nice text file viewer that allows scrolling up or down when viewing a file. It is also used by Man-DB for viewing manpages.
Libtool
This package contains the GNU generic library support script. It wraps the complexity of using shared libraries in a consistent, portable interface. It is needed by the test suites in other LFS packages.
Linux Kernel
This package is the Operating System. It is the Linux in the GNU/Linux environment.
M4
This package contains a general text macro processor useful as a build tool for other programs.
Make
This package contains a program for directing the building of packages. It is required by almost every package in LFS.
Man-DB
This package contains programs for finding and viewing man pages. It was chosen instead of the man package due to superior internationalization capabilities. It supplies the man program.
Man-pages
This package contains the actual contents of the basic Linux man pages.
MPC
This package contains functions for the arithmetic of complex numbers. It is required by Gcc.
MPFR
This package contains functions for multiple precision arithmetic. It is required by Gcc.
Ncurses
This package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens. It is often used to provide cursor control for a menuing system. It is needed by a number of packages in LFS.
Patch
This package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a patch file typically created by the diff program. It is needed by the build procedure for several LFS packages.
Perl
This package is an interpreter for the runtime language PERL. It is needed for the installation and test suites of several LFS packages.
Pkg-config
This package provides a program to return meta-data about an installed library or package.
Popt
This package is a library used by some programs to parse command line inputs.
Procps
This package contains programs for monitoring processes. These programs are useful for system administration, and are also used by the LFS Bootscripts.
Psmisc
This package contains programs for displaying information about running processes. These programs are useful for system administration.
Readline
This package is a set of libraries that offers command-line editing and history capabilities. It is used by Bash.
Sed
This package allows editing of text without opening it in a text editor. It is also needed by most LFS packages' configure scripts.
Shadow
This package contains programs for handling passwords in a secure way.
Sysklogd
This package contains programs for logging system messages, such as those given by the kernel or daemon processes when unusual events occur.
Sysvinit
This package provides the init program, which is the parent of all other processes on the Linux system.
Tar
This package provides archiving and extraction capabilities of virtually all packages used in LFS.
Tcl
This package contains the Tool Command Language used in many test suites in LFS packages. It is only installed in the temporary toolchain.
Texinfo
This package contains programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages. It is used in the installation procedures of many LFS packages.
Udev
This package contains programs for dynamic creation of device nodes. It is an alternative to creating thousands of static devices in the /dev directory.
Util-linux
This package contains miscellaneous utility programs. Among them are utilities for handling file systems, consoles, partitions, and messages.
Vim
This package contains an editor. It was chosen because of its compatibility with the classic vi editor and its huge number of powerful capabilities. An editor is a very personal choice for many users and any other editor could be substituted if desired.
XZ Utils
This package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It provides the highest compression generally available and is useful for decompressing packages XZ or LZMA format.
Zlib
This package contains compression and decompression routines used by some programs.
Building an LFS system is not a simple task. It requires a certain level of existing knowledge of Unix system administration in order to resolve problems and correctly execute the commands listed. In particular, as an absolute minimum, you should already have the ability to use the command line (shell) to copy or move files and directories, list directory and file contents, and change the current directory. It is also expected that you have a reasonable knowledge of using and installing Linux software.
Because the LFS book assumes at least this basic level of skill, the various LFS support forums are unlikely to be able to provide you with much assistance in these areas. You will find that your questions regarding such basic knowledge will likely go unanswered or you will simply be referred to the LFS essential pre-reading list.
Before building an LFS system, we recommend reading the following HOWTOs:
Software-Building-HOWTO http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/Software-Building-HOWTO.html
This is a comprehensive guide to building and installing “generic” Unix software packages under Linux. Although it was written some time ago, it still provides a good summary of the basic techniques needed to build and install software.
The Linux Users' Guide http://www.linuxhq.com/guides/LUG/guide.html
This guide covers the usage of assorted Linux software. This reference is also fairly old, but still valid.
The Essential Pre-Reading Hint http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/essential_prereading.txt
This is an LFS Hint written specifically for users new to Linux. It includes a list of links to excellent sources of information on a wide range of topics. Anyone attempting to install LFS should have an understanding of many of the topics in this hint.
Your host system should have the following software with the minimum versions indicated. This should not be an issue for most modern Linux distributions. Also note that many distributions will place software headers into separate packages, often in the form of “<package-name>-devel” or “<package-name>-dev”. Be sure to install those if your distribution provides them.
Earlier versions of the listed software packages may work, but has not been tested.
Bash-3.2 (/bin/sh should be a symbolic or hard link to bash)
Binutils-2.17 (Versions greater than 2.22 are not recommended as they have not been tested)
Bison-2.3 (/usr/bin/yacc should be a link to bison or small script that executes bison)
Bzip2-1.0.4
Coreutils-6.9
Diffutils-2.8.1
Findutils-4.2.31
Gawk-3.1.5 (/usr/bin/awk should be a link to gawk)
Gcc-4.1.2 (Versions greater than 4.7.1 are not recommended as they have not been tested)
Glibc-2.5.1 (Versions greater than 2.16.0 are not recommended as they have not been tested)
Grep-2.5.1a
Gzip-1.3.12
Linux Kernel-2.6.25 (having been compiled with GCC-4.1.2 or greater)
The reason for the kernel version requirement is that we specify that version when building glibc in Chapter 6 at the recommendation of the developers. It is also required by udev.
If the host kernel is either earlier than 2.6.25, or it was not compiled using a GCC-4.1.2 (or later) compiler, you will need to replace the kernel with one adhering to the specifications. There are two ways you can go about this. First, see if your Linux vendor provides a 2.6.25 or later kernel package. If so, you may wish to install it. If your vendor doesn't offer an acceptable kernel package, or you would prefer not to install it, you can compile a kernel yourself. Instructions for compiling the kernel and configuring the boot loader (assuming the host uses GRUB) are located in Chapter 8.
M4-1.4.10
Make-3.81
Patch-2.5.4
Perl-5.8.8
Sed-4.1.5
Tar-1.18
Texinfo-4.9
Xz-5.0.0
Note that the symlinks mentioned above are required to build an LFS system using the instructions contained within this book. Symlinks that point to other software (such as dash, mawk, etc.) may work, but are not tested or supported by the LFS development team, and may require either deviation from the instructions or additional patches to some packages.
To see whether your host system has all the appropriate versions, and the ability to compile programs, run the following:
cat > version-check.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# Simple script to list version numbers of critical development tools
export LC_ALL=C
bash --version | head -n1 | cut -d" " -f2-4
echo "/bin/sh -> `readlink -f /bin/sh`"
echo -n "Binutils: "; ld --version | head -n1 | cut -d" " -f3-
bison --version | head -n1
if [ -e /usr/bin/yacc ];
then echo "/usr/bin/yacc -> `readlink -f /usr/bin/yacc`";
else echo "yacc not found"; fi
bzip2 --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | head -n1 | cut -d" " -f1,6-
echo -n "Coreutils: "; chown --version | head -n1 | cut -d")" -f2
diff --version | head -n1
find --version | head -n1
gawk --version | head -n1
if [ -e /usr/bin/awk ];
then echo "/usr/bin/awk -> `readlink -f /usr/bin/awk`";
else echo "awk not found"; fi
gcc --version | head -n1
ldd --version | head -n1 | cut -d" " -f2- # glibc version
grep --version | head -n1
gzip --version | head -n1
cat /proc/version
m4 --version | head -n1
make --version | head -n1
patch --version | head -n1
echo Perl `perl -V:version`
sed --version | head -n1
tar --version | head -n1
echo "Texinfo: `makeinfo --version | head -n1`"
xz --version | head -n1
echo 'main(){}' > dummy.c && gcc -o dummy dummy.c
if [ -x dummy ]
then echo "gcc compilation OK";
else echo "gcc compilation failed"; fi
rm -f dummy.c dummy
EOF
bash version-check.sh
To make things easier to follow, there are a few typographical conventions used throughout this book. This section contains some examples of the typographical format found throughout Linux From Scratch.
./configure --prefix=/usr
This form of text is designed to be typed exactly as seen unless otherwise noted in the surrounding text. It is also used in the explanation sections to identify which of the commands is being referenced.
In some cases, a logical line is extended to two or more physical lines with a backslash at the end of the line.
CC="gcc -B/usr/bin/" ../binutils-2.18/configure \ --prefix=/tools --disable-nls --disable-werror
Note that the backslash must be followed by an immediate return. Other whitespace characters like spaces or tab characters will create incorrect results.
install-info: unknown option '--dir-file=/mnt/lfs/usr/info/dir'
This form of text (fixed-width text) shows screen output, usually
as the result of commands issued. This format is also used to
show filenames, such as /etc/ld.so.conf.
Emphasis
This form of text is used for several purposes in the book. Its main purpose is to emphasize important points or items.
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/
This format is used for hyperlinks both within the LFS community and to external pages. It includes HOWTOs, download locations, and websites.
cat > $LFS/etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
......
EOF
This format is used when creating configuration files. The first
command tells the system to create the file $LFS/etc/group from whatever is typed on the
following lines until the sequence End Of File (EOF) is
encountered. Therefore, this entire section is generally typed as
seen.
<REPLACED TEXT>
This format is used to encapsulate text that is not to be typed as seen or for copy-and-paste operations.
[OPTIONAL TEXT]
This format is used to encapsulate text that is optional.
passwd(5)
This format is used to refer to a specific manual (man) page. The
number inside parentheses indicates a specific section inside the
manuals. For example, passwd has two man pages. Per
LFS installation instructions, those two man pages will be
located at /usr/share/man/man1/passwd.1 and /usr/share/man/man5/passwd.5. When the book
uses passwd(5) it is specifically
referring to /usr/share/man/man5/passwd.5. man passwd will print the first
man page it finds that matches “passwd”, which will be /usr/share/man/man1/passwd.1. For this example,
you will need to run man 5
passwd in order to read the specific page being
referred to. It should be noted that most man pages do not have
duplicate page names in different sections. Therefore,
man <program
name> is generally sufficient.
This book is divided into the following parts.
Part I explains a few important notes on how to proceed with the LFS installation. This section also provides meta-information about the book.
Part II describes how to prepare for the building process—making a partition, downloading the packages, and compiling temporary tools.
Part III guides the reader through the building of the LFS system—compiling and installing all the packages one by one, setting up the boot scripts, and installing the kernel. The resulting Linux system is the foundation on which other software can be built to expand the system as desired. At the end of this book, there is an easy to use reference listing all of the programs, libraries, and important files that have been installed.
The software used to create an LFS system is constantly being updated and enhanced. Security warnings and bug fixes may become available after the LFS book has been released. To check whether the package versions or instructions in this release of LFS need any modifications to accommodate security vulnerabilities or other bug fixes, please visit http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/errata/7.2-rc1/ before proceeding with your build. You should note any changes shown and apply them to the relevant section of the book as you progress with building the LFS system.
The LFS system will be built by using an already installed Linux distribution (such as Debian, Mandriva, Red Hat, or SUSE). This existing Linux system (the host) will be used as a starting point to provide necessary programs, including a compiler, linker, and shell, to build the new system. Select the “development” option during the distribution installation to be able to access these tools.
As an alternative to installing a separate distribution onto your machine, you may wish to use a LiveCD from a commercial distribution.
Chapter 2 of this book describes how to create a new Linux native partition and file system. This is the place where the new LFS system will be compiled and installed. Chapter 3 explains which packages and patches need to be downloaded to build an LFS system and how to store them on the new file system. Chapter 4 discusses the setup of an appropriate working environment. Please read Chapter 4 carefully as it explains several important issues you need be aware of before beginning to work your way through Chapter 5 and beyond.
Chapter 5 explains the installation of a number of packages that will form the basic development suite (or toolchain) which is used to build the actual system in Chapter 6. Some of these packages are needed to resolve circular dependencies—for example, to compile a compiler, you need a compiler.
Chapter 5 also shows you how to build a first pass of the toolchain, including Binutils and GCC (first pass basically means these two core packages will be reinstalled). The next step is to build Glibc, the C library. Glibc will be compiled by the toolchain programs built in the first pass. Then, a second pass of the toolchain will be built. This time, the toolchain will be dynamically linked against the newly built Glibc. The remaining Chapter 5 packages are built using this second pass toolchain. When this is done, the LFS installation process will no longer depend on the host distribution, with the exception of the running kernel.
This effort to isolate the new system from the host distribution may seem excessive. A full technical explanation as to why this is done is provided in Section 5.2, “Toolchain Technical Notes”.
In Chapter 6, the full LFS system is built. The chroot (change root) program is used to enter a virtual environment and start a new shell whose root directory will be set to the LFS partition. This is very similar to rebooting and instructing the kernel to mount the LFS partition as the root partition. The system does not actually reboot, but instead chroot's because creating a bootable system requires additional work which is not necessary just yet. The major advantage is that “chrooting” allows you to continue using the host system while LFS is being built. While waiting for package compilations to complete, you can continue using your computer as normal.
To finish the installation, the LFS-Bootscripts are set up in Chapter 7, and the kernel and boot loader are set up in Chapter 8. Chapter 9 contains information on continuing the LFS experience beyond this book. After the steps in this book have been implemented, the computer will be ready to reboot into the new LFS system.
This is the process in a nutshell. Detailed information on each step is discussed in the following chapters and package descriptions. Items that may seem complicated will be clarified, and everything will fall into place as you embark on the LFS adventure.
Below is a list of package updates made since the previous release of the book.
Upgraded to:
Autoconf 2.69
Automake 1.12.3
Bison 2.6.2
Coreutils 8.19
E2fsprogs 1.42.5
File 5.11
Flex 2.5.37
Gawk 4.0.1
GCC 4.7.1
Glibc 2.16.0
GMP 5.0.5
Grep 2.14
Gzip 1.5
IPRoute2 3.5.1
Kbd 1.15.3
Kmod 9
Libpipeline 1.2.1
Linux 3.5.2
Man-DB 2.6.2
Man-pages 3.42
MPC 1.0
MPFR 3.1.1
Perl 5.16.1
Psmisc 22.19
Shadow 4.1.5.1
TCL 8.5.12
Udev 188 (extracted from systemd-188)
Util-Linux 2.21.2
Added:
bash-4.2-fixes-8.patch
binutils-2.22-build_fix-1.patch
coreutils-8.19-i18n-1.patch
flex-2.5.37-bison-2.6.1-1.patch
kbd-1.15.3-upstream_fixes-1.patch
perl-5.16.1-libc-2.patch
pkg-config-0.27
sed-4.2.1-testsuite_fixes-1.patch
Removed:
bash-4.2-fixes-4.patch
coreutils-8.15-i18n-1.patch
coreutils-8.15-uname-1.patch
flex-2.5.35-gcc44-1.patch
gcc-4.6.2-cross_compile-1.patch
gcc-4.6.2-startfiles_fix-1.patch
glibc-2.14.1-fixes-1.patch
glibc-2.14.1-gcc_fix-1.patch
glibc-2.14.1-cpuid-1.patch
glibc-2.14.1-sort-1.patch
mpfr-3.1.0-fixes-1.patch
perl-5.14.2-libc-1.patch
perl-5.14.2-security-1.patch
shadow-4.1.5-nscd-1.patch
This is version 7.2-rc1 of the Linux From Scratch book, dated August 23, 2012. If this book is more than six months old, a newer and better version is probably already available. To find out, please check one of the mirrors via http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html.
Below is a list of changes made since the previous release of the book.
Changelog Entries:
2012-08-23
[bdubbs] - LFS-7.2-rc1 released.
2012-08-22
[bdubbs] - Update glibc text removing noatime mount caution and text regarding test issues.
[bdubbs] - Fix packaging for udev-lfs tarball.
2012-08-21
[bdubbs] - Update udev-lfs tarball for BLFS compatibility.
[ken] - Add four locales to the minimum set for test coverage.
[ken] - Add patch to fix sed utf8 regression test failures.
[bdubbs] - Update statistics for packages.
2012-08-20
2012-08-15
2012-08-15
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to coreutils-8.18. Fixes #3157.
2012-08-14
2012-08-13
2012-08-12
2012-08-06
[matthew] - Install a couple more files from the tzdata tarball so that tzselect works again.
2012-08-05
[matthew] - Upgrade to IPRoute2-3.5.0. Fixes #3148.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Tcl-8.5.12. Fixes #3147.
[matthew] - Upgrade to E2fsprogs-1.42.5. Fixes #3146.
[matthew] - Upgrade to MPC-1.0. Fixes #3142.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Bison-2.6.2. Fixes #3140.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.5. Fixes #3138.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Glibc-2.16.0. Fixes #3131.
2012-07-25
[bdubbs] - Minor fixes to udev-lfs tarball.
2012-07-22
2012-07-19
[bdubbs] - Added Time Zone data package to packages section of the book.
[bdubbs] - Added Check to the Rationale section of the book.
2012-07-17
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.4.5. Fixes #3137.
2012-07-16
[bdubbs] - Updated udev to version 186. This update has a major procedure change due to merging systemd and udev. Fixes #3098.
2012-07-14
[matthew] - Correct the fix for Automake's testsuite. Thanks to Fernando de Oliveira for the report.
2012-07-13
[matthew] - Apply latest upstream patches for Bash. Fixes #3135.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Automake-1.12.2. Fixes #3134.
[matthew] - Upgrade to MPFR-3.1.1. Fixes #3133.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Grep-2.13. Fixes #3132.
[matthew] - Fix Kmod's test suite on x86 hosts. Fixes #3129.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Psmisc-22.19. Fixes #3127.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.4.4. Fixes #3126.
2012-07-11
[bdubbs] - Update to GRUB-2.00. Fixes #3130.
2012-07-10
[bdubbs] - Specify PKG_CONFIG_PATH for libpipeline checks. Fixes #3120.
2012-06-23
[matthew] - Upgrade to XZ-5.0.4. Fixes #3125.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Kmod-9. Fixes #3124.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Psmisc-22.18. Fixes #3123.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Man-DB-2.6.2. Fixes #3122.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Gzip-1.5. Fixes #3121.
[matthew] - Upgrade to GCC-4.7.1. Fixes #3117.
[matthew] - Upgrade to E2fsprogs-1.42.4. Fixes #3116.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.4.3. Fixes #3114.
2012-06-17
2012-06-10
[ken] - kbd-1.15.3 : go back to changing configure, and touch aclocal.m4 : thanks to Bryan for explaining the problem.
2012-06-07
[matthew] - Remove --disable-perl-regexp switch from chapter 5's Grep instruction. It should be unnecessary now as there should be no way for the host's libraries to leak through to the chapter 5 toolchain. Thanks to Jeremy Huntwork for the report.
2012-06-06
[matthew] - Upgrade to Bison-2.5.1. Fixes #3112.
2012-06-05
[matthew] - Remove a couple of sed commands from Binutils' instructions, as the tests have been fixed upstream. Thanks to Waleed Hamra for the report.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.4.1. Fixes #3110.
[ken] - Really remove the redundant program resizecons from kbd, by changing configure.ac instead of configure. Thanks to xinglp.
2012-06-04
2012-06-03
2012-05-30
[bdubbs] - Copy all entries in /lib/udev/devices to /dev in mountvirtfs. Fixes #3102.
[matthew] - Correct the location of various package's man pages. Fixes #3097.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Util-Linux-2.21.2. Fixes #3100.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Perl-5.16.0. Fixes #3094.
[matthew] - Upgrade to IPRoute2-3.4.0. Fixes #3096.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.4. Fixes #3092.
[matthew] - Upgrade to E2fsprogs-1.42.3. Fixes #3091.
2012-05-24
[bdubbs] - Minor tweaks to mountkernfs boot script. Also fixes #3093.
2012-05-20
2012-05-18
[ken] - Remove the redundant program resizecons from kbd and remove its man page (program was only installed on i?86, but man page was always installed).
2012-05-14
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.3.6. Fixes #3089.
2012-05-13
[matthew] - Upgrade to Coreutils-8.17. Fixes #3083.
2012-05-11
[matthew] - Upgrade to Man-Pages-3.41. Fixes #3084.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.3.5. Fixes #3080.
[matthew] - Upgrade to GMP-5.0.5. Fixes #3079.
[matthew] - Remove sed from GCC pass 2 and chapter 6, which prevented the fixincludes script from being run; it is no longer run by default. Reported by Jeremy Huntwork.
2012-05-10
[bdubbs] - Add /etc/lsb-release file in Chapter 9.
2012-05-09
[bdubbs] - Update LSB packages in BLFS.
2012-05-06
2012-05-05
[bdubbs] - Various minor text changes to both book and bootscripts.
2012-05-01
[ken] - Upgrade to Kbd-1.15.3. Fixes #2990.
2012-04-29
2012-04-26
[ken] - tidy some minor issues from the merge.
2012-04-25
[bdubbs] - Incorporate changes developed and tested in the jh branch.
[jhuntwork] - Update chapter 5 toolchain technical notes to match changes in build method.
[jhuntwork] - Use --with-native-system-header-dir switch in chapter 5 gcc. This replaces seds that were used previously to alter the CROSS_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR and NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR values to keep the toolchain searching for headers only in /tools/include and not /usr/include. Thanks to Pierre Labastie. Fixes #3066.
[jhuntwork] - Remove --without-cloog and --without-ppl from chapter 5 gcc. These are unnecessary since it doesn't matter if pass 1 gcc is linked against host libs and it should be impossible for the build of pass 2 gcc to find host headers or libs.
[jhuntwork] - Adjust build method to use sysroot.
2012-04-24
2012-04-19
[bdubbs] - Change two group IDs to support a legacy program. Fixes #3061.
2012-04-15
2012-04-09
[bdubbs] - Update networking bootscripts. See bootscripts change log for details. Fixes #3053.
2012-04-05
[bdubbs] - Change the location for the python gdb module generated by gcc to the correct location. Fixes (again) #3048.
2012-04-03
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.3.1. Fixes #3059.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Automake-1.11.4. Fixes #3058.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Gawk-4.0.1. Fixes #3056.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Util-Linux-2.21.1. Fixes #3055.
[matthew] - Upgrade to E2fsprogs-1.42.2. Fixes #3051.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Coreutils-8.16 and drop the uname patch. Fixes #3048.
2012-03-28
[bdubbs] - Move a python module for gdb generated by gcc to a better location. Fixes #3048.
[bdubbs] - Adjust minimum version of xz-utils in Host Requirements.
[bdubbs] - Reword description of log files in section Creating Essential Files.
2012-03-27
[matthew] - Add a patch to fix building of Binutils with the -O3 compiler flag. Thanks to Pierre Labastie for the report.
[matthew] - Add the GCC fix patch back to Glibc instructions to fix a build issue on 32-bit hosts. Thanks to Pierre Labastie for the report.
2012-03-26
[matthew] - Upgrade to Man-Pages-3.38. Fixes #3047.
[matthew] - Upgrade to E2fsprogs-1.42.1. Fixes #3046.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Glibc-2.15. Fixes #3045. Thanks to Andy Benton for the patch.
[matthew] - Upgrade to GCC-4.7.0. Fixes #3044. Thanks to Andy Benton for the patch.
[matthew] - Upgrade to IPRoute2-3.3.0. Fixes #3043.
2012-03-22
[bdubbs] - Fix corner case in ipv4-static script.
2012-03-20
2012-03-19
[bdubbs] - Move optional LVM initialization to the end of the udev boot script so an LVM partition can be used for swap.
2012-03-14
2012-03-11
[matthew] - Workaround an issue in Gettext's configure script that can cause it to hang on certain hosts when determining the path for Emacs Lisp files on certain hosts. Reported by and fix provided by DJ Lucas.
2012-03-06
[matthew] - Upgrade to Libpipeline-1.2.1. Fixes #3031.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Kmod-6. Fixes #3030.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Grep-2.11. Fixes #3029.
[matthew] - Upgrade to GCC-4.6.3. Fixes #3028.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Psmisc-22.16. Fixes #3026.
[matthew] - Upgrade to File-5.11. Fixes #3024.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Linux-3.2.9. Fixes #3023.
[matthew] - Upgrade to Util-Linux-2.21. Fixes #3002.
2012-03-02
[bdubbs] - LFS-7.1 released.
If during the building of the LFS system you encounter any errors, have any questions, or think there is a typo in the book, please start by consulting the Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) that is located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/faq/.
The linuxfromscratch.org server
hosts a number of mailing lists used for the development of
the LFS project. These lists include the main development and
support lists, among others. If the FAQ does not solve the
problem you are having, the next step would be to search the
mailing lists at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/search.html.
For information on the different lists, how to subscribe, archive locations, and additional information, visit http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mail.html.
Several members of the LFS community offer assistance on our
community Internet Relay Chat (IRC) network. Before using
this support, please make sure that your question is not
already answered in the LFS FAQ or the mailing list archives.
You can find the IRC network at irc.linuxfromscratch.org. The support channel is
named #LFS-support.
The LFS project has a number of world-wide mirrors to make accessing the website and downloading the required packages more convenient. Please visit the LFS website at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html for a list of current mirrors.
If an issue or a question is encountered while working through this book, please check the FAQ page at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/faq/#generalfaq. Questions are often already answered there. If your question is not answered on this page, try to find the source of the problem. The following hint will give you some guidance for troubleshooting: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/errors.txt.
If you cannot find your problem listed in the FAQ, search the mailing lists at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/search.html.
We also have a wonderful LFS community that is willing to offer assistance through the mailing lists and IRC (see the Section 1.4, “Resources” section of this book). However, we get several support questions every day and many of them can be easily answered by going to the FAQ and by searching the mailing lists first. So, for us to offer the best assistance possible, you need to do some research on your own first. That allows us to focus on the more unusual support needs. If your searches do not produce a solution, please include all relevant information (mentioned below) in your request for help.
Apart from a brief explanation of the problem being experienced, the essential things to include in any request for help are:
The version of the book being used (in this case 7.2-rc1)
The host distribution and version being used to create LFS
The output from the Section vii, “Host System Requirements”
The package or section the problem was encountered in
The exact error message or symptom being received
Note whether you have deviated from the book at all
Deviating from this book does not mean that we will not help you. After all, LFS is about personal preference. Being upfront about any changes to the established procedure helps us evaluate and determine possible causes of your problem.
If something goes wrong while running the configure script, review
the config.log file. This file
may contain errors encountered during configure which were not
printed to the screen. Include the relevant lines if you need to ask
for help.
Both the screen output and the contents of various files are useful in determining the cause of compilation problems. The screen output from the configure script and the make run can be helpful. It is not necessary to include the entire output, but do include enough of the relevant information. Below is an example of the type of information to include from the screen output from make:
gcc -DALIASPATH=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/share/locale:.\"
-DLOCALEDIR=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/share/locale\"
-DLIBDIR=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/lib\"
-DINCLUDEDIR=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/include\" -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I.
-g -O2 -c getopt1.c
gcc -g -O2 -static -o make ar.o arscan.o commands.o dir.o
expand.o file.o function.o getopt.o implicit.o job.o main.o
misc.o read.o remake.o rule.o signame.o variable.o vpath.o
default.o remote-stub.o version.o opt1.o
-lutil job.o: In function `load_too_high':
/lfs/tmp/make-3.79.1/job.c:1565: undefined reference
to `getloadavg'
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
make[2]: *** [make] Error 1
make[2]: Leaving directory `/lfs/tmp/make-3.79.1'
make[1]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
make[1]: Leaving directory `/lfs/tmp/make-3.79.1'
make: *** [all-recursive-am] Error 2In this case, many people would just include the bottom section:
make [2]: *** [make] Error 1This is not enough information to properly diagnose the problem because it only notes that something went wrong, not what went wrong. The entire section, as in the example above, is what should be saved because it includes the command that was executed and the associated error message(s).
An excellent article about asking for help on the Internet is available online at http://catb.org/~esr/faqs/smart-questions.html. Read and follow the hints in this document to increase the likelihood of getting the help you need.
In this chapter, the partition which will host the LFS system is prepared. We will create the partition itself, create a file system on it, and mount it.
Like most other operating systems, LFS is usually installed on a dedicated partition. The recommended approach to building an LFS system is to use an available empty partition or, if you have enough unpartitioned space, to create one.
A minimal system requires a partition of around 2.8 gigabytes (GB). This is enough to store all the source tarballs and compile the packages. However, if the LFS system is intended to be the primary Linux system, additional software will probably be installed which will require additional space. A 10 GB partition is a reasonable size to provide for growth. The LFS system itself will not take up this much room. A large portion of this requirement is to provide sufficient free temporary storage. Compiling packages can require a lot of disk space which will be reclaimed after the package is installed.
Because there is not always enough Random Access Memory (RAM)
available for compilation processes, it is a good idea to use a
small disk partition as swap
space. This is used by the kernel to store seldom-used data and
leave more memory available for active processes. The
swap partition for an LFS
system can be the same as the one used by the host system, in
which case it is not necessary to create another one.
Start a disk partitioning program such as cfdisk or fdisk with a command line
option naming the hard disk on which the new partition will be
created—for example /dev/hda for the primary Integrated Drive
Electronics (IDE) disk. Create a Linux native partition and a
swap partition, if needed.
Please refer to cfdisk(8) or
fdisk(8) if you do not yet know
how to use the programs.
For experienced users, other partitioning schemes are possible. The new LFS system can be on a software RAID array or an LVM logical volume. However, some of these options require an initramfs, which is an advanced topic. These partitioning methodologies are not recommended for first time LFS users.
Remember the designation of the new partition (e.g.,
hda5). This book will refer to
this as the LFS partition. Also remember the designation of the
swap partition. These names
will be needed later for the /etc/fstab file.
Requests for advice on system partitioning are often posted on the LFS mailing lists. This is a highly subjective topic. The default for most distributions is to use the entire drive with the exception of one small swap partition. This is not optimal for LFS for several reasons. It reduces flexibility, makes sharing of data across multiple distributions or LFS builds more difficult, makes backups more time consuming, and can waste disk space through inefficient allocation of file system structures.
A root LFS partition (not to be confused with the
/root directory) of ten
gigabytes is a good compromise for most systems. It
provides enough space to build LFS and most of BLFS, but is
small enough so that multiple partitions can be easily
created for experimentation.
Most distributions automatically create a swap partition. Generally the recommended size of the swap partition is about twice the amount of physical RAM, however this is rarely needed. If disk space is limited, hold the swap partition to two gigabytes and monitor the amount of disk swapping.
Swapping is never good. Generally you can tell if a system is swapping by just listening to disk activity and observing how the system reacts to commands. The first reaction to swapping should be to check for an unreasonable command such as trying to edit a five gigabyte file. If swapping becomes a normal occurance, the best solution is to purchase more RAM for your system.
There are several other partitions that are not required, but should be considered when designing a disk layout. The following list is not comprehensive, but is meant as a guide.
/boot – Highly recommended. Use this partition to store kernels and other booting information. To minimize potential boot problems with larger disks, make this the first physical partition on your first disk drive. A partition size of 100 megabytes is quite adequate.
/home – Highly recommended. Share your home directory and user customization across multiple distributions or LFS builds. The size is generally fairly large and depends on available disk space.
/usr – A separate /usr partition is generally used if providing a server for a thin client or diskless workstation. It is normally not needed for LFS. A size of five gigabytes will handle most installations.
/opt – This directory is most useful for BLFS where multiple installations of large packages like Gnome or KDE can be installed without embedding the files in the /usr hierarchy. If used, 5 to 10 gigabytes is generally adequate.
/tmp – A separate /tmp directory is rare, but useful if configuring a thin client. This partition, if used, will usually not need to exceed a couple of gigabytes.
/usr/src – This partition is very useful for providing a location to store BLFS source files and share them across LFS builds. It can also be used as a location for building BLFS packages. A reasonably large partition of 30-50 gigabytes allows plenty of room.
Any separate partition that you want automatically mounted
upon boot needs to be specified in the /etc/fstab. Details about how to specify
partitions will be discussed in Section 8.2,
“Creating the /etc/fstab File”.
Now that a blank partition has been set up, the file system can
be created. The most widely-used system in the Linux world is
the second extended file system (ext2), but with newer high-capacity hard
disks, journaling file systems are becoming increasingly
popular. The third extended filesystem (ext3) is a widely used enhancement to
ext2, which adds journaling
capabilities and is compatible with the E2fsprogs utilities. We
will create an ext3 file
system. Instructions for creating other file systems can be
found at
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/postlfs/filesystems.html.
To create an ext3 file system
on the LFS partition, run the following:
mke2fs -jv /dev/<xxx>
Replace <xxx>
with the name of the LFS partition (hda5 in our previous example).
Some host distributions use custom features in their filesystem creation tools (E2fsprogs). This can cause problems when booting into your new LFS in Chapter 9, as those features will not be supported by the LFS-installed E2fsprogs; you will get an error similar to “unsupported filesystem features, upgrade your e2fsprogs”. To check if your host system uses custom enhancements, run the following command:
debugfs -R feature /dev/<xxx>
If the output contains features other than has_journal, ext_attr, resize_inode, dir_index, filetype, sparse_super, large_file or needs_recovery, then your host system may
have custom enhancements. In that case, to avoid later
problems, you should compile the stock E2fsprogs package and
use the resulting binaries to re-create the filesystem on
your LFS partition:
cd /tmp
tar -xzvf /path/to/sources/e2fsprogs-1.42.5.tar.gz
cd e2fsprogs-1.42.5
mkdir -v build
cd build
../configure
make #note that we intentionally don't 'make install' here!
./misc/mke2fs -jv /dev/<xxx>
cd /tmp
rm -rfv e2fsprogs-1.42.5
If you are using an existing swap partition, there is no need to format
it. If a new swap partition was
created, it will need to be initialized with this command:
mkswap /dev/<yyy>
Replace <yyy>
with the name of the swap
partition.
Now that a file system has been created, the partition needs to
be made accessible. In order to do this, the partition needs to
be mounted at a chosen mount point. For the purposes of this
book, it is assumed that the file system is mounted under
/mnt/lfs, but the directory
choice is up to you.
Choose a mount point and assign it to the LFS environment variable by running:
export LFS=/mnt/lfs
Next, create the mount point and mount the LFS file system by running:
mkdir -pv $LFS
mount -v -t ext3 /dev/<xxx> $LFS
Replace <xxx>
with the designation of the LFS partition.
If using multiple partitions for LFS (e.g., one for
/ and another for /usr), mount them using:
mkdir -pv $LFS mount -v -t ext3 /dev/<xxx>$LFS mkdir -v $LFS/usr mount -v -t ext3 /dev/<yyy>$LFS/usr
Replace <xxx>
and <yyy> with
the appropriate partition names.
Ensure that this new partition is not mounted with permissions
that are too restrictive (such as the nosuid or nodev
options). Run the mount command without any
parameters to see what options are set for the mounted LFS
partition. If nosuid, nodev, and/or noatime are set, the partition will need to be
remounted.
If you are using a swap
partition, ensure that it is enabled using the swapon command:
/sbin/swapon -v /dev/<zzz>
Replace <zzz>
with the name of the swap
partition.
Now that there is an established place to work, it is time to download the packages.
This chapter includes a list of packages that need to be downloaded in order to build a basic Linux system. The listed version numbers correspond to versions of the software that are known to work, and this book is based on their use. We highly recommend against using newer versions because the build commands for one version may not work with a newer version. The newest package versions may also have problems that require work-arounds. These work-arounds will be developed and stabilized in the development version of the book.
Download locations may not always be accessible. If a download location has changed since this book was published, Google (http://www.google.com/) provides a useful search engine for most packages. If this search is unsuccessful, try one of the alternative means of downloading discussed at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/packages.html#packages.
Downloaded packages and patches will need to be stored
somewhere that is conveniently available throughout the entire
build. A working directory is also required to unpack the
sources and build them. $LFS/sources can be used both as the place to
store the tarballs and patches and as a working directory. By
using this directory, the required elements will be located on
the LFS partition and will be available during all stages of
the building process.
To create this directory, execute the following command, as
user root, before starting the
download session:
mkdir -v $LFS/sources
Make this directory writable and sticky. “Sticky” means that even if multiple users have write permission on a directory, only the owner of a file can delete the file within a sticky directory. The following command will enable the write and sticky modes:
chmod -v a+wt $LFS/sources
An easy way to download all of the packages and patches is by using wget-list as an input to wget. For example:
wget -i wget-list -P $LFS/sources
Additionally, starting with LFS-7.0, there is a separate file,
md5sums, can be used to
verify that all the correct packages are available before
proceeding. Place that file in $LFS/sources and run:
pushd $LFS/sources md5sum -c md5sums popd
Download or otherwise obtain the following packages:
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.69.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 50f97f4159805e374639a73e2636f22e
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/automake/automake-1.12.3.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 0df082825f8f41087eb70c5088f4515e
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bash/bash-4.2.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 3fb927c7c33022f1c327f14a81c0d4b0
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/binutils/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/binutils/binutils-2.22.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: ee0f10756c84979622b992a4a61ea3f5
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/bison/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bison/bison-2.6.2.tar.xz
MD5 sum: dea291996f98c34c3fd8e389a9cf6ea1
Home page: http://www.bzip.org/
Download: http://www.bzip.org/1.0.6/bzip2-1.0.6.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 00b516f4704d4a7cb50a1d97e6e8e15b
Home page: http://check.sourceforge.net/
Download: http://sourceforge.net/projects/check/files/check/0.9.8/check-0.9.8.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 5d75e9a6027cde79d2c339ef261e7470
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/coreutils/coreutils-8.19.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 1a01231a2f3ed37c0efc073ccdda9375
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/dejagnu/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.5.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 3df1cbca885e751e22d3ebd1ac64dc3c
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/diffutils/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/diffutils/diffutils-3.2.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 22e4deef5d8949a727b159d6bc65c1cc
Home page: http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/
Download: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/e2fsprogs/e2fsprogs-1.42.5.tar.gz
MD5 sum: aca828bb4bcca20991a442deb950b670
Home page: http://expect.sourceforge.net/
Download: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/expect/expect5.45.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 44e1a4f4c877e9ddc5a542dfa7ecc92b
Home page: http://www.darwinsys.com/file/
Download: ftp://ftp.astron.com/pub/file/file-5.11.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 16a407bd66d6c7a832f3a5c0d609c27b
File (5.11) may no longer be available at the listed location. The site administrators of the master download location occasionally remove older versions when new ones are released. An alternative download location that may have the correct version available can also be found at: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/download.html#ftp.
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/findutils/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/findutils/findutils-4.4.2.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 351cc4adb07d54877fa15f75fb77d39f
Home page: http://flex.sourceforge.net
Download: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/flex/flex-2.5.37.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: c75940e1fc25108f2a7b3ef42abdae06
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gawk/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gawk/gawk-4.0.1.tar.xz
MD5 sum: a601b032c39cd982f34272664f8afa49
Home page: http://gcc.gnu.org/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.7.1/gcc-4.7.1.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 933e6f15f51c031060af64a9e14149ff
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gdbm/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdbm/gdbm-1.10.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 88770493c2559dc80b561293e39d3570
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.18.1.1.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 3dd55b952826d2b32f51308f2f91aa89
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/libc/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/glibc/glibc-2.16.0.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 80b181b02ab249524ec92822c0174cf7
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gmp/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/gmp-5.0.5.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 8aef50959acec2a1ad41d144ffe0f3b5
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/grep/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grep/grep-2.14.tar.xz
MD5 sum: d4a3f03849d1e17ce56ab76aa5a24cab
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/groff/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/groff/groff-1.21.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 8b8cd29385b97616a0f0d96d0951c5bf
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/grub/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grub/grub-2.00.tar.xz
MD5 sum: a1043102fbc7bcedbf53e7ee3d17ab91
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gzip/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/gzip-1.5.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 2a431e169b6f62f7332ef6d47cc53bae
Home page: http://freshmeat.net/projects/iana-etc/
MD5 sum: 3ba3afb1d1b261383d247f46cb135ee8
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/inetutils/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/inetutils/inetutils-1.9.1.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 944f7196a2b3dba2d400e9088576000c
Home page: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/iproute2/
Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/iproute2/iproute2-3.5.1.tar.xz
MD5 sum: d4425b44edd5eacd6099e672e4baacbf
Home page: http://ftp.altlinux.org/pub/people/legion/kbd
Download: http://ftp.altlinux.org/pub/people/legion/kbd/kbd-1.15.3.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 8143e179a0f3c25646ce5085e8777200
Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/kmod/kmod-9.tar.xz
MD5 sum: c8ae2d2694fbca2b28e238b30543a0cd
Home page: http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less/
Download: http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less/less-444.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 56f9f76ffe13f70155f47f6b3c87d421
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/downloads/7.2-rc1/lfs-bootscripts-20120725.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 854475987496e944eb068326e6601c61
Home page: http://libpipeline.nongnu.org/
Download: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/libpipeline/libpipeline-1.2.1.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 20896c919eca4acb3d2f13012fb7ba02
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtool/libtool-2.4.2.tar.gz
MD5 sum: d2f3b7d4627e69e13514a40e72a24d50
Home page: http://www.kernel.org/
Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/linux-3.5.2.tar.xz
MD5 sum: b3cfccfb6961ea407acf0b070184b0b1
The Linux kernel is updated relatively often, many times due to discoveries of security vulnerabilities. The latest available 3.5.x kernel version should be used, unless the errata page says otherwise.
For users with limited speed or expensive bandwidth who wish to update the Linux kernel, a baseline version of the package and patches can be downloaded separately. This may save some time or cost for a subsequent patch level upgrade within a minor release.
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/m4/m4-1.4.16.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 8a7cef47fecab6272eb86a6be6363b2f
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/make/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/make-3.82.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 1a11100f3c63fcf5753818e59d63088f
Home page: http://www.nongnu.org/man-db/
Download: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/man-db/man-db-2.6.2.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 647c48d46c464419185d031d04481ee5
Home page: http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/
Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/docs/man-pages/man-pages-3.42.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 2392bb23db94f344f493c4beca41398f
Home page: http://www.multiprecision.org/
Download: http://www.multiprecision.org/mpc/download/mpc-1.0.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 13370ceb2e266c5eeb2f7e78c24b7858
Home page: http://www.mpfr.org/
Download: http://www.mpfr.org/mpfr-3.1.1/mpfr-3.1.1.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 91d51c41fcf2799e4ee7a7126fc95c17
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/ncurses/
Download: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ncurses/ncurses-5.9.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 8cb9c412e5f2d96bc6f459aa8c6282a1
Home page: http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/patch/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/patch/patch-2.6.1.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 0818d1763ae0c4281bcdc63cdac0b2c0
Home page: http://www.perl.org/
Download: http://www.cpan.org/src/5.0/perl-5.16.1.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: b87358e2c461a898cfd7c334e7dd8993
Home page: http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/pkg-config
Download: http://pkgconfig.freedesktop.org/releases/pkg-config-0.27.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 3a4c9feab14b6719afd8904945d9b4e4
Home page: http://procps.sourceforge.net/
Download: http://procps.sourceforge.net/procps-3.2.8.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 9532714b6846013ca9898984ba4cd7e0
Home page: http://psmisc.sourceforge.net/
Download: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/psmisc/psmisc-22.19.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 38563b4760ffce54b0eadf99cb5b16e8
Home page: http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/php/chet/readline/rltop.html
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/readline/readline-6.2.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 67948acb2ca081f23359d0256e9a271c
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sed/sed-4.2.1.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 7d310fbd76e01a01115075c1fd3f455a
Home page: http://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/
Download: http://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/releases/shadow-4.1.5.1.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: a00449aa439c69287b6d472191dc2247
Home page: http://www.infodrom.org/projects/sysklogd/
Download: http://www.infodrom.org/projects/sysklogd/download/sysklogd-1.5.tar.gz
MD5 sum: e053094e8103165f98ddafe828f6ae4b
Home page: http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/sysvinit
Download: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/sysvinit/sysvinit-2.88dsf.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 6eda8a97b86e0a6f59dabbf25202aa6f
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/tar/tar-1.26.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 2cee42a2ff4f1cd4f9298eeeb2264519
Home page: http://tcl.sourceforge.net/
Download: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.5.12-src.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 174b2b4c619ba8f96875d8a051917703
Home page: http://www.iana.org/time-zones
Download: http://www.iana.org//time-zones/repository/releases/tzdata2012e.tar.gz
MD5 sum: cb74e1f7bcc9a968a891a471e72e47b8
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
Download: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo-4.13a.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 71ba711519209b5fb583fed2b3d86fcb
Home page: http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/
Download: http://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/systemd-188.tar.xz
MD5 sum: d89b42699695554949d072ef46c0dfc9
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/other/udev-lfs-188-3.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: ef6cd9f078c39c61ba744d08276a1210
Home page: http://userweb.kernel.org/~kzak/util-linux/
Download: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/v2.21/util-linux-2.21.2.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 54ba880f1d66782c2287ee2c898520e9
Home page: http://www.vim.org
Download: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unix/vim-7.3.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 5b9510a17074e2b37d8bb38ae09edbf2
Home page: http://tukaani.org/xz
Download: http://tukaani.org/xz/xz-5.0.4.tar.xz
MD5 sum: 161015c4a65b1f293d31810e1df93090
Home page: http://www.zlib.net/
Download: http://www.zlib.net/zlib-1.2.7.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 2ab442d169156f34c379c968f3f482dd
Total size of these packages: about 292 MB
In addition to the packages, several patches are also required. These patches correct any mistakes in the packages that should be fixed by the maintainer. The patches also make small modifications to make the packages easier to work with. The following patches will be needed to build an LFS system:
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/bash-4.2-fixes-8.patch
MD5 sum: e82d2200e82aa28640299bbcad140361
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/binutils-2.22-build_fix-1.patch
MD5 sum: ddc5a9a170ed6ba23b8eb7d808e609ee
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/bzip2-1.0.6-install_docs-1.patch
MD5 sum: 6a5ac7e89b791aae556de0f745916f7f
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/coreutils-8.19-i18n-1.patch
MD5 sum: befbf82628d019ef08d522c95cba331d
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/flex-2.5.37-bison-2.6.1-1.patch
MD5 sum: d5b001ef9bdbbe32e2f27576d97d8ff0
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/kbd-1.15.3-upstream_fixes-1.patch
MD5 sum: 58ae9bd7d546426cfaccf3eba16ad1a2
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/kbd-1.15.3-backspace-1.patch
MD5 sum: f75cca16a38da6caa7d52151f7136895
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/kmod-9-testsuite-1.patch
MD5 sum: 11ab14f5b63ae3c163804517cf110fbb
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/patch-2.6.1-test_fix-1.patch
MD5 sum: c51e1a95bfc5310635d05081472c3534
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/perl-5.16.1-libc-2.patch
MD5 sum: daf5c64fd7311e924966842680535f8f
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/procps-3.2.8-fix_HZ_errors-1.patch
MD5 sum: 2ea4c8e9a2c2a5a291ec63c92d7c6e3b
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/procps-3.2.8-watch_unicode-1.patch
MD5 sum: cd1a757e532d93662a7ed71da80e6b58
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/readline-6.2-fixes-1.patch
MD5 sum: 3c185f7b76001d3d0af614f6f2cd5dfa
Download: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/7.2-rc1/sed-4.2.1-testsuite_fixes-1.patch
MD5 sum: 2c10a5804eedf5359bcf427bc0d05579
Total size of these patches: about 356.2 KB
In addition to the above required patches, there exist a number of optional patches created by the LFS community. These optional patches solve minor problems or enable functionality that is not enabled by default. Feel free to peruse the patches database located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/downloads/ and acquire any additional patches to suit your system needs.
Throughout this book, the environment variable LFS will be used. It is paramount that this
variable is always defined. It should be set to the mount point
chosen for the LFS partition. Check that the LFS variable is set up properly with:
echo $LFS
Make sure the output shows the path to the LFS partition's
mount point, which is /mnt/lfs if
the provided example was followed. If the output is incorrect,
the variable can be set with:
export LFS=/mnt/lfs
Having this variable set is beneficial in that commands such as mkdir $LFS/tools can be typed literally. The shell will automatically replace “$LFS” with “/mnt/lfs” (or whatever the variable was set to) when it processes the command line.
Do not forget to check that $LFS is
set whenever you leave and reenter the current working
environment (as when doing a su to root or another user).
All programs compiled in Chapter
5 will be installed under $LFS/tools to keep them separate from the
programs compiled in Chapter
6. The programs compiled here are temporary tools and will
not be a part of the final LFS system. By keeping these
programs in a separate directory, they can easily be discarded
later after their use. This also prevents these programs from
ending up in the host production directories (easy to do by
accident in Chapter
5).
Create the required directory by running the following as
root:
mkdir -v $LFS/tools
The next step is to create a /tools symlink on the host system. This will
point to the newly-created directory on the LFS partition. Run
this command as root as well:
ln -sv $LFS/tools /
The above command is correct. The ln command has a few
syntactic variations, so be sure to check info coreutils ln and
ln(1) before reporting what you
may think is an error.
The created symlink enables the toolchain to be compiled so
that it always refers to /tools,
meaning that the compiler, assembler, and linker will work both
in Chapter 5 (when we are still using some tools from the host)
and in the next (when we are “chrooted” to the LFS partition).
When logged in as user root,
making a single mistake can damage or destroy a system.
Therefore, we recommend building the packages in this chapter
as an unprivileged user. You could use your own user name, but
to make it easier to set up a clean working environment, create
a new user called lfs as a
member of a new group (also named lfs) and use this user during the
installation process. As root,
issue the following commands to add the new user:
groupadd lfs useradd -s /bin/bash -g lfs -m -k /dev/null lfs
The meaning of the command line options:
-s
/bin/bash
This makes bash the default shell
for user lfs.
-g
lfs
This option adds user lfs
to group lfs.
-m
This creates a home directory for lfs.
-k
/dev/null
This parameter prevents possible copying of files from a
skeleton directory (default is /etc/skel) by changing the input
location to the special null device.
lfs
This is the actual name for the created group and user.
To log in as lfs (as opposed to
switching to user lfs when
logged in as root, which does
not require the lfs user to
have a password), give lfs a
password:
passwd lfs
Grant lfs full access to
$LFS/tools by making lfs the directory owner:
chown -v lfs $LFS/tools
If a separate working directory was created as suggested, give
user lfs ownership of this
directory:
chown -v lfs $LFS/sources
Next, login as user lfs. This
can be done via a virtual console, through a display manager,
or with the following substitute user command:
su - lfs
The “-” instructs
su to start a
login shell as opposed to a non-login shell. The difference
between these two types of shells can be found in detail in
bash(1) and info bash.
Set up a good working environment by creating two new startup
files for the bash shell. While logged in
as user lfs, issue the
following command to create a new .bash_profile:
cat > ~/.bash_profile << "EOF"
exec env -i HOME=$HOME TERM=$TERM PS1='\u:\w\$ ' /bin/bash
EOF
When logged on as user lfs, the
initial shell is usually a login shell which reads the
/etc/profile of the host
(probably containing some settings and environment variables)
and then .bash_profile. The
exec env
-i.../bin/bash command in the .bash_profile file replaces the running shell
with a new one with a completely empty environment, except for
the HOME, TERM, and PS1
variables. This ensures that no unwanted and potentially
hazardous environment variables from the host system leak into
the build environment. The technique used here achieves the
goal of ensuring a clean environment.
The new instance of the shell is a non-login shell, which does not read
the /etc/profile or .bash_profile files, but rather reads the
.bashrc file instead. Create the
.bashrc file now:
cat > ~/.bashrc << "EOF"
set +h
umask 022
LFS=/mnt/lfs
LC_ALL=POSIX
LFS_TGT=$(uname -m)-lfs-linux-gnu
PATH=/tools/bin:/bin:/usr/bin
export LFS LC_ALL LFS_TGT PATH
EOF
The set +h
command turns off bash's hash function. Hashing
is ordinarily a useful feature—bash uses a hash table to
remember the full path of executable files to avoid searching
the PATH time and again to find the
same executable. However, the new tools should be used as soon
as they are installed. By switching off the hash function, the
shell will always search the PATH
when a program is to be run. As such, the shell will find the
newly compiled tools in $LFS/tools as soon as they are available
without remembering a previous version of the same program in a
different location.
Setting the user file-creation mask (umask) to 022 ensures that
newly created files and directories are only writable by their
owner, but are readable and executable by anyone (assuming
default modes are used by the open(2) system call, new files will end up
with permission mode 644 and directories with mode 755).
The LFS variable should be set to
the chosen mount point.
The LC_ALL variable controls the
localization of certain programs, making their messages follow
the conventions of a specified country. If the host system uses
a version of Glibc older than 2.2.4, having LC_ALL set to something other than
“POSIX” or
“C” (during this
chapter) may cause issues if you exit the chroot environment
and wish to return later. Setting LC_ALL to “POSIX” or “C” (the two are equivalent) ensures that
everything will work as expected in the chroot environment.
The LFS_TGT variable sets a
non-default, but compatible machine description for use when
building our cross compiler and linker and when cross compiling
our temporary toolchain. More information is contained in
Section 5.2,
“Toolchain Technical Notes”.
By putting /tools/bin ahead of
the standard PATH, all the programs
installed in Chapter
5 are picked up by the shell immediately after their
installation. This, combined with turning off hashing, limits
the risk that old programs are used from the host when the same
programs are available in the chapter 5 environment.
Finally, to have the environment fully prepared for building the temporary tools, source the just-created user profile:
source ~/.bash_profile
Many people would like to know beforehand approximately how long it takes to compile and install each package. Because Linux From Scratch can be built on many different systems, it is impossible to provide accurate time estimates. The biggest package (Glibc) will take approximately 20 minutes on the fastest systems, but could take up to three days on slower systems! Instead of providing actual times, the Standard Build Unit (SBU) measure will be used instead.
The SBU measure works as follows. The first package to be compiled from this book is Binutils in Chapter 5. The time it takes to compile this package is what will be referred to as the Standard Build Unit or SBU. All other compile times will be expressed relative to this time.
For example, consider a package whose compilation time is 4.5 SBUs. This means that if a system took 10 minutes to compile and install the first pass of Binutils, it will take approximately 45 minutes to build this example package. Fortunately, most build times are shorter than the one for Binutils.
In general, SBUs are not entirely accurate because they depend on many factors, including the host system's version of GCC. They are provided here to give an estimate of how long it might take to install a package, but the numbers can vary by as much as dozens of minutes in some cases.
To view actual timings for a number of specific machines, we recommend The LinuxFromScratch SBU Home Page at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/~sbu/.
For many modern systems with multiple processors (or cores) the compilation time for a package can be reduced by performing a "parallel make" by either setting an environment variable or telling the make program how many processors are available. For instance, a Core2Duo can support two simultaneous processes with:
export MAKEFLAGS='-j 2'
or just building with:
make -j2
When multiple processors are used in this way, the SBU units in the book will vary even more than they normally would. Analyzing the output of the build process will also be more difficult because the lines of different processes will be interleaved. If you run into a problem with a build step, revert back to a single processor build to properly analyze the error messages.
Most packages provide a test suite. Running the test suite for a newly built package is a good idea because it can provide a “sanity check” indicating that everything compiled correctly. A test suite that passes its set of checks usually proves that the package is functioning as the developer intended. It does not, however, guarantee that the package is totally bug free.
Some test suites are more important than others. For example, the test suites for the core toolchain packages—GCC, Binutils, and Glibc—are of the utmost importance due to their central role in a properly functioning system. The test suites for GCC and Glibc can take a very long time to complete, especially on slower hardware, but are strongly recommended.
Experience has shown that there is little to be gained from running the test suites in Chapter 5. There can be no escaping the fact that the host system always exerts some influence on the tests in that chapter, often causing inexplicable failures. Because the tools built in Chapter 5 are temporary and eventually discarded, we do not recommend running the test suites in Chapter 5 for the average reader. The instructions for running those test suites are provided for the benefit of testers and developers, but they are strictly optional.
A common issue with running the test suites for Binutils and
GCC is running out of pseudo terminals (PTYs). This can result
in a high number of failing tests. This may happen for several
reasons, but the most likely cause is that the host system does
not have the devpts file system
set up correctly. This issue is discussed in greater detail at
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org//lfs/faq.html#no-ptys.
Sometimes package test suites will fail, but for reasons which the developers are aware of and have deemed non-critical. Consult the logs located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/build-logs/7.2-rc1/ to verify whether or not these failures are expected. This site is valid for all tests throughout this book.
This chapter shows how to build a minimal Linux system. This system will contain just enough tools to start constructing the final LFS system in Chapter 6 and allow a working environment with more user convenience than a minimum environment would.
There are two steps in building this minimal system. The first step is to build a new and host-independent toolchain (compiler, assembler, linker, libraries, and a few useful utilities). The second step uses this toolchain to build the other essential tools.
The files compiled in this chapter will be installed under the
$LFS/tools directory to keep them
separate from the files installed in the next chapter and the
host production directories. Since the packages compiled here
are temporary, we do not want them to pollute the soon-to-be
LFS system.
This section explains some of the rationale and technical details behind the overall build method. It is not essential to immediately understand everything in this section. Most of this information will be clearer after performing an actual build. This section can be referred to at any time during the process.
The overall goal of Chapter 5 is to produce a temporary area that contains a known-good set of tools that can be isolated from the host system. By using chroot, the commands in the remaining chapters will be contained within that environment, ensuring a clean, trouble-free build of the target LFS system. The build process has been designed to minimize the risks for new readers and to provide the most educational value at the same time.
Before continuing, be aware of the name of the working
platform, often referred to as the target triplet. A simple
way to determine the name of the target triplet is to run the
config.guess
script that comes with the source for many packages. Unpack
the Binutils sources and run the script: ./config.guess and note the
output. For example, for a modern 32-bit Intel processor the
output will likely be i686-pc-linux-gnu.
Also be aware of the name of the platform's dynamic linker,
often referred to as the dynamic loader (not to be confused
with the standard linker ld that is part of
Binutils). The dynamic linker provided by Glibc finds and
loads the shared libraries needed by a program, prepares the
program to run, and then runs it. The name of the dynamic
linker for a 32-bit Intel machine will be ld-linux.so.2. A sure-fire way to determine
the name of the dynamic linker is to inspect a random binary
from the host system by running: readelf -l <name of binary> | grep
interpreter and noting the output. The
authoritative reference covering all platforms is in the
shlib-versions file in the root
of the Glibc source tree.
Some key technical points of how the Chapter 5 build method works:
Slightly adjusting the name of the working platform, by
changing the "vendor" field target triplet by way of the
LFS_TGT variable, ensures that
the first build of Binutils and GCC produces a compatible
cross-linker and cross-compiler. Instead of producing
binaries for another architecture, the cross-linker and
cross-compiler will produce binaries compatible with the
current hardware.
The temporary libraries are cross-compiled. Because a cross-compiler by its nature cannot rely on anything from its host system, this method removes potential contamination of the target system by lessening the chance of headers or libraries from the host being incorporated into the new tools. Cross-compilation also allows for the possibility of building both 32-bit and 64-bit libraries on 64-bit capable hardware.
Careful manipulation of the GCC source tells the compiler which target dynamic linker will be used.
Binutils is installed first because the configure runs of both GCC and Glibc perform various feature tests on the assembler and linker to determine which software features to enable or disable. This is more important than one might first realize. An incorrectly configured GCC or Glibc can result in a subtly broken toolchain, where the impact of such breakage might not show up until near the end of the build of an entire distribution. A test suite failure will usually highlight this error before too much additional work is performed.
Binutils installs its assembler and linker in two locations,
/tools/bin and /tools/$LFS_TGT/bin. The tools in one
location are hard linked to the other. An important facet of
the linker is its library search order. Detailed information
can be obtained from ld by passing it the
--verbose flag. For
example, an ld --verbose | grep
SEARCH will illustrate the current search paths
and their order. It shows which files are linked by
ld by compiling a
dummy program and passing the --verbose switch to the linker.
For example, gcc dummy.c
-Wl,--verbose 2>&1 | grep succeeded will
show all the files successfully opened during the linking.
The next package installed is GCC. An example of what can be seen during its run of configure is:
checking what assembler to use... /tools/i686-lfs-linux-gnu/bin/as
checking what linker to use... /tools/i686-lfs-linux-gnu/bin/ld
This is important for the reasons mentioned above. It also
demonstrates that GCC's configure script does not search the
PATH directories to find which tools to use. However, during
the actual operation of gcc itself, the same search
paths are not necessarily used. To find out which standard
linker gcc will
use, run: gcc
-print-prog-name=ld.
Detailed information can be obtained from gcc by passing it the
-v command line option
while compiling a dummy program. For example, gcc -v dummy.c will show
detailed information about the preprocessor, compilation, and
assembly stages, including gcc's included search paths
and their order.
Next installed are sanitized Linux API headers. These allow the standard C library (Glibc) to interface with features that the Linux kernel will provide.
The next package installed is Glibc. The most important
considerations for building Glibc are the compiler, binary
tools, and kernel headers. The compiler is generally not an
issue since Glibc will always use the compiler relating to the
--host parameter passed
to its configure script, e.g. in our case, i686-lfs-linux-gnu-gcc. The
binary tools and kernel headers can be a bit more complicated.
Therefore, take no risks and use the available configure
switches to enforce the correct selections. After the run of
configure, check
the contents of the config.make
file in the glibc-build directory
for all important details. Note the use of CC="i686-lfs-gnu-gcc" to control
which binary tools are used and the use of the -nostdinc and -isystem flags to control the
compiler's include search path. These items highlight an
important aspect of the Glibc package—it is very
self-sufficient in terms of its build machinery and generally
does not rely on toolchain defaults.
During the second pass of Binutils, we are able to utilize the
--with-lib-path
configure switch to control ld's library search path.
For the second pass of GCC, its sources also need to be
modified to tell GCC to use the new dynamic linker. Failure to
do so will result in the GCC programs themselves having the
name of the dynamic linker from the host system's /lib directory embedded into them, which
would defeat the goal of getting away from the host. From this
point onwards, the core toolchain is self-contained and
self-hosted. The remainder of the Chapter
5 packages all build against the new Glibc in /tools.
Upon entering the chroot environment in Chapter
6, the first major package to be installed is Glibc, due to
its self-sufficient nature mentioned above. Once this Glibc is
installed into /usr, we will
perform a quick changeover of the toolchain defaults, and then
proceed in building the rest of the target LFS system.
When building packages there are several assumptions made within the instructions:
Several of the packages are patched before compilation, but only when the patch is needed to circumvent a problem. A patch is often needed in both this and the next chapter, but sometimes in only one or the other. Therefore, do not be concerned if instructions for a downloaded patch seem to be missing. Warning messages about offset or fuzz may also be encountered when applying a patch. Do not worry about these warnings, as the patch was still successfully applied.
During the compilation of most packages, there will be several warnings that scroll by on the screen. These are normal and can safely be ignored. These warnings are as they appear—warnings about deprecated, but not invalid, use of the C or C++ syntax. C standards change fairly often, and some packages still use the older standard. This is not a problem, but does prompt the warning.
Check one last time that the LFS environment variable is set up
properly:
echo $LFS
Make sure the output shows the path to the LFS
partition's mount point, which is /mnt/lfs, using our example.
Finally, two last important items must be emphasized:
The build instructions assume that the bash shell is in use.
To re-emphasize the build process:
Place all the sources and patches in a directory
that will be accessible from the chroot
environment such as /mnt/lfs/sources/. Do
not put
sources in /mnt/lfs/tools/.
Change to the sources directory.
Using the tar program, extract the package to be built. In Chapter 5, ensure you are the lfs user when extracting the package.
Change to the directory created when the package was extracted.
Follow the book's instructions for building the package.
Change back to the sources directory.
Delete the extracted source directory and
any <package>-build
The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.
Go back and re-read the notes in the previous section. Understanding the notes labeled important will save you a lot of problems later.
It is important that Binutils be the first package compiled because both Glibc and GCC perform various tests on the available linker and assembler to determine which of their own features to enable.
Apply a patch to prevent a build failure when using compiler optimizations:
patch -Np1 -i ../binutils-2.22-build_fix-1.patch
The Binutils documentation recommends building Binutils outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v ../binutils-build cd ../binutils-build
In order for the SBU values listed in the rest of the book
to be of any use, measure the time it takes to build this
package from the configuration, up to and including the
first install. To achieve this easily, wrap the three
commands in a time command like this:
time { ./configure ...
&& make && make install; }.
The approximate build SBU values and required disk space in Chapter 5 does not include test suite data.
Now prepare Binutils for compilation:
../binutils-2.22/configure \
--prefix=/tools \
--with-sysroot=$LFS \
--with-lib-path=/tools/lib \
--target=$LFS_TGT \
--disable-nls \
--disable-werror
The meaning of the configure options:
--prefix=/tools
This tells the configure script to prepare to install
the Binutils programs in the /tools directory.
--with-sysroot=$LFS
For cross compilation, this tells the build system to look in $LFS for the target system libraries as needed.
--with-lib-path=/tools/lib
This specifies which library path the linker should be configured to use.
--target=$LFS_TGT
Because the machine description in the LFS_TGT variable is slightly different
than the value returned by the config.guess script,
this switch will tell the configure script to
adjust Binutil's build system for building a cross
linker.
--disable-nls
This disables internationalization as i18n is not needed for the temporary tools.
--disable-werror
This prevents the build from stopping in the event that there are warnings from the host's compiler.
Continue with compiling the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. Ordinarily we would now run the test suite, but at this early stage the test suite framework (Tcl, Expect, and DejaGNU) is not yet in place. The benefits of running the tests at this point are minimal since the programs from this first pass will soon be replaced by those from the second.
If building on x86_64, create a symlink to ensure the sanity of the toolchain:
case $(uname -m) in x86_64) mkdir -v /tools/lib && ln -sv lib /tools/lib64 ;; esac
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.13.2, “Contents of Binutils.”
The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.
GCC now requires the GMP, MPFR and MPC packages. As these packages may not be included in your host distribution, they will be built with GCC. Unpack each package into the GCC source directory and rename the resulting directories so the GCC build procedures will automatically use them:
There are frequent misunderstandings about this chapter. The procedures are the same as every other chapter as explained earlier (Package build instructions). First extract the gcc tarball from the sources directory and then change to the directory created. Only then should you proceed with the instructions below.
tar -Jxf ../mpfr-3.1.1.tar.xz mv -v mpfr-3.1.1 mpfr tar -Jxf ../gmp-5.0.5.tar.xz mv -v gmp-5.0.5 gmp tar -zxf ../mpc-1.0.tar.gz mv -v mpc-1.0 mpc
The following command will change the location of GCC's
default dynamic linker to use the one installed in
/tools. It also removes
/usr/include from GCC's include
search path. Issue:
for file in \
$(find gcc/config -name linux64.h -o -name linux.h -o -name sysv4.h)
do
cp -uv $file{,.orig}
sed -e 's@/lib\(64\)\?\(32\)\?/ld@/tools&@g' \
-e 's@/usr@/tools@g' $file.orig > $file
echo '
#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 "/tools/lib/"
#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 ""' >> $file
touch $file.orig
done
In case the above seems hard to follow, let's break it down a
bit. First we find all the files under the gcc/config directory that are named either
linux.h, linux64.h or sysv4.h. For each file found, we copy it to
a file of the same name but with an added suffix of
“.orig”. Then the
first sed expression prepends “/tools” to every instance of
“/lib/ld”,
“/lib64/ld” or
“/lib32/ld”, while the
second one replaces hard-coded instances of
“/usr”. Next, we add
our define statements which alter the default startfile
prefix to the end of the file. Note that the trailing
“/” in
“/tools/lib/” is
required. Finally, we use touch to update the
timestamp on the copied files. When used in conjunction with
cp -u, this
prevents unexpected changes to the original files in case the
commands are inadvertently run twice.
GCC doesn't detect stack protection correctly, which causes problems for the build of Glibc-2.16.0, so fix that by issuing the following command:
sed -i '/k prot/agcc_cv_libc_provides_ssp=yes' gcc/configure
The GCC documentation recommends building GCC outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v ../gcc-build cd ../gcc-build
Prepare GCC for compilation:
../gcc-4.7.1/configure \
--target=$LFS_TGT \
--prefix=/tools \
--with-sysroot=$LFS \
--with-newlib \
--without-headers \
--with-local-prefix=/tools \
--with-native-system-header-dir=/tools/include \
--disable-nls \
--disable-shared \
--disable-multilib \
--disable-decimal-float \
--disable-threads \
--disable-libmudflap \
--disable-libssp \
--disable-libgomp \
--disable-libquadmath \
--enable-languages=c \
--with-mpfr-include=$(pwd)/../gcc-4.7.1/mpfr/src \
--with-mpfr-lib=$(pwd)/mpfr/src/.libs
The meaning of the configure options:
--with-newlib
Since a working C library is not yet available, this ensures that the inhibit_libc constant is defined when building libgcc. This prevents the compiling of any code that requires libc support.
--without-headers
When creating a complete cross-compiler, GCC requires standard headers compatible with the target system. For our purposes these headers will not be needed. This switch prevents GCC from looking for them.
--with-local-prefix=/tools
The local prefix is the location in the system that GCC
will search for locally installed include files. The
default is /usr/local.
Setting this to /tools
helps keep the host location of /usr/local out of this GCC's search
path.
--with-native-system-header-dir=/tools/include
By default GCC searches /usr/include for system headers. In
conjunction with the sysroot switch, this would
translate normally to $LFS/usr/include. However the headers
that will be installed in the next two sections will go
to $LFS/tools/include.
This switch ensures that gcc will find them correctly.
In the second pass of GCC, this same switch will ensure
that no headers from the host system are found.
--disable-shared
This switch forces GCC to link its internal libraries statically. We do this to avoid possible issues with the host system.
--disable-decimal-float,
--disable-threads, --disable-libmudflap,
--disable-libssp, --disable-libgomp,
--disable-libquadmath
These switches disable support for the decimal floating point extension, threading, libmudflap, libssp and libgomp and libquadmath respectively. These features will fail to compile when building a cross-compiler and are not necessary for the task of cross-compiling the temporary libc.
--disable-multilib
On x86_64, LFS does not yet support a multilib configuration. This switch is harmless for x86.
--enable-languages=c
This option ensures that only the C compiler is built. This is the only language needed now.
Compile GCC by running:
make
Compilation is now complete. At this point, the test suite would normally be run, but, as mentioned before, the test suite framework is not in place yet. The benefits of running the tests at this point are minimal since the programs from this first pass will soon be replaced.
Install the package:
make install
Using --disable-shared means that the
libgcc_eh.a file isn't created
and installed. The Glibc package depends on this library as
it uses -lgcc_eh
within its build system. This dependency can be satisfied by
creating a symlink to libgcc.a,
since that file will end up containing the objects normally
contained in libgcc_eh.a:
ln -vs libgcc.a `$LFS_TGT-gcc -print-libgcc-file-name | sed 's/libgcc/&_eh/'`
Details on this package are located in Section 6.17.2, “Contents of GCC.”
The Linux API Headers (in linux-3.5.2.tar.xz) expose the kernel's API for use by Glibc.
The Linux kernel needs to expose an Application Programming Interface (API) for the system's C library (Glibc in LFS) to use. This is done by way of sanitizing various C header files that are shipped in the Linux kernel source tarball.
Make sure there are no stale files and dependencies lying around from previous activity:
make mrproper
Now test and extract the user-visible kernel headers from the source. They are placed in an intermediate local directory and copied to the needed location because the extraction process removes any existing files in the target directory.
make headers_check make INSTALL_HDR_PATH=dest headers_install cp -rv dest/include/* /tools/include
Details on this package are located in Section 6.7.2, “Contents of Linux API Headers.”
The Glibc package contains the main C library. This library provides the basic routines for allocating memory, searching directories, opening and closing files, reading and writing files, string handling, pattern matching, arithmetic, and so on.
The Glibc documentation recommends building Glibc outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v ../glibc-build cd ../glibc-build
Fix an issue when building Glibc-2.16.0 with GCC-4.7.1:
sed -i 's/ -lgcc_s//' ../glibc-2.16.0/Makeconfig
Next, prepare Glibc for compilation:
../glibc-2.16.0/configure \
--prefix=/tools \
--host=$LFS_TGT \
--build=$(../glibc-2.16.0/scripts/config.guess) \
--disable-profile \
--enable-add-ons \
--enable-kernel=2.6.25 \
--with-headers=/tools/include \
libc_cv_forced_unwind=yes \
libc_cv_ctors_header=yes \
libc_cv_c_cleanup=yes
The meaning of the configure options:
--host=$LFS_TGT,
--build=$(../glibc-2.16.0/scripts/config.guess)
The combined effect of these switches is that Glibc's
build system configures itself to cross-compile, using
the cross-linker and cross-compiler in /tools.
--disable-profile
This builds the libraries without profiling information. Omit this option if profiling on the temporary tools is necessary.
--enable-add-ons
This tells Glibc to use the NPTL add-on as its threading library.
--enable-kernel=2.6.25
This tells Glibc to compile the library with support for 2.6.25 and later Linux kernels. Workarounds for older kernels are not enabled.
--with-headers=/tools/include
This tells Glibc to compile itself against the headers recently installed to the tools directory, so that it knows exactly what features the kernel has and can optimize itself accordingly.
libc_cv_forced_unwind=yes
The linker installed during Section 5.4, “Binutils-2.22 - Pass 1” was cross-compiled and as such cannot be used until Glibc has been installed. This means that the configure test for force-unwind support will fail, as it relies on a working linker. The libc_cv_forced_unwind=yes variable is passed in order to inform configure that force-unwind support is available without it having to run the test.
libc_cv_c_cleanup=yes
Simlarly, we pass libc_cv_c_cleanup=yes through to the configure script so that the test is skipped and C cleanup handling support is configured.
libc_cv_ctors_header=yes
Simlarly, we pass libc_cv_ctors_header=yes through to the configure script so that the test is skipped and gcc constructor support is configured.
During this stage the following warning might appear:
configure: WARNING: *** These auxiliary programs are missing or *** incompatible versions: msgfmt *** some features will be disabled. *** Check the INSTALL file for required versions.
The missing or incompatible msgfmt program is generally harmless. This msgfmt program is part of the Gettext package which the host distribution should provide.
Compile the package:
make
This package does come with a test suite, however, it cannot be run at this time because we do not have a C++ compiler yet.
The test suite also requires locale data to be installed in order to run successfully. Locale data provides information to the system regarding such things as the date, time, and currency formats accepted and output by system utilities. If the test suites are not being run in this chapter (as per the recommendation), there is no need to install the locales now. The appropriate locales will be installed in the next chapter. To install the Glibc locales anyway, use instructions from Section 6.9, “Glibc-2.16.0.”
Install the package:
make install
At this point, it is imperative to stop and ensure that the basic functions (compiling and linking) of the new toolchain are working as expected. To perform a sanity check, run the following commands:
echo 'main(){}' > dummy.c
$LFS_TGT-gcc dummy.c
readelf -l a.out | grep ': /tools'
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be of the form:
[Requesting program interpreter: /tools/lib/ld-linux.so.2]
Note that /tools/lib, or
/tools/lib64 for 64-bit
machines appears as the prefix of the dynamic linker.
If the output is not shown as above or there was no output at all, then something is wrong. Investigate and retrace the steps to find out where the problem is and correct it. This issue must be resolved before continuing on.
Once all is well, clean up the test files:
rm -v dummy.c a.out
Building Binutils in the next section will serve as an additional check that the toolchain has been built properly. If Binutils fails to build, it is an indication that something has gone wrong with the previous Binutils, GCC, or Glibc installations.
Details on this package are located in Section 6.9.4, “Contents of Glibc.”
The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.
Apply a patch to prevent a build failure when using compiler optimizations:
patch -Np1 -i ../binutils-2.22-build_fix-1.patch
Create a separate build directory again:
mkdir -v ../binutils-build cd ../binutils-build
Prepare Binutils for compilation:
CC=$LFS_TGT-gcc \
AR=$LFS_TGT-ar \
RANLIB=$LFS_TGT-ranlib \
../binutils-2.22/configure \
--prefix=/tools \
--disable-nls \
--with-lib-path=/tools/lib
The meaning of the new configure options:
CC=$LFS_TGT-gcc AR=$LFS_TGT-ar
RANLIB=$LFS_TGT-ranlib
Because this is really a native build of Binutils, setting these variables ensures that the build system uses the cross-compiler and associated tools instead of the ones on the host system.
--with-lib-path=/tools/lib
This tells the configure script to specify the library
search path during the compilation of Binutils,
resulting in /tools/lib
being passed to the linker. This prevents the linker
from searching through library directories on the host.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
Now prepare the linker for the “Re-adjusting” phase in the next chapter:
make -C ld clean make -C ld LIB_PATH=/usr/lib:/lib cp -v ld/ld-new /tools/bin
The meaning of the make parameters:
-C ld
clean
This tells the make program to remove all compiled
files in the ld
subdirectory.
-C ld
LIB_PATH=/usr/lib:/lib
This option rebuilds everything in the ld subdirectory. Specifying the
LIB_PATH Makefile variable
on the command line allows us to override the default
value of the temporary tools and point it to the proper
final path. The value of this variable specifies the
linker's default library search path. This preparation
is used in the next chapter.
Details on this package are located in Section 6.13.2, “Contents of Binutils.”
The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.
Our first build of GCC has installed a couple of internal
system headers. Normally one of them, limits.h will in turn include the
corresponding system limits.h
header, in this case, /tools/include/limits.h. However, at the
time of the first build of gcc /tools/include/limits.h did not exist, so
the internal header that GCC installed is a partial,
self-contained file and does not include the extended
features of the system header. This was adequate for building
the temporary libc, but this build of GCC now requires the
full internal header. Create a full version of the internal
header using a command that is identical to what the GCC
build system does in normal circumstances:
cat gcc/limitx.h gcc/glimits.h gcc/limity.h > \ `dirname $($LFS_TGT-gcc -print-libgcc-file-name)`/include-fixed/limits.h
For x86 machines, a bootstrap build of GCC uses the
-fomit-frame-pointer compiler
flag. Non-bootstrap builds omit this flag by default, and the
goal should be to produce a compiler that is exactly the same
as if it were bootstrapped. Apply the following sed command to force the
build to use the flag:
cp -v gcc/Makefile.in{,.tmp}
sed 's/^T_CFLAGS =$/& -fomit-frame-pointer/' gcc/Makefile.in.tmp \
> gcc/Makefile.in
Once again, change the location of GCC's default dynamic
linker to use the one installed in /tools.
for file in \
$(find gcc/config -name linux64.h -o -name linux.h -o -name sysv4.h)
do
cp -uv $file{,.orig}
sed -e 's@/lib\(64\)\?\(32\)\?/ld@/tools&@g' \
-e 's@/usr@/tools@g' $file.orig > $file
echo '
#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
#undef STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 "/tools/lib/"
#define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 ""' >> $file
touch $file.orig
done
As in the first build of GCC it requires the GMP, MPFR and MPC packages. Unpack the tarballs and move them into the required directory names:
tar -Jxf ../mpfr-3.1.1.tar.xz mv -v mpfr-3.1.1 mpfr tar -Jxf ../gmp-5.0.5.tar.xz mv -v gmp-5.0.5 gmp tar -zxf ../mpc-1.0.tar.gz mv -v mpc-1.0 mpc
Create a separate build directory again:
mkdir -v ../gcc-build cd ../gcc-build
Before starting to build GCC, remember to unset any environment variables that override the default optimization flags.
Now prepare GCC for compilation:
CC=$LFS_TGT-gcc \
AR=$LFS_TGT-ar \
RANLIB=$LFS_TGT-ranlib \
../gcc-4.7.1/configure \
--prefix=/tools \
--with-local-prefix=/tools \
--with-native-system-header-dir=/tools/include \
--enable-clocale=gnu \
--enable-shared \
--enable-threads=posix \
--enable-__cxa_atexit \
--enable-languages=c,c++ \
--disable-libstdcxx-pch \
--disable-multilib \
--disable-bootstrap \
--disable-libgomp \
--with-mpfr-include=$(pwd)/../gcc-4.7.1/mpfr/src \
--with-mpfr-lib=$(pwd)/mpfr/src/.libs
The meaning of the new configure options:
--enable-clocale=gnu
This option ensures the correct locale model is selected for the C++ libraries under all circumstances. If the configure script finds the de_DE locale installed, it will select the correct gnu locale model. However, if the de_DE locale is not installed, there is the risk of building Application Binary Interface (ABI)-incompatible C++ libraries because the incorrect generic locale model may be selected.
--enable-threads=posix
This enables C++ exception handling for multi-threaded code.
--enable-__cxa_atexit
This option allows use of __cxa_atexit, rather than
atexit, to register C++
destructors for local statics and global objects. This
option is essential for fully standards-compliant
handling of destructors. It also affects the C++ ABI,
and therefore results in C++ shared libraries and C++
programs that are interoperable with other Linux
distributions.
--enable-languages=c,c++
This option ensures that both the C and C++ compilers are built.
--disable-libstdcxx-pch
Do not build the pre-compiled header (PCH) for
libstdc++. It takes up a
lot of space, and we have no use for it.
--disable-bootstrap
For native builds of GCC, the default is to do a "bootstrap" build. This does not just compile GCC, but compiles it several times. It uses the programs compiled in a first round to compile itself a second time, and then again a third time. The second and third iterations are compared to make sure it can reproduce itself flawlessly. This also implies that it was compiled correctly. However, the LFS build method should provide a solid compiler without the need to bootstrap each time.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
As a finishing touch, create a symlink. Many programs and scripts run cc instead of gcc, which is used to keep programs generic and therefore usable on all kinds of UNIX systems where the GNU C compiler is not always installed. Running cc leaves the system administrator free to decide which C compiler to install:
ln -vs gcc /tools/bin/cc
At this point, it is imperative to stop and ensure that the basic functions (compiling and linking) of the new toolchain are working as expected. To perform a sanity check, run the following commands:
echo 'main(){}' > dummy.c
cc dummy.c
readelf -l a.out | grep ': /tools'
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be of the form:
[Requesting program interpreter: /tools/lib/ld-linux.so.2]
Note that /tools/lib, or
/tools/lib64 for 64-bit
machines appears as the prefix of the dynamic linker.
If the output is not shown as above or there was no output
at all, then something is wrong. Investigate and retrace
the steps to find out where the problem is and correct it.
This issue must be resolved before continuing on. First,
perform the sanity check again, using gcc instead of
cc. If this
works, then the /tools/bin/cc
symlink is missing. Install the symlink as per above. Next,
ensure that the PATH is correct.
This can be checked by running echo $PATH and verifying
that /tools/bin is at the
head of the list. If the PATH is
wrong it could mean that you are not logged in as user
lfs or that something went
wrong back in Section 4.4,
“Setting Up the Environment.”
Once all is well, clean up the test files:
rm -v dummy.c a.out
Details on this package are located in Section 6.17.2, “Contents of GCC.”
The Tcl package contains the Tool Command Language.
This package and the next three (Expect, DejaGNU, and Check) are installed to support running the test suites for GCC and Binutils and other packages. Installing four packages for testing purposes may seem excessive, but it is very reassuring, if not essential, to know that the most important tools are working properly. Even if the test suites are not run in this chapter (they are not mandatory), these packages are required to run the test suites in Chapter 6.
Prepare Tcl for compilation:
cd unix ./configure --prefix=/tools
Build the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Tcl test suite anyway, issue the following command:
TZ=UTC make test
The Tcl test suite may experience failures under certain host
conditions that are not fully understood. Therefore, test
suite failures here are not surprising, and are not
considered critical. The TZ=UTC parameter sets the time
zone to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), also known as
Greenwich Mean Time (GMT), but only for the duration of the
test suite run. This ensures that the clock tests are
exercised correctly. Details on the TZ environment variable are provided in
Chapter
7.
Install the package:
make install
Make the installed library writable so debugging symbols can be removed later:
chmod -v u+w /tools/lib/libtcl8.5.so
Install Tcl's headers. The next package, Expect, requires them to build.
make install-private-headers
Now make a necessary symbolic link:
ln -sv tclsh8.5 /tools/bin/tclsh
The Expect package contains a program for carrying out scripted dialogues with other interactive programs.
First, force Expect's configure script to use /bin/stty instead of a /usr/local/bin/stty it may find on the host
system. This will ensure that our test suite tools remain
sane for the final builds of our toolchain:
cp -v configure{,.orig}
sed 's:/usr/local/bin:/bin:' configure.orig > configure
Now prepare Expect for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools --with-tcl=/tools/lib \ --with-tclinclude=/tools/include
The meaning of the configure options:
--with-tcl=/tools/lib
This ensures that the configure script finds the Tcl installation in the temporary tools location instead of possibly locating an existing one on the host system.
--with-tclinclude=/tools/include
This explicitly tells Expect where to find Tcl's internal headers. Using this option avoids conditions where configure fails because it cannot automatically discover the location of Tcl's headers.
Build the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Expect test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make test
Note that the Expect test suite is known to experience failures under certain host conditions that are not within our control. Therefore, test suite failures here are not surprising and are not considered critical.
Install the package:
make SCRIPTS="" install
The meaning of the make parameter:
SCRIPTS=""
This prevents installation of the supplementary Expect scripts, which are not needed.
The DejaGNU package contains a framework for testing other programs.
Prepare DejaGNU for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Build and install the package:
make install
To test the results, issue:
make check
Check is a unit testing framework for C.
Prepare Check for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Build the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Check test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Note that the Check test suite may take a relatively long (up to 4 SBU) time.
Install the package:
make install
The Ncurses package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens.
Prepare Ncurses for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools --with-shared \
--without-debug --without-ada --enable-overwrite
The meaning of the configure options:
--without-ada
This ensures that Ncurses does not build support for the Ada compiler which may be present on the host but will not be available once we enter the chroot environment.
--enable-overwrite
This tells Ncurses to install its header files into
/tools/include, instead
of /tools/include/ncurses, to ensure
that other packages can find the Ncurses headers
successfully.
Compile the package:
make
This package has a test suite, but it can only be run after
the package has been installed. The tests reside in the
test/ directory. See the
README file in that directory
for further details.
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.21.2, “Contents of Ncurses.”
The Bash package contains the Bourne-Again SHell.
First, apply the following patch to fix various bugs that have been addressed upstream:
patch -Np1 -i ../bash-4.2-fixes-8.patch
Prepare Bash for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools --without-bash-malloc
The meaning of the configure options:
--without-bash-malloc
This option turns off the use of Bash's memory
allocation (malloc)
function which is known to cause segmentation faults.
By turning this option off, Bash will use the
malloc functions from
Glibc which are more stable.
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Bash test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make tests
Install the package:
make install
Make a link for the programs that use sh for a shell:
ln -vs bash /tools/bin/sh
Details on this package are located in Section 6.33.2, “Contents of Bash.”
The Bzip2 package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. Compressing text files with bzip2 yields a much better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip.
The Bzip2 package does not contain a configure script. Compile and test it with:
make
Install the package:
make PREFIX=/tools install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.19.2, “Contents of Bzip2.”
The Coreutils package contains utilities for showing and setting the basic system characteristics.
Prepare Coreutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools --enable-install-program=hostname
The meaning of the configure options:
--enable-install-program=hostname
This enables the hostname binary to be built and installed – it is disabled by default but is required by the Perl test suite.
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Coreutils test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make RUN_EXPENSIVE_TESTS=yes check
The RUN_EXPENSIVE_TESTS=yes
parameter tells the test suite to run several additional
tests that are considered relatively expensive (in terms of
CPU power and memory usage) on some platforms, but generally
are not a problem on Linux.
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.26.2, “Contents of Coreutils.”
The Diffutils package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' lib/stdio.in.h
Prepare Diffutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Diffutils test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.40.2, “Contents of Diffutils.”
The File package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files.
Prepare File for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the File test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.12.2, “Contents of File.”
The Findutils package contains programs to find files. These programs are provided to recursively search through a directory tree and to create, maintain, and search a database (often faster than the recursive find, but unreliable if the database has not been recently updated).
Prepare Findutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Findutils test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.42.2, “Contents of Findutils.”
The Gawk package contains programs for manipulating text files.
Prepare Gawk for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Gawk test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.41.2, “Contents of Gawk.”
The Gettext package contains utilities for internationalization and localization. These allow programs to be compiled with NLS (Native Language Support), enabling them to output messages in the user's native language.
For our temporary set of tools, we only need to build and install one binary from Gettext.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gettext-*/*/stdio.in.h
Prepare Gettext for compilation:
cd gettext-tools EMACS="no" ./configure --prefix=/tools --disable-shared
The meaning of the configure option:
EMACS="no"
This prevents the configure script from determining where to install Emacs Lisp files as the test is known to hang on some hosts.
--disable-shared
We do not need to install any of the shared Gettext libraries at this time, therefore there is no need to build them.
Compile the package:
make -C gnulib-lib make -C src msgfmt
As only one binary has been compiled, it is not possible to run the test suite without compiling additional support libraries from the Gettext package. It is therefore not recommended to attempt to run the test suite at this stage.
Install the msgfmt binary:
cp -v src/msgfmt /tools/bin
Details on this package are located in Section 6.44.2, “Contents of Gettext.”
The Grep package contains programs for searching through files.
Prepare Grep for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Grep test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.31.2, “Contents of Grep.”
The Gzip package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files.
Prepare Gzip for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Gzip test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.49.2, “Contents of Gzip.”
The M4 package contains a macro processor.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' lib/stdio.in.h
Prepare M4 for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the M4 test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.28.2, “Contents of M4.”
The Make package contains a program for compiling packages.
Prepare Make for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Make test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.54.2, “Contents of Make.”
The Patch package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a “patch” file typically created by the diff program.
Prepare Patch for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Patch test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.56.2, “Contents of Patch.”
The Perl package contains the Practical Extraction and Report Language.
First apply the following patch to adapt some hard-wired paths to the C library:
patch -Np1 -i ../perl-5.16.1-libc-2.patch
Prepare Perl for compilation:
sh Configure -des -Dprefix=/tools
Build the package:
make
Although Perl comes with a test suite, it would be better to wait until it is insalled in the next chapter.
Only a few of the utilities and libraries, need to be installed at this time:
cp -v perl cpan/podlators/pod2man /tools/bin mkdir -pv /tools/lib/perl5/5.16.1 cp -Rv lib/* /tools/lib/perl5/5.16.1
Details on this package are located in Section 6.37.2, “Contents of Perl.”
The Sed package contains a stream editor.
Prepare Sed for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Sed test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.18.2, “Contents of Sed.”
The Tar package contains an archiving program.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gnu/stdio.in.h
Prepare Tar for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Tar test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.59.2, “Contents of Tar.”
The Texinfo package contains programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages.
Prepare Texinfo for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Texinfo test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.60.2, “Contents of Texinfo.”
The Xz package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It provides capabilities for the lzma and the newer xz compression formats. Compressing text files with xz yields a better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip or bzip2 commands.
Prepare Xz for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/tools
Compile the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. As discussed earlier, running the test suite is not mandatory for the temporary tools here in this chapter. To run the Xz test suite anyway, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 6.46.2, “Contents of Xz.”
The steps in this section are optional, but if the LFS partition is rather small, it is beneficial to learn that unnecessary items can be removed. The executables and libraries built so far contain about 70 MB of unneeded debugging symbols. Remove those symbols with:
strip --strip-debug /tools/lib/*
strip --strip-unneeded /tools/{,s}bin/*
These commands will skip a number of files, reporting that it does not recognize their file format. Most of these are scripts instead of binaries.
Take care not to use
--strip-unneeded on the
libraries. The static ones would be destroyed and the toolchain
packages would need to be built all over again.
To save more, remove the documentation:
rm -rf /tools/{,share}/{info,man,doc}
At this point, you should have at least 850 MB of free space in
$LFS that can be used to build and
install Glibc in the next phase. If you can build and install
Glibc, you can build and install the rest too.
The commands in the remainder of this book must be performed
while logged in as user root
and no longer as user lfs.
Also, double check that $LFS is
set in root's environment.
Currently, the $LFS/tools
directory is owned by the user lfs, a user that exists only on the host
system. If the $LFS/tools
directory is kept as is, the files are owned by a user ID
without a corresponding account. This is dangerous because a
user account created later could get this same user ID and
would own the $LFS/tools
directory and all the files therein, thus exposing these files
to possible malicious manipulation.
To avoid this issue, you could add the lfs user to the new LFS system later when
creating the /etc/passwd file,
taking care to assign it the same user and group IDs as on the
host system. Better yet, change the ownership of the
$LFS/tools directory to user
root by running the following
command:
chown -R root:root $LFS/tools
Although the $LFS/tools directory
can be deleted once the LFS system has been finished, it can be
retained to build additional LFS systems of the same book version. How best
to backup $LFS/tools is a matter
of personal preference.
If you intend to keep the temporary tools for use in building future LFS systems, now is the time to back them up. Subsequent commands in chapter 6 will alter the tools currently in place, rendering them useless for future builds.
In this chapter, we enter the building site and start constructing the LFS system in earnest. That is, we chroot into the temporary mini Linux system, make a few final preparations, and then begin installing the packages.
The installation of this software is straightforward. Although in many cases the installation instructions could be made shorter and more generic, we have opted to provide the full instructions for every package to minimize the possibilities for mistakes. The key to learning what makes a Linux system work is to know what each package is used for and why you (or the system) may need it.
We do not recommend using optimizations. They can make a
program run slightly faster, but they may also cause
compilation difficulties and problems when running the program.
If a package refuses to compile when using optimization, try to
compile it without optimization and see if that fixes the
problem. Even if the package does compile when using
optimization, there is the risk it may have been compiled
incorrectly because of the complex interactions between the
code and build tools. Also note that the -march and -mtune
options using values not specified in the book have not been
tested. This may cause problems with the toolchain packages
(Binutils, GCC and Glibc). The small potential gains achieved
in using compiler optimizations are often outweighed by the
risks. First-time builders of LFS are encouraged to build
without custom optimizations. The subsequent system will still
run very fast and be stable at the same time.
The order that packages are installed in this chapter needs to
be strictly followed to ensure that no program accidentally
acquires a path referring to /tools hard-wired into it. For the same
reason, do not compile separate packages in parallel. Compiling
in parallel may save time (especially on dual-CPU machines),
but it could result in a program containing a hard-wired path
to /tools, which will cause the
program to stop working when that directory is removed.
Before the installation instructions, each installation page provides information about the package, including a concise description of what it contains, approximately how long it will take to build, and how much disk space is required during this building process. Following the installation instructions, there is a list of programs and libraries (along with brief descriptions of these) that the package installs.
The SBU values and required disk space includes test suite data for all applicable packages in Chapter 6.
Various file systems exported by the kernel are used to communicate to and from the kernel itself. These file systems are virtual in that no disk space is used for them. The content of the file systems resides in memory.
Begin by creating directories onto which the file systems will be mounted:
mkdir -v $LFS/{dev,proc,sys}
When the kernel boots the system, it requires the presence of
a few device nodes, in particular the console and null devices. The device nodes must be
created on the hard disk so that they are available before
udevd has been
started, and additionally when Linux is started with
init=/bin/bash.
Create the devices by running the following commands:
mknod -m 600 $LFS/dev/console c 5 1 mknod -m 666 $LFS/dev/null c 1 3
The recommended method of populating the /dev directory with devices is to mount a
virtual filesystem (such as tmpfs) on the /dev directory, and allow the devices to be
created dynamically on that virtual filesystem as they are
detected or accessed. Device creation is generally done
during the boot process by Udev. Since this new system does
not yet have Udev and has not yet been booted, it is
necessary to mount and populate /dev manually. This is accomplished by bind
mounting the host system's /dev
directory. A bind mount is a special type of mount that
allows you to create a mirror of a directory or mount point
to some other location. Use the following command to achieve
this:
mount -v --bind /dev $LFS/dev
Now mount the remaining virtual kernel filesystems:
mount -vt devpts devpts $LFS/dev/pts mount -vt proc proc $LFS/proc mount -vt sysfs sysfs $LFS/sys
In some host systems, /dev/shm
is a symbolic link to /run/shm.
Inside a chroot environment, this symbolic link needs to be
changed to a normal directory before mounting as a temporary
file system:
if [ -h /dev/shm ]; then rm -f $LFS/dev/shm mkdir $LFS/dev/shm fi mount -vt tmpfs shm $LFS/dev/shm
Package Management is an often requested addition to the LFS Book. A Package Manager allows tracking the installation of files making it easy to remove and upgrade packages. As well as the binary and library files, a package manager will handle the installation of configuration files. Before you begin to wonder, NO—this section will not talk about nor recommend any particular package manager. What it provides is a roundup of the more popular techniques and how they work. The perfect package manager for you may be among these techniques or may be a combination of two or more of these techniques. This section briefly mentions issues that may arise when upgrading packages.
Some reasons why no package manager is mentioned in LFS or BLFS include:
Dealing with package management takes the focus away from the goals of these books—teaching how a Linux system is built.
There are multiple solutions for package management, each having its strengths and drawbacks. Including one that satisfies all audiences is difficult.
There are some hints written on the topic of package management. Visit the Hints Project and see if one of them fits your need.
A Package Manager makes it easy to upgrade to newer versions when they are released. Generally the instructions in the LFS and BLFS Book can be used to upgrade to the newer versions. Here are some points that you should be aware of when upgrading packages, especially on a running system.
If one of the toolchain packages (Glibc, GCC or Binutils) needs to be upgraded to a newer minor version, it is safer to rebuild LFS. Though you may be able to get by rebuilding all the packages in their dependency order, we do not recommend it. For example, if glibc-2.2.x needs to be updated to glibc-2.3.x, it is safer to rebuild. For micro version updates, a simple reinstallation usually works, but is not guaranteed. For example, upgrading from glibc-2.3.4 to glibc-2.3.5 will not usually cause any problems.
If a package containing a shared library is updated,
and if the name of the library changes, then all the
packages dynamically linked to the library need to be
recompiled to link against the newer library. (Note
that there is no correlation between the package
version and the name of the library.) For example,
consider a package foo-1.2.3 that installs a shared
library with name libfoo.so.1. Say you upgrade the
package to a newer version foo-1.2.4 that installs a
shared library with name libfoo.so.2. In this case, all
packages that are dynamically linked to libfoo.so.1 need to be recompiled to
link against libfoo.so.2.
Note that you should not remove the previous libraries
until the dependent packages are recompiled.
The following are some common package management techniques. Before making a decision on a package manager, do some research on the various techniques, particularly the drawbacks of the particular scheme.
Yes, this is a package management technique. Some folks do not find the need for a package manager because they know the packages intimately and know what files are installed by each package. Some users also do not need any package management because they plan on rebuilding the entire system when a package is changed.
This is a simplistic package management that does not need
any extra package to manage the installations. Each package
is installed in a separate directory. For example, package
foo-1.1 is installed in /usr/pkg/foo-1.1 and a symlink is made
from /usr/pkg/foo to
/usr/pkg/foo-1.1. When
installing a new version foo-1.2, it is installed in
/usr/pkg/foo-1.2 and the
previous symlink is replaced by a symlink to the new
version.
Environment variables such as PATH, LD_LIBRARY_PATH, MANPATH, INFOPATH
and CPPFLAGS need to be expanded
to include /usr/pkg/foo. For
more than a few packages, this scheme becomes unmanageable.
This is a variation of the previous package management
technique. Each package is installed similar to the
previous scheme. But instead of making the symlink, each
file is symlinked into the /usr hierarchy. This removes the need to
expand the environment variables. Though the symlinks can
be created by the user to automate the creation, many
package managers have been written using this approach. A
few of the popular ones include Stow, Epkg, Graft, and
Depot.
The installation needs to be faked, so that the package
thinks that it is installed in /usr though in reality it is installed in
the /usr/pkg hierarchy.
Installing in this manner is not usually a trivial task.
For example, consider that you are installing a package
libfoo-1.1. The following instructions may not install the
package properly:
./configure --prefix=/usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1 make make install
The installation will work, but the dependent packages may
not link to libfoo as you would expect. If you compile a
package that links against libfoo, you may notice that it
is linked to /usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1/lib/libfoo.so.1
instead of /usr/lib/libfoo.so.1 as you would expect.
The correct approach is to use the DESTDIR strategy to fake installation of the
package. This approach works as follows:
./configure --prefix=/usr make make DESTDIR=/usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1 install
Most packages support this approach, but there are some
which do not. For the non-compliant packages, you may
either need to manually install the package, or you may
find that it is easier to install some problematic packages
into /opt.
In this technique, a file is timestamped before the installation of the package. After the installation, a simple use of the find command with the appropriate options can generate a log of all the files installed after the timestamp file was created. A package manager written with this approach is install-log.
Though this scheme has the advantage of being simple, it has two drawbacks. If, during installation, the files are installed with any timestamp other than the current time, those files will not be tracked by the package manager. Also, this scheme can only be used when one package is installed at a time. The logs are not reliable if two packages are being installed on two different consoles.
In this approach, the commands that the installation scripts perform are recorded. There are two techniques that one can use:
The LD_PRELOAD environment
variable can be set to point to a library to be preloaded
before installation. During installation, this library
tracks the packages that are being installed by attaching
itself to various executables such as cp, install, mv and tracking the
system calls that modify the filesystem. For this approach
to work, all the executables need to be dynamically linked
without the suid or sgid bit. Preloading the library may
cause some unwanted side-effects during installation.
Therefore, it is advised that one performs some tests to
ensure that the package manager does not break anything and
logs all the appropriate files.
The second technique is to use strace, which logs all system calls made during the execution of the installation scripts.
In this scheme, the package installation is faked into a separate tree as described in the Symlink style package management. After the installation, a package archive is created using the installed files. This archive is then used to install the package either on the local machine or can even be used to install the package on other machines.
This approach is used by most of the package managers found in the commercial distributions. Examples of package managers that follow this approach are RPM (which, incidentally, is required by the Linux Standard Base Specification), pkg-utils, Debian's apt, and Gentoo's Portage system. A hint describing how to adopt this style of package management for LFS systems is located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/fakeroot.txt.
Creation of package files that include dependency information is complex and is beyond the scope of LFS.
Slackware uses a tar based system for package archives. This system purposely does not handle package dependencies as more complex package managers do. For details of Slackware package management, see http://www.slackbook.org/html/package-management.html.
This scheme, unique to LFS, was devised by Matthias Benkmann, and is available from the Hints Project. In this scheme, each package is installed as a separate user into the standard locations. Files belonging to a package are easily identified by checking the user ID. The features and shortcomings of this approach are too complex to describe in this section. For the details please see the hint at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/more_control_and_pkg_man.txt.
One of the advantages of an LFS system is that there are no
files that depend on the position of files on a disk system.
Cloning an LFS build to another computer with an architecture
similar to the base system is as simple as using tar on the LFS partition
that contains the root directory (about 250MB uncompressed
for a base LFS build), copying that file via network transfer
or CD-ROM to the new system and expanding it. From that
point, a few configuration files will have to be changed.
Configuration files that may need to be updated include:
/etc/hosts, /etc/fstab, /etc/passwd, /etc/group, /etc/shadow, /etc/ld.so.conf, /etc/scsi_id.config, /etc/sysconfig/network and /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/ipv4.
A custom kernel may need to be built for the new system depending on differences in system hardware and the original kernel configuration.
Finally the new system has to be made bootable via Section 8.4, “Using GRUB to Set Up the Boot Process”.
It is time to enter the chroot environment to begin building
and installing the final LFS system. As user root, run the following command to enter
the realm that is, at the moment, populated with only the
temporary tools:
chroot "$LFS" /tools/bin/env -i \
HOME=/root \
TERM="$TERM" \
PS1='\u:\w\$ ' \
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/tools/bin \
/tools/bin/bash --login +h
The -i option given to
the env command
will clear all variables of the chroot environment. After that,
only the HOME, TERM, PS1, and
PATH variables are set again. The
TERM=$TERM construct
will set the TERM variable inside
chroot to the same value as outside chroot. This variable is
needed for programs like vim and less to operate properly. If
other variables are needed, such as CFLAGS or CXXFLAGS,
this is a good place to set them again.
From this point on, there is no need to use the LFS variable anymore, because all work will be
restricted to the LFS file system. This is because the Bash
shell is told that $LFS is now
the root (/) directory.
Notice that /tools/bin comes last
in the PATH. This means that a
temporary tool will no longer be used once its final version is
installed. This occurs when the shell does not
“remember” the locations
of executed binaries—for this reason, hashing is switched
off by passing the +h
option to bash.
Note that the bash prompt will say
I have no name! This is
normal because the /etc/passwd
file has not been created yet.
It is important that all the commands throughout the remainder of this chapter and the following chapters are run from within the chroot environment. If you leave this environment for any reason (rebooting for example), ensure that the virtual kernel filesystems are mounted as explained in Section 6.2.2, “Mounting and Populating /dev” and Section 6.2.3, “Mounting Virtual Kernel File Systems” and enter chroot again before continuing with the installation.
It is time to create some structure in the LFS file system. Create a standard directory tree by issuing the following commands:
mkdir -pv /{bin,boot,etc/{opt,sysconfig},home,lib,mnt,opt,run}
mkdir -pv /{media/{floppy,cdrom},sbin,srv,var}
install -dv -m 0750 /root
install -dv -m 1777 /tmp /var/tmp
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}{bin,include,lib,sbin,src}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/{doc,info,locale,man}
mkdir -v /usr/{,local/}share/{misc,terminfo,zoneinfo}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/man/man{1..8}
for dir in /usr /usr/local; do
ln -sv share/{man,doc,info} $dir
done
case $(uname -m) in
x86_64) ln -sv lib /lib64 && ln -sv lib /usr/lib64 ;;
esac
mkdir -v /var/{log,mail,spool}
ln -sv /run /var/run
ln -sv /run/lock /var/lock
mkdir -pv /var/{opt,cache,lib/{misc,locate},local}
Directories are, by default, created with permission mode 755,
but this is not desirable for all directories. In the commands
above, two changes are made—one to the home directory of
user root, and another to the
directories for temporary files.
The first mode change ensures that not just anybody can enter
the /root directory—the
same as a normal user would do with his or her home directory.
The second mode change makes sure that any user can write to
the /tmp and /var/tmp directories, but cannot remove
another user's files from them. The latter is prohibited by the
so-called “sticky bit,”
the highest bit (1) in the 1777 bit mask.
The directory tree is based on the Filesystem Hierarchy
Standard (FHS) (available at http://www.pathname.com/fhs/).
In addition to the FHS, we create compatibility symlinks for
the man, doc, and info
directories since many packages still try to install their
documentation into /usr/<directory> or /usr/local/<directory> as opposed to
/usr/share/<directory> or
/usr/local/share/<directory>. The FHS
also stipulates the existence of /usr/local/games and /usr/share/games. The FHS is not precise as
to the structure of the /usr/local/share subdirectory, so we create
only the directories that are needed. However, feel free to
create these directories if you prefer to conform more
strictly to the FHS.
Some programs use hard-wired paths to programs which do not exist yet. In order to satisfy these programs, create a number of symbolic links which will be replaced by real files throughout the course of this chapter after the software has been installed:
ln -sv /tools/bin/{bash,cat,echo,pwd,stty} /bin
ln -sv /tools/bin/perl /usr/bin
ln -sv /tools/lib/libgcc_s.so{,.1} /usr/lib
ln -sv /tools/lib/libstdc++.so{,.6} /usr/lib
sed 's/tools/usr/' /tools/lib/libstdc++.la > /usr/lib/libstdc++.la
ln -sv bash /bin/sh
A proper Linux system maintains a list of the mounted file
systems in the file /etc/mtab.
Normally, this file would be created when we mount a new file
system. Since we will not be mounting any file systems inside
our chroot environment, create an empty file for utilities that
expect the presence of /etc/mtab:
touch /etc/mtab
In order for user root to be
able to login and for the name “root” to be recognized, there must be
relevant entries in the /etc/passwd and /etc/group files.
Create the /etc/passwd file by
running the following command:
cat > /etc/passwd << "EOF"
root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
bin:x:1:1:bin:/dev/null:/bin/false
nobody:x:99:99:Unprivileged User:/dev/null:/bin/false
EOF
The actual password for root
(the “x” used here is
just a placeholder) will be set later.
Create the /etc/group file by
running the following command:
cat > /etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
sys:x:2:
kmem:x:3:
tape:x:4:
tty:x:5:
daemon:x:6:
floppy:x:7:
disk:x:8:
lp:x:9:
dialout:x:10:
audio:x:11:
video:x:12:
utmp:x:13:
usb:x:14:
cdrom:x:15:
mail:x:34:
nogroup:x:99:
EOF
The created groups are not part of any standard—they are
groups decided on in part by the requirements of the Udev
configuration in this chapter, and in part by common convention
employed by a number of existing Linux distributions. The Linux
Standard Base (LSB, available at http://www.linuxbase.org)
recommends only that, besides the group root with a Group ID (GID) of 0, a group
bin with a GID of 1 be present.
All other group names and GIDs can be chosen freely by the
system administrator since well-written programs do not depend
on GID numbers, but rather use the group's name.
To remove the “I have no
name!” prompt, start a new shell. Since a full
Glibc was installed in Chapter
5 and the /etc/passwd and
/etc/group files have been
created, user name and group name resolution will now work:
exec /tools/bin/bash --login +h
Note the use of the +h
directive. This tells bash not to use its internal
path hashing. Without this directive, bash would remember the paths
to binaries it has executed. To ensure the use of the newly
compiled binaries as soon as they are installed, the +h directive will be used for the
duration of this chapter.
The login, agetty, and init programs (and others) use a number of log files to record information such as who was logged into the system and when. However, these programs will not write to the log files if they do not already exist. Initialize the log files and give them proper permissions:
touch /var/log/{btmp,lastlog,wtmp}
chgrp -v utmp /var/log/lastlog
chmod -v 664 /var/log/lastlog
chmod -v 600 /var/log/btmp
The /var/log/wtmp file records
all logins and logouts. The /var/log/lastlog file records when each user
last logged in. The /var/log/btmp
file records the bad login attempts.
The /run/utmp file records the
users that are currently logged in. This file is created
dynamically in the boot scripts.
The Linux API Headers (in linux-3.5.2.tar.xz) expose the kernel's API for use by Glibc.
The Linux kernel needs to expose an Application Programming Interface (API) for the system's C library (Glibc in LFS) to use. This is done by way of sanitizing various C header files that are shipped in the Linux kernel source tarball.
Make sure there are no stale files and dependencies lying around from previous activity:
make mrproper
Now test and extract the user-visible kernel headers from the source. They are placed in an intermediate local directory and copied to the needed location because the extraction process removes any existing files in the target directory. There are also some hidden files used by the kernel developers and not needed by LFS that are removed from the intermediate directory.
make headers_check make INSTALL_HDR_PATH=dest headers_install find dest/include \( -name .install -o -name ..install.cmd \) -delete cp -rv dest/include/* /usr/include
The Man-pages package contains over 1,900 man pages.
Install Man-pages by running:
make install
The Glibc package contains the main C library. This library provides the basic routines for allocating memory, searching directories, opening and closing files, reading and writing files, string handling, pattern matching, arithmetic, and so on.
Some packages outside of LFS suggest installing GNU
libiconv in order to translate data from one encoding to
another. The project's home page (http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/)
says “This library provides an
iconv() implementation, for
use on systems which don't have one, or whose
implementation cannot convert from/to
Unicode.” Glibc provides an iconv() implementation and can convert
from/to Unicode, therefore libiconv is not required on an
LFS system.
The Glibc build system is self-contained and will install
perfectly, even though the compiler specs file and linker are
still pointing at /tools. The
specs and linker cannot be adjusted before the Glibc install
because the Glibc autoconf tests would give false results and
defeat the goal of achieving a clean build.
Fix a bug that causes the build to fail:
sed -i 's#<rpc/types.h>#"rpc/types.h"#' sunrpc/rpc_clntout.c
When running make
install, a script called test-installation.pl performs a small
sanity test on our newly installed Glibc. However, it
contains a bug that causes it to fail, so prevent it from
running by issuing the following command:
sed -i '/test-installation.pl/d' Makefile
The ldd shell script contains Bash-specific syntax. Change its default program interpreter to /bin/bash in case another /bin/sh is installed as described in the Shells chapter of the BLFS book:
sed -i 's|@BASH@|/bin/bash|' elf/ldd.bash.in
The Glibc documentation recommends building Glibc outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v ../glibc-build cd ../glibc-build
Prepare Glibc for compilation:
../glibc-2.16.0/configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--disable-profile \
--enable-add-ons \
--enable-kernel=2.6.25 \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/glibc
The meaning of the new configure options:
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/glibc
This changes the location of the pt_chown program from
its default of /usr/libexec to /usr/lib/glibc.
Compile the package:
make
In this section, the test suite for Glibc is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstance.
Generally a few tests do not pass, but you can generally ignore any of the test failures listed below. Now test the build results:
make -k check 2>&1 | tee glibc-check-log grep Error glibc-check-log
You will probably see an expected (ignored) failure in the posix/annexc and conform/run-conformtest tests. In addition the Glibc test suite is somewhat dependent on the host system. This is a list of the most common issues:
The nptl/tst-clock2, nptl/tst-attr3, tst/tst-cputimer1, and rt/tst-cpuclock2 tests have been known to fail. The reason is not completely understood, but indications are that minor timing issues can trigger these failures.
The math tests sometimes fail when running on systems where the CPU is not a relatively new genuine Intel or authentic AMD processor.
When running on older and slower hardware or on systems under load, some tests can fail because of test timeouts being exceeded. Modifying the make check command to set a TIMEOUTFACTOR is reported to help eliminate these errors (e.g. TIMEOUTFACTOR=16 make -k check).
Other tests known to fail on some architectures are posix/bug-regex32, misc/tst-writev, elf/check-textrel, nptl/tst-getpid2, and stdio-common/bug22.
Though it is a harmless message, the install stage of Glibc
will complain about the absence of /etc/ld.so.conf. Prevent this warning with:
touch /etc/ld.so.conf
Install the package:
make install
Install NIS and RPC related headers that are not installed by default; these are required by several BLFS packages:
cp -v ../glibc-2.16.0/sunrpc/rpc/*.h /usr/include/rpc cp -v ../glibc-2.16.0/sunrpc/rpcsvc/*.h /usr/include/rpcsvc cp -v ../glibc-2.16.0/nis/rpcsvc/*.h /usr/include/rpcsvc
The locales that can make the system respond in a different language were not installed by the above command. None of the locales are required, but if some of them are missing, test suites of the future packages would skip important testcases.
Individual locales can be installed using the localedef program. E.g.,
the first localedef command below
combines the /usr/share/i18n/locales/cs_CZ
charset-independent locale definition with the /usr/share/i18n/charmaps/UTF-8.gz charmap
definition and appends the result to the /usr/lib/locale/locale-archive file. The
following instructions will install the minimum set of
locales necessary for the optimal coverage of tests:
mkdir -pv /usr/lib/locale localedef -i cs_CZ -f UTF-8 cs_CZ.UTF-8 localedef -i de_DE -f ISO-8859-1 de_DE localedef -i de_DE@euro -f ISO-8859-15 de_DE@euro localedef -i de_DE -f UTF-8 de_DE.UTF-8 localedef -i en_GB -f UTF-8 en_GB.UTF-8 localedef -i en_HK -f ISO-8859-1 en_HK localedef -i en_PH -f ISO-8859-1 en_PH localedef -i en_US -f ISO-8859-1 en_US localedef -i en_US -f UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8 localedef -i es_MX -f ISO-8859-1 es_MX localedef -i fa_IR -f UTF-8 fa_IR localedef -i fr_FR -f ISO-8859-1 fr_FR localedef -i fr_FR@euro -f ISO-8859-15 fr_FR@euro localedef -i fr_FR -f UTF-8 fr_FR.UTF-8 localedef -i it_IT -f ISO-8859-1 it_IT localedef -i it_IT -f UTF-8 it_IT.UTF-8 localedef -i ja_JP -f EUC-JP ja_JP localedef -i ru_RU -f KOI8-R ru_RU.KOI8-R localedef -i ru_RU -f UTF-8 ru_RU.UTF-8 localedef -i tr_TR -f UTF-8 tr_TR.UTF-8 localedef -i zh_CN -f GB18030 zh_CN.GB18030
In addition, install the locale for your own country, language and character set.
Alternatively, install all locales listed in the glibc-2.16.0/localedata/SUPPORTED file (it
includes every locale listed above and many more) at once
with the following time-consuming command:
make localedata/install-locales
Then use the localedef command to create
and install locales not listed in the glibc-2.16.0/localedata/SUPPORTED file in
the unlikely case you need them.
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file
needs to be created because, although Glibc provides defaults
when this file is missing or corrupt, the Glibc defaults do
not work well in a networked environment. The time zone also
needs to be configured.
Create a new file /etc/nsswitch.conf by running the
following:
cat > /etc/nsswitch.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/nsswitch.conf
passwd: files
group: files
shadow: files
hosts: files dns
networks: files
protocols: files
services: files
ethers: files
rpc: files
# End /etc/nsswitch.conf
EOF
Install timezone data:
tar -xf ../tzdata2012e.tar.gz
mkdir -pv /usr/share/zoneinfo/{posix,right} &&
for tz in etcetera southamerica northamerica europe africa antarctica \
asia australasia backward pacificnew solar87 solar88 solar89 systemv; do
zic -L /dev/null -d /usr/share/zoneinfo -y "sh yearistype.sh" ${tz} &&
zic -L /dev/null -d /usr/share/zoneinfo/posix -y "sh yearistype.sh" ${tz} &&
zic -L leapseconds -d /usr/share/zoneinfo/right -y "sh yearistype.sh" ${tz}
done
cp -v zone.tab /usr/share/zoneinfo &&
zic -d /usr/share/zoneinfo -p America/New_York
The meaning of the zic commands:
zic -L
/dev/null ...
This creates posix timezones, without any leap seconds.
It is conventional to put these in both zoneinfo and zoneinfo/posix. It is necessary to
put the POSIX timezones in zoneinfo, otherwise various
test-suites will report errors. On an embedded system,
where space is tight and you do not intend to ever
update the timezones, you could save 1.9MB by not using
the posix directory, but
some applications or test-suites might give less good
results
zic -L
leapseconds ...
This creates right timezones, including leap seconds.
On an embedded system, where space is tight and you do
not intend to ever update the timezones, or care about
the correct time, you could save 1.9MB by omitting the
right directory.
zic ... -p
...
This creates the posixrules file.
One way to determine the local time zone is to run the following script:
tzselect
After answering a few questions about the location, the
script will output the name of the time zone (e.g.,
America/Edmonton).
There are also some other possible timezones listed in
/usr/share/zoneinfo such as
Canada/Eastern or
EST5EDT that are not
identified by the script but can be used.
Then create the /etc/localtime
file by running:
cp -v --remove-destination /usr/share/zoneinfo/<xxx> \
/etc/localtime
Replace <xxx>
with the name of the time zone selected (e.g.,
Canada/Eastern).
The meaning of the cp option:
--remove-destination
This is needed to force removal of the already existing
symbolic link. The reason for copying the file instead
of using a symlink is to cover the situation where
/usr is on a separate
partition. This could be important when booted into
single user mode.
By default, the dynamic loader (/lib/ld-linux.so.2) searches through
/lib and /usr/lib for dynamic libraries that are
needed by programs as they are run. However, if there are
libraries in directories other than /lib and /usr/lib, these need to be added to the
/etc/ld.so.conf file in order
for the dynamic loader to find them. Two directories that are
commonly known to contain additional libraries are
/usr/local/lib and /opt/lib, so add those directories to the
dynamic loader's search path.
Create a new file /etc/ld.so.conf by running the following:
cat > /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/ld.so.conf
/usr/local/lib
/opt/lib
EOF
If desired, the dynamic loader can also search a directory and include the contents of files found there. Generally the files in this include directory are one line specifying the desired library path. To add this capability run the following commands:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Add an include directory
include /etc/ld.so.conf.d/*.conf
EOF
mkdir /etc/ld.so.conf.d
|
Can be used to create a stack trace when a program terminates with a segmentation fault |
|
|
Generates message catalogues |
|
|
Displays the system configuration values for file system specific variables |
|
|
Gets entries from an administrative database |
|
|
Performs character set conversion |
|
|
Creates fastloading iconv module configuration files |
|
|
Configures the dynamic linker runtime bindings |
|
|
Reports which shared libraries are required by each given program or shared library |
|
|
Assists ldd with object files |
|
|
Prints various information about the current locale |
|
|
Compiles locale specifications |
|
|
Reads and interprets a memory trace file and displays a summary in human-readable format |
|
|
A daemon that provides a cache for the most common name service requests |
|
|
Dumps information generated by PC profiling |
|
|
A helper program for grantpt to set the owner, group and access permissions of a slave pseudo terminal |
|
|
Generates C code to implement the Remote Procedure Call (RPC) protocol |
|
|
A statically linked ln program |
|
|
Traces shared library procedure calls of a specified command |
|
|
Reads and displays shared object profiling data |
|
|
Asks the user about the location of the system and reports the corresponding time zone description |
|
|
Traces the execution of a program by printing the currently executed function |
|
|
The time zone dumper |
|
|
The time zone compiler |
|
|
The helper program for shared library executables |
|
|
Used internally by Glibc as a gross hack to get
broken programs (e.g., some Motif applications)
running. See comments in |
|
|
The segmentation fault signal handler, used by catchsegv |
|
|
An asynchronous name lookup library |
|
|
Provides the portability needed in order to run certain Berkeley Software Distribution (BSD) programs under Linux |
|
|
The main C library |
|
|
Used internally by Glibc for handling
internationalized domain names in the |
|
|
The cryptography library |
|
|
The dynamic linking interface library |
|
|
Dummy library containing no functions. Previously was a runtime library for g++ |
|
|
Linking in this module forces error handling rules for math functions as defined by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). The default is POSIX.1 error handling |
|
|
The mathematical library |
|
|
Turns on memory allocation checking when linked to |
|
|
Used by memusage to help collect information about the memory usage of a program |
|
|
The network services library |
|
|
The Name Service Switch libraries, containing functions for resolving host names, user names, group names, aliases, services, protocols, etc. |
|
|
Contains profiling functions used to track the amount of CPU time spent in specific source code lines |
|
|
The POSIX threads library |
|
|
Contains functions for creating, sending, and interpreting packets to the Internet domain name servers |
|
|
Contains functions providing miscellaneous RPC services |
|
|
Contains functions providing most of the interfaces specified by the POSIX.1b Realtime Extension |
|
|
Contains functions useful for building debuggers for multi-threaded programs |
|
|
Contains code for “standard” functions used in many different Unix utilities |
Now that the final C libraries have been installed, it is time to adjust the toolchain so that it will link any newly compiled program against these new libraries.
First, backup the /tools linker,
and replace it with the adjusted linker we made in chapter 5.
We'll also create a link to its counterpart in /tools/$(gcc -dumpmachine)/bin:
mv -v /tools/bin/{ld,ld-old}
mv -v /tools/$(gcc -dumpmachine)/bin/{ld,ld-old}
mv -v /tools/bin/{ld-new,ld}
ln -sv /tools/bin/ld /tools/$(gcc -dumpmachine)/bin/ld
Next, amend the GCC specs file so that it points to the new dynamic linker. Simply deleting all instances of “/tools” should leave us with the correct path to the dynamic linker. Also adjust the specs file so that GCC knows where to find the correct headers and Glibc start files. A sed command accomplishes this:
gcc -dumpspecs | sed -e 's@/tools@@g' \
-e '/\*startfile_prefix_spec:/{n;s@.*@/usr/lib/ @}' \
-e '/\*cpp:/{n;s@$@ -isystem /usr/include@}' > \
`dirname $(gcc --print-libgcc-file-name)`/specs
It is a good idea to visually inspect the specs file to verify the intended change was actually made.
It is imperative at this point to ensure that the basic functions (compiling and linking) of the adjusted toolchain are working as expected. To do this, perform the following sanity checks:
echo 'main(){}' > dummy.c
cc dummy.c -v -Wl,--verbose &> dummy.log
readelf -l a.out | grep ': /lib'
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be (allowing for platform-specific differences in dynamic linker name):
[Requesting program interpreter: /lib/ld-linux.so.2]
Note that /lib is now the prefix
of our dynamic linker.
Now make sure that we're setup to use the correct startfiles:
grep -o '/usr/lib.*/crt[1in].*succeeded' dummy.log
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be:
/usr/lib/crt1.o succeeded
/usr/lib/crti.o succeeded
/usr/lib/crtn.o succeededVerify that the compiler is searching for the correct header files:
grep -B1 '^ /usr/include' dummy.log
This command should return successfully with the following output:
#include <...> search starts here:
/usr/includeNext, verify that the new linker is being used with the correct search paths:
grep 'SEARCH.*/usr/lib' dummy.log |sed 's|; |\n|g'
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command (allowing for platform-specific target triplets) will be:
SEARCH_DIR("/tools/i686-pc-linux-gnu/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib");Next make sure that we're using the correct libc:
grep "/lib.*/libc.so.6 " dummy.log
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command (allowing for a lib64 directory on 64-bit hosts) will be:
attempt to open /lib/libc.so.6 succeededLastly, make sure GCC is using the correct dynamic linker:
grep found dummy.log
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be (allowing for platform-specific differences in dynamic linker name and a lib64 directory on 64-bit hosts):
found ld-linux.so.2 at /lib/ld-linux.so.2If the output does not appear as shown above or is not received at all, then something is seriously wrong. Investigate and retrace the steps to find out where the problem is and correct it. The most likely reason is that something went wrong with the specs file adjustment. Any issues will need to be resolved before continuing on with the process.
Once everything is working correctly, clean up the test files:
rm -v dummy.c a.out dummy.log
The Zlib package contains compression and decompression routines used by some programs.
Prepare Zlib for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The shared library needs to be moved to /lib, and as a result the .so file in /usr/lib will need to be recreated:
mv -v /usr/lib/libz.so.* /lib ln -sfv ../../lib/libz.so.1.2.7 /usr/lib/libz.so
The File package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files.
Prepare File for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.
Verify that the PTYs are working properly inside the chroot environment by performing a simple test:
expect -c "spawn ls"
This command should output the following:
spawn lsIf, instead, the output includes the message below, then the environment is not set up for proper PTY operation. This issue needs to be resolved before running the test suites for Binutils and GCC:
The system has no more ptys.
Ask your system administrator to create more.
Suppress the installation of an outdated standards.info file as a newer one is
installed later on in the Autoconf instructions:
rm -fv etc/standards.info sed -i.bak '/^INFO/s/standards.info //' etc/Makefile.in
Apply a patch to prevent a build failure when using compiler optimizations:
patch -Np1 -i ../binutils-2.22-build_fix-1.patch
The Binutils documentation recommends building Binutils outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v ../binutils-build cd ../binutils-build
Prepare Binutils for compilation:
../binutils-2.22/configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared
Compile the package:
make tooldir=/usr
The meaning of the make parameter:
tooldir=/usr
Normally, the tooldir (the directory where the
executables will ultimately be located) is set to
$(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias). For
example, x86_64 machines would expand that to
/usr/x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu.
Because this is a custom system, this target-specific
directory in /usr is not
required. $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias) would
be used if the system was used to cross-compile (for
example, compiling a package on an Intel machine that
generates code that can be executed on PowerPC
machines).
The test suite for Binutils in this section is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstances.
Test the results:
make -k check
Install the package:
make tooldir=/usr install
Install the libiberty header
file that is needed by some packages:
cp -v ../binutils-2.22/include/libiberty.h /usr/include
|
Translates program addresses to file names and line numbers; given an address and the name of an executable, it uses the debugging information in the executable to determine which source file and line number are associated with the address |
|
|
Creates, modifies, and extracts from archives |
|
|
An assembler that assembles the output of gcc into object files |
|
|
Used by the linker to de-mangle C++ and Java symbols and to keep overloaded functions from clashing |
|
|
Updates the ELF header of ELF files |
|
|
Displays call graph profile data |
|
|
A linker that combines a number of object and archive files into a single file, relocating their data and tying up symbol references |
|
|
Hard link to ld |
|
|
Lists the symbols occurring in a given object file |
|
|
Translates one type of object file into another |
|
|
Displays information about the given object file, with options controlling the particular information to display; the information shown is useful to programmers who are working on the compilation tools |
|
|
Generates an index of the contents of an archive and stores it in the archive; the index lists all of the symbols defined by archive members that are relocatable object files |
|
|
Displays information about ELF type binaries |
|
|
Lists the section sizes and the total size for the given object files |
|
|
Outputs, for each given file, the sequences of printable characters that are of at least the specified length (defaulting to four); for object files, it prints, by default, only the strings from the initializing and loading sections while for other types of files, it scans the entire file |
|
|
Discards symbols from object files |
|
|
Contains routines used by various GNU programs, including getopt, obstack, strerror, strtol, and strtoul |
|
|
The Binary File Descriptor library |
|
|
A library for dealing with opcodes—the “readable text” versions of instructions for the processor; it is used for building utilities like objdump. |
The GMP package contains math libraries. These have useful functions for arbitrary precision arithmetic.
If you are building for 32-bit x86, but you have a CPU
which is capable of running 64-bit code and you have specified
CFLAGS in the environment, the
configure script will attempt to configure for 64-bits and
fail. Avoid this by invoking the configure command below
with
ABI=32 ./configure ...Prepare GMP for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-cxx --enable-mpbsd
The meaning of the new configure options:
--enable-cxx
This parameter enables C++ support
--enable-mpbsd
This builds the Berkeley MP compatibility library
Compile the package:
make
The test suite for GMP in this section is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstances.
Test the results:
make check 2>&1 | tee gmp-check-log
Ensure that all 166 tests in the test suite passed. Check the results by issuing the following command:
awk '/tests passed/{total+=$2} ; END{print total}' gmp-check-log
Install the package:
make install
If desired, install the documentation:
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/gmp-5.0.5
cp -v doc/{isa_abi_headache,configuration} doc/*.html \
/usr/share/doc/gmp-5.0.5
The MPFR package contains functions for multiple precision math.
Prepare MPFR for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-thread-safe \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/mpfr-3.1.1
Compile the package:
make
The test suite for MPFR in this section is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstances.
Test the results and ensure that all tests passed:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Install the documentation:
make html make install-html
The MPC package contains a library for the arithmetic of complex numbers with arbitrarily high precision and correct rounding of the result.
Prepare MPC for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.
Apply a sed
substitution that will suppress the installation of
libiberty.a. The version of
libiberty.a provided by
Binutils will be used instead:
sed -i 's/install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST) //' libiberty/Makefile.in
As in Section 5.9,
“GCC-4.7.1 - Pass 2”, apply the following
sed to force
the build to use the -fomit-frame-pointer compiler flag in order
to ensure consistent compiler builds:
case `uname -m` in i?86) sed -i 's/^T_CFLAGS =$/& -fomit-frame-pointer/' gcc/Makefile.in ;; esac
Also fix an error in one of the check Makefiles:
sed -i -e /autogen/d -e /check.sh/d fixincludes/Makefile.in
The GCC documentation recommends building GCC outside of the source directory in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v ../gcc-build cd ../gcc-build
Prepare GCC for compilation:
../gcc-4.7.1/configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--enable-shared \
--enable-threads=posix \
--enable-__cxa_atexit \
--enable-clocale=gnu \
--enable-languages=c,c++ \
--disable-multilib \
--disable-bootstrap \
--with-system-zlib
Note that for other languages, there are some prerequisites that are not available. See the BLFS Book for instructions on how to build all the GCC supported languages.
The meaning of the new configure option:
--with-system-zlib
This switch tells GCC to link to the system installed copy of the Zlib library, rather than its own internal copy.
Compile the package:
make
In this section, the test suite for GCC is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstance.
One set of tests in the GCC test suite is known to exhaust the stack, so increase the stack size prior to running the tests:
ulimit -s 32768
Test the results, but do not stop at errors:
make -k check
To receive a summary of the test suite results, run:
../gcc-4.7.1/contrib/test_summary
For only the summaries, pipe the output through
grep -A7
Summ.
Results can be compared with those located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/build-logs/7.2-rc1/ and http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-testresults/.
A few unexpected failures cannot always be avoided. The GCC
developers are usually aware of these issues, but have not
resolved them yet. In particular, the libmudflap tests are known to be
particularly problematic as a result of a bug in GCC
(http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=20003).
Unless the test results are vastly different from those at
the above URL, it is safe to continue.
Install the package:
make install
Some packages expect the C preprocessor to be installed in
the /lib directory. To support
those packages, create this symlink:
ln -sv ../usr/bin/cpp /lib
Many packages use the name cc to call the C compiler. To satisfy those packages, create a symlink:
ln -sv gcc /usr/bin/cc
Now that our final toolchain is in place, it is important to again ensure that compiling and linking will work as expected. We do this by performing the same sanity checks as we did earlier in the chapter:
echo 'main(){}' > dummy.c
cc dummy.c -v -Wl,--verbose &> dummy.log
readelf -l a.out | grep ': /lib'
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be (allowing for platform-specific differences in dynamic linker name):
[Requesting program interpreter: /lib/ld-linux.so.2]Now make sure that we're setup to use the correct startfiles:
grep -o '/usr/lib.*/crt[1in].*succeeded' dummy.log
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be:
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.7.1/../../../crt1.o succeeded
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.7.1/../../../crti.o succeeded
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.7.1/../../../crtn.o succeeded
Depending on your machine architecture, the above may differ
slightly, the difference usually being the name of the
directory after /usr/lib/gcc.
If your machine is a 64-bit system, you may also see a
directory named lib64 towards
the end of the string. The important thing to look for here
is that gcc has
found all three crt*.o files
under the /usr/lib directory.
Verify that the compiler is searching for the correct header files:
grep -B4 '^ /usr/include' dummy.log
This command should return successfully with the following output:
#include <...> search starts here:
/usr/local/include
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.7.1/include
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.7.1/include-fixed
/usr/includeAgain, note that the directory named after your target triplet may be different than the above, depending on your architecture.
As of version 4.3.0, GCC now unconditionally installs the
limits.h file into the
private include-fixed
directory, and that directory is required to be in place.
Next, verify that the new linker is being used with the correct search paths:
grep 'SEARCH.*/usr/lib' dummy.log |sed 's|; |\n|g'
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command (allowing for platform-specific target triplets) will be:
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/i686-pc-linux-gnu/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/local/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib");A 64-bit system may see a few more directories. For example, here is the output from an x86_64 machine:
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/local/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/local/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib");Next make sure that we're using the correct libc:
grep "/lib.*/libc.so.6 " dummy.log
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command (allowing for a lib64 directory on 64-bit hosts) will be:
attempt to open /lib/libc.so.6 succeededLastly, make sure GCC is using the correct dynamic linker:
grep found dummy.log
If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be (allowing for platform-specific differences in dynamic linker name and a lib64 directory on 64-bit hosts):
found ld-linux.so.2 at /lib/ld-linux.so.2If the output does not appear as shown above or is not received at all, then something is seriously wrong. Investigate and retrace the steps to find out where the problem is and correct it. The most likely reason is that something went wrong with the specs file adjustment. Any issues will need to be resolved before continuing on with the process.
Once everything is working correctly, clean up the test files:
rm -v dummy.c a.out dummy.log
Finally, move a misplaced file:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib mv -v /usr/lib/*gdb.py /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib
|
The C++ compiler |
|
|
The C compiler |
|
|
The C preprocessor; it is used by the compiler to expand the #include, #define, and similar statements in the source files |
|
|
The C++ compiler |
|
|
The C compiler |
|
|
A shell script used to help create useful bug reports |
|
|
A coverage testing tool; it is used to analyze programs to determine where optimizations will have the most effect |
|
|
Contains run-time support for gcc |
|
|
This library is linked in to a program when GCC is instructed to enable profiling |
|
|
GNU implementation of the OpenMP API for multi-platform shared-memory parallel programming in C/C++ and Fortran |
|
|
GCC's Link Time Optimization (LTO) plugin allows GCC to perform optimizations across compilation units. |
|
|
Contains routines that support GCC's bounds checking functionality |
|
|
GCC Quad Precision Math Library API |
|
|
Contains routines supporting GCC's stack-smashing protection functionality |
|
|
The standard C++ library |
|
|
Provides supporting routines for the C++ programming language |
The Sed package contains a stream editor.
First, fix some regression tests:
patch -Np1 -i ../sed-4.2.1-testsuite_fixes-1.patch
Prepare Sed for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin --htmldir=/usr/share/doc/sed-4.2.1
The meaning of the new configure option:
--htmldir
This sets the directory where the HTML documentation will be installed to.
Compile the package:
make
Generate the HTML documentation:
make html
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Install the HTML documentation:
make -C doc install-html
The Bzip2 package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. Compressing text files with bzip2 yields a much better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip.
Apply a patch that will install the documentation for this package:
patch -Np1 -i ../bzip2-1.0.6-install_docs-1.patch
The following command ensures installation of symbolic links are relative:
sed -i 's@\(ln -s -f \)$(PREFIX)/bin/@\1@' Makefile
Ensure the man pages are installed into the correct location:
sed -i "s@(PREFIX)/man@(PREFIX)/share/man@g" Makefile
Prepare Bzip2 for compilation with:
make -f Makefile-libbz2_so make clean
The meaning of the make parameter:
-f
Makefile-libbz2_so
This will cause Bzip2 to be built using a different
Makefile file, in this
case the Makefile-libbz2_so file, which
creates a dynamic libbz2.so library and links the Bzip2
utilities against it.
Compile and test the package:
make
Install the programs:
make PREFIX=/usr install
Install the shared bzip2 binary into the
/bin directory, make some
necessary symbolic links, and clean up:
cp -v bzip2-shared /bin/bzip2
cp -av libbz2.so* /lib
ln -sv ../../lib/libbz2.so.1.0 /usr/lib/libbz2.so
rm -v /usr/bin/{bunzip2,bzcat,bzip2}
ln -sv bzip2 /bin/bunzip2
ln -sv bzip2 /bin/bzcat
|
Decompresses bzipped files |
|
|
Decompresses to standard output |
|
|
Runs cmp on bzipped files |
|
|
Runs diff on bzipped files |
|
|
Runs egrep on bzipped files |
|
|
Runs fgrep on bzipped files |
|
|
Runs grep on bzipped files |
|
|
Compresses files using the Burrows-Wheeler block sorting text compression algorithm with Huffman coding; the compression rate is better than that achieved by more conventional compressors using “Lempel-Ziv” algorithms, like gzip |
|
|
Tries to recover data from damaged bzipped files |
|
|
Runs less on bzipped files |
|
|
Runs more on bzipped files |
|
|
The library implementing lossless, block-sorting data compression, using the Burrows-Wheeler algorithm |
The pkg-config package contains a tool for passing the include path and/or library paths to build tools during the configure and make file execution.
Prepare Pkg-config for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-internal-glib \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pkg-config-0.27
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Ncurses package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens.
Prepare Ncurses for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man --with-shared \
--without-debug --enable-widec
The meaning of the configure option:
--enable-widec
This switch causes wide-character libraries (e.g.,
libncursesw.so.5.9) to be
built instead of normal ones (e.g., libncurses.so.5.9). These
wide-character libraries are usable in both multibyte
and traditional 8-bit locales, while normal libraries
work properly only in 8-bit locales. Wide-character and
normal libraries are source-compatible, but not
binary-compatible.
Compile the package:
make
This package has a test suite, but it can only be run after
the package has been installed. The tests reside in the
test/ directory. See the
README file in that directory
for further details.
Install the package:
make install
Move the shared libraries to the /lib directory, where they are expected to
reside:
mv -v /usr/lib/libncursesw.so.5* /lib
Because the libraries have been moved, one symlink points to a non-existent file. Recreate it:
ln -sfv ../../lib/libncursesw.so.5 /usr/lib/libncursesw.so
Many applications still expect the linker to be able to find non-wide-character Ncurses libraries. Trick such applications into linking with wide-character libraries by means of symlinks and linker scripts:
for lib in ncurses form panel menu ; do \
rm -vf /usr/lib/lib${lib}.so ; \
echo "INPUT(-l${lib}w)" >/usr/lib/lib${lib}.so ; \
ln -sfv lib${lib}w.a /usr/lib/lib${lib}.a ; \
done
ln -sfv libncurses++w.a /usr/lib/libncurses++.a
Finally, make sure that old applications that look for
-lcurses at build time are
still buildable:
rm -vf /usr/lib/libcursesw.so echo "INPUT(-lncursesw)" >/usr/lib/libcursesw.so ln -sfv libncurses.so /usr/lib/libcurses.so ln -sfv libncursesw.a /usr/lib/libcursesw.a ln -sfv libncurses.a /usr/lib/libcurses.a
If desired, install the Ncurses documentation:
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/ncurses-5.9 cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/ncurses-5.9
The instructions above don't create non-wide-character Ncurses libraries since no package installed by compiling from sources would link against them at runtime. If you must have such libraries because of some binary-only application or to be compliant with LSB, build the package again with the following commands:
make distclean ./configure --prefix=/usr --with-shared --without-normal \ --without-debug --without-cxx-binding make sources libs cp -av lib/lib*.so.5* /usr/lib
|
Converts a termcap description into a terminfo description |
|
|
Clears the screen, if possible |
|
|
Compares or prints out terminfo descriptions |
|
|
Converts a terminfo description into a termcap description |
|
|
Provides configuration information for ncurses |
|
|
Reinitializes a terminal to its default values |
|
|
Clears and sets tab stops on a terminal |
|
|
The terminfo entry-description compiler that translates a terminfo file from source format into the binary format needed for the ncurses library routines. A terminfo file contains information on the capabilities of a certain terminal |
|
|
Lists all available terminal types, giving the primary name and description for each |
|
|
Makes the values of terminal-dependent capabilities available to the shell; it can also be used to reset or initialize a terminal or report its long name |
|
|
Can be used to initialize terminals |
|
|
A link to |
|
|
Contains functions to display text in many complex ways on a terminal screen; a good example of the use of these functions is the menu displayed during the kernel's make menuconfig |
|
|
Contains functions to implement forms |
|
|
Contains functions to implement menus |
|
|
Contains functions to implement panels |
The Util-linux package contains miscellaneous utility programs. Among them are utilities for handling file systems, consoles, partitions, and messages.
The FHS recommends using the /var/lib/hwclock directory instead of the
usual /etc directory as the
location for the adjtime file.
To make the hwclock program
FHS-compliant, run the following:
sed -i -e 's@etc/adjtime@var/lib/hwclock/adjtime@g' \
$(grep -rl '/etc/adjtime' .)
mkdir -pv /var/lib/hwclock
./configure
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
|
Informs the Linux kernel of new partitions |
|
|
Opens a tty port, prompts for a login name, and then invokes the login program |
|
|
A command line utility to locate and print block device attributes |
|
|
Allows users to call block device ioctls from the command line |
|
|
Displays a simple calendar |
|
|
Manipulates the partition table of the given device |
|
|
Modifies the state of CPUs |
|
|
Finds duplicate executables |
|
|
Manipulates real-time attributes of a process |
|
|
Filters out reverse line feeds |
|
|
Filters nroff output for terminals that lack some capabilities, such as overstriking and half-lines |
|
|
Filters out the given columns |
|
|
Formats a given file into multiple columns |
|
|
Sets the function of the Ctrl+Alt+Del key combination to a hard or a soft reset |
|
|
Tunes the parameters of the serial line drivers for Cyclades cards |
|
|
Asks the Linux kernel to remove a partition |
|
|
Dumps the kernel boot messages |
|
|
Preallocates space to a file |
|
|
Low-level formats a floppy disk |
|
|
Manipulates the paritition table of the given device |
|
|
Finds a file system by label or Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) |
|
|
Is a command line interface to the libmount library for work with mountinfo, fstab and mtab files |
|
|
Acquires a file lock and then executes a command with the lock held |
|
|
Is used to check, and optionally repair, file systems |
|
|
Performs a consistency check on the Cramfs file system on the given device |
|
|
Performs a consistency check on the Minix file system on the given device |
|
|
Is a very simple wrapper around FIFREEZE/FITHAW ioctl kernel driver operations |
|
|
Discards unused blocks on a mounted filesystem |
|
|
Parses options in the given command line |
|
|
Dumps the given file in hexadecimal or in another given format |
|
|
Reads or sets the system's hardware clock, also called the Real-Time Clock (RTC) or Basic Input-Output System (BIOS) clock |
|
|
A symbolic link to setarch |
|
|
Gets or sets the io scheduling class and priority for a program |
|
|
Creates various IPC resources |
|
|
Removes the given Inter-Process Communication (IPC) resource |
|
|
Provides IPC status information |
|
|
Reports the size of an iso9660 file system |
|
|
Attaches a line discipline to a serial line |
|
|
A symbolic link to setarch |
|
|
A symbolic link to setarch |
|
|
Enters the given message into the system log |
|
|
Displays lines that begin with the given string |
|
|
Sets up and controls loop devices |
|
|
Lists information about all or selected block devices in a tree-like format. |
|
|
Prints CPU architechture information |
|
|
Generates magic cookies (128-bit random hexadecimal numbers) for xauth |
|
|
Builds a file system on a device (usually a hard disk partition) |
|
|
Creates a Santa Cruz Operations (SCO) bfs file system |
|
|
Creates a cramfs file system |
|
|
Creates a Minix file system |
|
|
Initializes the given device or file to be used as a swap area |
|
|
A filter for paging through text one screen at a time |
|
|
Attaches the file system on the given device to a specified directory in the file-system tree |
|
|
Checks if the directory is a mountpoint |
|
|
Shows the symbolic links in the given pathnames |
|
|
Tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions |
|
|
Displays a text file one screen full at a time |
|
|
Makes the given file system the new root file system of the current process |
|
|
Get and set a process' resource limits |
|
|
Bind a Linux raw character device to a block device |
|
|
Reads kernel profiling information |
|
|
Renames the given files, replacing a given string with another |
|
|
Alters the priority of running processes |
|
|
Reverses the lines of a given file |
|
|
Used to enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time |
|
|
Makes a typescript of a terminal session |
|
|
Plays back typescripts using timing information |
|
|
Changes reported architecture in a new program environment and sets personality flags |
|
|
Runs the given program in a new session |
|
|
Sets terminal attributes |
|
|
A disk partition table manipulator |
|
|
Allows to change swaparea UUID and label |
|
|
Disables devices and files for paging and swapping |
|
|
Enables devices and files for paging and swapping and lists the devices and files currently in use |
|
|
Switches to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree |
|
|
Tracks the growth of a log file. Displays the last 10 lines of a log file, then continues displaying any new entries in the log file as they are created |
|
|
Retrieves or sets a process' CPU affinity |
|
|
Tunes the parameters of the line printer |
|
|
A filter for translating underscores into escape sequences indicating underlining for the terminal in use |
|
|
Disconnects a file system from the system's file tree |
|
|
Runs a program with some namespaces unshared from parent |
|
|
A daemon used by the UUID library to generate time-based UUIDs in a secure and guranteed-unique fashion. |
|
|
Creates new UUIDs. Each new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created, on the local system and on other systems, in the past and in the future |
|
|
Displays the contents of a file or, by default, its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users |
|
|
Reports the location of the binary, source, and man page for the given command |
|
|
Wipes a filesystem signature from a device |
|
|
A symbolic link to setarch |
|
|
Contains routines for device identification and token extraction |
|
|
Contains routines for generating unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system |
The Psmisc package contains programs for displaying information about running processes.
Prepare Psmisc for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
Finally, move the killall and fuser programs to the location specified by the FHS:
mv -v /usr/bin/fuser /bin mv -v /usr/bin/killall /bin
|
Reports the Process IDs (PIDs) of processes that use the given files or file systems |
|
|
Kills processes by name; it sends a signal to all processes running any of the given commands |
|
|
Peek at file descriptors of a running process, given its PID |
|
|
Prints information about a process |
|
|
Displays running processes as a tree |
|
|
Same as pstree, except that it waits for confirmation before exiting |
The E2fsprogs package contains the utilities for handling the
ext2 file system. It also
supports the ext3 and
ext4 journaling file systems.
The E2fsprogs documentation recommends that the package be built in a subdirectory of the source tree:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare E2fsprogs for compilation:
../configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-root-prefix="" \
--enable-elf-shlibs \
--disable-libblkid \
--disable-libuuid \
--disable-uuidd \
--disable-fsck
The meaning of the configure options:
--with-root-prefix=""
Certain programs (such as the e2fsck program) are
considered essential programs. When, for example,
/usr is not mounted,
these programs still need to be available. They belong
in directories like /lib
and /sbin. If this option
is not passed to E2fsprogs' configure, the programs are
installed into the /usr
directory.
--enable-elf-shlibs
This creates the shared libraries which some programs in this package use.
--disable-*
This prevents E2fsprogs from building and installing
the libuuid and
libblkid libraries, the
uuidd daemon, and the
fsck
wrapper, as Util-Linux installed all of them earlier.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make -k check
One of the E2fsprogs tests will attempt to allocate 256 MB of memory. If you do not have significantly more RAM than this, it is recommended to enable sufficient swap space for the test. See Section 2.3, “Creating a File System on the Partition” and Section 2.4, “Mounting the New Partition” for details on creating and enabling swap space.
Install the binaries, documentation, and shared libraries:
make install
Install the static libraries and headers:
make install-libs
Make the installed static libraries writable so debugging symbols can be removed later:
chmod -v u+w /usr/lib/{libcom_err,libe2p,libext2fs,libss}.a
This package installs a gzipped .info file but doesn't update the
system-wide dir file. Unzip
this file and then update the system dir file using the following commands.
gunzip -v /usr/share/info/libext2fs.info.gz install-info --dir-file=/usr/share/info/dir /usr/share/info/libext2fs.info
If desired, create and install some additional documentation by issuing the following commands:
makeinfo -o doc/com_err.info ../lib/et/com_err.texinfo install -v -m644 doc/com_err.info /usr/share/info install-info --dir-file=/usr/share/info/dir /usr/share/info/com_err.info
|
Searches a device (usually a disk partition) for bad blocks |
|
|
Changes the attributes of files on an |
|
|
An error table compiler; it converts a table of
error-code names and messages into a C source file
suitable for use with the |
|
|
A file system debugger; it can be used to examine
and change the state of an |
|
|
Prints the super block and blocks group information for the file system present on a given device |
|
|
Reports free space fragmentation information |
|
|
Is used to check, and optionally repair
|
|
|
Is used to save critical |
|
|
Prints the FS type of a given filesystem, given either a device name or label |
|
|
Displays or changes the file system label on the
|
|
|
Replays the undo log undo_log for an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem found on a device. This can be used to undo a failed operation by an e2fsprogs program. |
|
|
Online defragmenter for ext4 filesystems |
|
|
Reports on how badly fragmented a particular file might be |
|
|
By default checks |
|
|
By default checks |
|
|
By default checks |
|
|
By default checks |
|
|
Saves the output of a command in a log file |
|
|
Lists the attributes of files on a second extended file system |
|
|
Converts a table of command names and help messages
into a C source file suitable for use with the
|
|
|
Creates an |
|
|
By default creates |
|
|
By default creates |
|
|
By default creates |
|
|
By default creates |
|
|
Used to create a |
|
|
Can be used to enlarge or shrink an |
|
|
Adjusts tunable file system parameters on an
|
|
|
The common error display routine |
|
|
Used by dumpe2fs, chattr, and lsattr |
|
|
Contains routines to enable user-level programs to
manipulate an |
|
|
Provides an interface for creating and updating quota files and ext4 superblock fields |
|
|
Used by debugfs |
The Shadow package contains programs for handling passwords in a secure way.
If you would like to enforce the use of strong passwords,
refer to
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/postlfs/cracklib.html
for installing CrackLib prior to building Shadow. Then add
--with-libcrack to
the configure
command below.
Disable the installation of the groups program and its man pages, as Coreutils provides a better version:
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/groups\.1 / /' {} \;
Instead of using the default
crypt method, use the
more secure SHA-512
method of password encryption, which also allows passwords
longer than 8 characters. It is also necessary to change the
obsolete /var/spool/mail
location for user mailboxes that Shadow uses by default to
the /var/mail location used
currently:
sed -i -e 's@#ENCRYPT_METHOD DES@ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512@' \
-e 's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@' etc/login.defs
If you chose to build Shadow with Cracklib support, run the following:
sed -i 's@DICTPATH.*@DICTPATH\t/lib/cracklib/pw_dict@' \
etc/login.defs
Prepare Shadow for compilation:
./configure --sysconfdir=/etc
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
Move a misplaced program to its proper location:
mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin
This package contains utilities to add, modify, and delete
users and groups; set and change their passwords; and perform
other administrative tasks. For a full explanation of what
password shadowing
means, see the doc/HOWTO file
within the unpacked source tree. If using Shadow support,
keep in mind that programs which need to verify passwords
(display managers, FTP programs, pop3 daemons, etc.) must be
Shadow-compliant. That is, they need to be able to work with
shadowed passwords.
To enable shadowed passwords, run the following command:
pwconv
To enable shadowed group passwords, run:
grpconv
Shadow's stock configuration for the useradd utility has a few
caveats that need some explanation. First, the default action
for the useradd
utility is to create the user and a group of the same name as
the user. By default the user ID (UID) and group ID (GID)
numbers will begin with 1000. This means if you don't pass
parameters to useradd, each user will be
a member of a unique group on the system. If this behaviour
is undesireable, you'll need to pass the -g parameter to useradd. The default
parameters are stored in the /etc/default/useradd file. You may need to
modify two parameters in this file to suit your particular
needs.
/etc/default/useradd
Parameter Explanations
GROUP=1000
This parameter sets the beginning of the group numbers
used in the /etc/group file. You can modify it to
anything you desire. Note that useradd will never
reuse a UID or GID. If the number identified in this
parameter is used, it will use the next available
number after this. Note also that if you don't have a
group 1000 on your system the first time you use
useradd
without the -g
parameter, you'll get a message displayed on the
terminal that says: useradd: unknown GID 1000. You
may disregard this message and group number 1000 will
be used.
CREATE_MAIL_SPOOL=yes
This parameter causes useradd to create a
mailbox file for the newly created user. useradd will make the
group ownership of this file to the mail group with 0660 permissions.
If you would prefer that these mailbox files are not
created by useradd, issue the
following command:
sed -i 's/yes/no/' /etc/default/useradd
Choose a password for user root and set it by running:
passwd root
|
Used to change the maximum number of days between obligatory password changes |
|
|
Used to change a user's full name and other information |
|
|
Used to update group passwords in batch mode |
|
|
Used to update user passwords in batch mode |
|
|
Used to change a user's default login shell |
|
|
Checks and enforces the current password expiration policy |
|
|
Is used to examine the log of login failures, to set a maximum number of failures before an account is blocked, or to reset the failure count |
|
|
Is used to add and delete members and administrators to groups |
|
|
Creates a group with the given name |
|
|
Deletes the group with the given name |
|
|
Allows a user to administer his/her own group membership list without the requirement of super user privileges. |
|
|
Is used to modify the given group's name or GID |
|
|
Verifies the integrity of the group files
|
|
|
Creates or updates the shadow group file from the normal group file |
|
|
Updates |
|
|
Reports the most recent login of all users or of a given user |
|
|
Is used by the system to let users sign on |
|
|
Is a daemon used to enforce restrictions on log-on time and ports |
|
|
Is used to change the current GID during a login session |
|
|
Is used to create or update an entire series of user accounts |
|
|
Displays a message that an account is not available. Designed to be used as the default shell for accounts that have been disabled |
|
|
Is used to change the password for a user or group account |
|
|
Verifies the integrity of the password files
|
|
|
Creates or updates the shadow password file from the normal password file |
|
|
Updates |
|
|
Executes a given command while the user's GID is set to that of the given group |
|
|
Runs a shell with substitute user and group IDs |
|
|
Creates a new user with the given name, or updates the default new-user information |
|
|
Deletes the given user account |
|
|
Is used to modify the given user's login name, User Identification (UID), shell, initial group, home directory, etc. |
|
|
Edits the |
|
|
Edits the |
The Coreutils package contains utilities for showing and setting the basic system characteristics.
Fix a bug in a test case:
sed -i -e 's/! isatty/isatty/' \
-e '45i\ || errno == ENOENT' gnulib-tests/test-getlogin.c
POSIX requires that programs from Coreutils recognize character boundaries correctly even in multibyte locales. The following patch fixes this non-compliance and other internationalization-related bugs:
patch -Np1 -i ../coreutils-8.19-i18n-1.patch
In the past, many bugs were found in this patch. When reporting new bugs to Coreutils maintainers, please check first if they are reproducible without this patch.
Now prepare Coreutils for compilation:
FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1 ./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--enable-no-install-program=kill,uptime
The meaning of the configure options:
--enable-no-install-program=kill,uptime
The purpose of this switch is to prevent Coreutils from installing binaries that will be installed by other packages later.
Compile the package:
make
Skip down to “Install the package” if not running the test suite.
Now the test suite is ready to be run. First, run the tests
that are meant to be run as user root:
make NON_ROOT_USERNAME=nobody check-root
We're going to run the remainder of the tests as the
nobody user. Certain tests,
however, require that the user be a member of more than one
group. So that these tests are not skipped we'll add a
temporary group and make the user nobody a part of it:
echo "dummy:x:1000:nobody" >> /etc/group
Fix some of the permissions so that the non-root user can compile and run the tests:
chown -Rv nobody .
Now run the tests. Make sure the PATH in the su environment includes
/tools/bin.
su nobody -s /bin/bash -c "PATH=$PATH make RUN_EXPENSIVE_TESTS=yes -k check || true"
Remove the temporary group:
sed -i '/dummy/d' /etc/group
Install the package:
make install
Move programs to the locations specified by the FHS:
mv -v /usr/bin/{cat,chgrp,chmod,chown,cp,date,dd,df,echo} /bin
mv -v /usr/bin/{false,ln,ls,mkdir,mknod,mv,pwd,rm} /bin
mv -v /usr/bin/{rmdir,stty,sync,true,uname} /bin
mv -v /usr/bin/chroot /usr/sbin
mv -v /usr/share/man/man1/chroot.1 /usr/share/man/man8/chroot.8
sed -i s/\"1\"/\"8\"/1 /usr/share/man/man8/chroot.8
Some of the scripts in the LFS-Bootscripts package depend on
head,
sleep, and
nice. As
/usr may not be available
during the early stages of booting, those binaries need to be
on the root partition:
mv -v /usr/bin/{head,sleep,nice} /bin
|
Encodes and decodes data according to the base64 (RFC 3548) specification |
|
|
Strips any path and a given suffix from a file name |
|
|
Concatenates files to standard output |
|
|
Changes security context for files and directories |
|
|
Changes the group ownership of files and directories |
|
|
Changes the permissions of each file to the given mode; the mode can be either a symbolic representation of the changes to make or an octal number representing the new permissions |
|
|
Changes the user and/or group ownership of files and directories |
|
|
Runs a command with the specified directory as the
|
|
|
Prints the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) checksum and the byte counts of each specified file |
|
|
Compares two sorted files, outputting in three columns the lines that are unique and the lines that are common |
|
|
Copies files |
|
|
Splits a given file into several new files, separating them according to given patterns or line numbers and outputting the byte count of each new file |
|
|
Prints sections of lines, selecting the parts according to given fields or positions |
|
|
Displays the current time in the given format, or sets the system date |
|
|
Copies a file using the given block size and count, while optionally performing conversions on it |
|
|
Reports the amount of disk space available (and used) on all mounted file systems, or only on the file systems holding the selected files |
|
|
Lists the contents of each given directory (the same as the ls command) |
|
|
Outputs commands to set the |
|
|
Strips the non-directory suffix from a file name |
|
|
Reports the amount of disk space used by the current directory, by each of the given directories (including all subdirectories) or by each of the given files |
|
|
Displays the given strings |
|
|
Runs a command in a modified environment |
|
|
Converts tabs to spaces |
|
|
Evaluates expressions |
|
|
Prints the prime factors of all specified integer numbers |
|
|
Does nothing, unsuccessfully; it always exits with a status code indicating failure |
|
|
Reformats the paragraphs in the given files |
|
|
Wraps the lines in the given files |
|
|
Reports a user's group memberships |
|
|
Prints the first ten lines (or the given number of lines) of each given file |
|
|
Reports the numeric identifier (in hexadecimal) of the host |
|
|
Reports the effective user ID, group ID, and group memberships of the current user or specified user |
|
|
Copies files while setting their permission modes and, if possible, their owner and group |
|
|
Joins the lines that have identical join fields from two separate files |
|
|
Creates a hard link with the given name to a file |
|
|
Makes hard links or soft (symbolic) links between files |
|
|
Reports the current user's login name |
|
|
Lists the contents of each given directory |
|
|
Reports or checks Message Digest 5 (MD5) checksums |
|
|
Creates directories with the given names |
|
|
Creates First-In, First-Outs (FIFOs), a “named pipe” in UNIX parlance, with the given names |
|
|
Creates device nodes with the given names; a device node is a character special file, a block special file, or a FIFO |
|
|
Creates temporary files in a secure manner; it is used in scripts |
|
|
Moves or renames files or directories |
|
|
Runs a program with modified scheduling priority |
|
|
Numbers the lines from the given files |
|
|
Runs a command immune to hangups, with its output redirected to a log file |
|
|
Prints the number of processing units available to a process |
|
|
Dumps files in octal and other formats |
|
|
Merges the given files, joining sequentially corresponding lines side by side, separated by tab characters |
|
|
Checks if file names are valid or portable |
|
|
Is a lightweight finger client; it reports some information about the given users |
|
|
Paginates and columnates files for printing |
|
|
Prints the environment |
|
|
Prints the given arguments according to the given format, much like the C printf function |
|
|
Produces a permuted index from the contents of the given files, with each keyword in its context |
|
|
Reports the name of the current working directory |
|
|
Reports the value of the given symbolic link |
|
|
Prints the resolved path |
|
|
Removes files or directories |
|
|
Removes directories if they are empty |
|
|
Runs a command with specified security context |
|
|
Prints a sequence of numbers within a given range and with a given increment |
|
|
Prints or checks 160-bit Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA1) checksums |
|
|
Prints or checks 224-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums |
|
|
Prints or checks 256-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums |
|
|
Prints or checks 384-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums |
|
|
Prints or checks 512-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums |
|
|
Overwrites the given files repeatedly with complex patterns, making it difficult to recover the data |
|
|
Shuffles lines of text |
|
|
Pauses for the given amount of time |
|
|
Sorts the lines from the given files |
|
|
Splits the given file into pieces, by size or by number of lines |
|
|
Displays file or filesystem status |
|
|
Runs commands with altered buffering operations for its standard streams |
|
|
Sets or reports terminal line settings |
|
|
Prints checksum and block counts for each given file |
|
|
Flushes file system buffers; it forces changed blocks to disk and updates the super block |
|
|
Concatenates the given files in reverse |
|
|
Prints the last ten lines (or the given number of lines) of each given file |
|
|
Reads from standard input while writing both to standard output and to the given files |
|
|
Compares values and checks file types |
|
|
Runs a command with a time limit |
|
|
Changes file timestamps, setting the access and modification times of the given files to the current time; files that do not exist are created with zero length |
|
|
Translates, squeezes, and deletes the given characters from standard input |
|
|
Does nothing, successfully; it always exits with a status code indicating success |
|
|
Shrinks or expands a file to the specified size |
|
|
Performs a topological sort; it writes a completely ordered list according to the partial ordering in a given file |
|
|
Reports the file name of the terminal connected to standard input |
|
|
Reports system information |
|
|
Converts spaces to tabs |
|
|
Discards all but one of successive identical lines |
|
|
Removes the given file |
|
|
Reports the names of the users currently logged on |
|
|
Is the same as ls -l |
|
|
Reports the number of lines, words, and bytes for each given file, as well as a total line when more than one file is given |
|
|
Reports who is logged on |
|
|
Reports the user name associated with the current effective user ID |
|
|
Repeatedly outputs “y” or a given string until killed |
|
|
Library used by stdbuf |
The Iana-Etc package provides data for network services and protocols.
The following command converts the raw data provided by IANA
into the correct formats for the /etc/protocols and /etc/services data files:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
The M4 package contains a macro processor.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' lib/stdio.in.h
Prepare M4 for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, first fix a test program and then run the test programs:
sed -i -e '41s/ENOENT/& || errno == EINVAL/' tests/test-readlink.h make check
Install the package:
make install
|
copies the given files while expanding the macros that they contain. These macros are either built-in or user-defined and can take any number of arguments. Besides performing macro expansion, m4 has built-in functions for including named files, running Unix commands, performing integer arithmetic, manipulating text, recursion, etc. The m4 program can be used either as a front-end to a compiler or as a macro processor in its own right. |
The Bison package contains a parser generator.
Prepare Bison for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
The configure system causes Bison to be built without support for internationalization of error messages if a bison program is not already in $PATH. The following addition will correct this:
echo '#define YYENABLE_NLS 1' >> lib/config.h
Compile the package:
make
To test the results (about 0.5 SBU), issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
|
Generates, from a series of rules, a program for analyzing the structure of text files; Bison is a replacement for Yacc (Yet Another Compiler Compiler) |
|
|
A wrapper for bison, meant for
programs that still call yacc instead of
bison; it calls
bison
with the |
|
|
The Yacc library containing implementations of
Yacc-compatible |
The Procps package contains programs for monitoring processes.
Apply a patch to prevent an error message from being displayed when determining the kernel clock tick rate:
patch -Np1 -i ../procps-3.2.8-fix_HZ_errors-1.patch
Apply a patch to fix a unicode related issue in the watch program:
patch -Np1 -i ../procps-3.2.8-watch_unicode-1.patch
Fix a bug in the Makefile, which prevents procps from building with make-3.82:
sed -i -e 's@\*/module.mk@proc/module.mk ps/module.mk@' Makefile
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
|
Reports the amount of free and used memory (both physical and swap memory) in the system |
|
|
Sends signals to processes |
|
|
Looks up processes based on their name and other attributes |
|
|
Signals processes based on their name and other attributes |
|
|
Reports the memory map of the given process |
|
|
Lists the current running processes |
|
|
Reports the current working directory of a process |
|
|
Sends signals to processes matching the given criteria |
|
|
Displays detailed kernel slap cache information in real time |
|
|
Changes the scheduling priority of processes matching the given criteria |
|
|
Modifies kernel parameters at run time |
|
|
Prints a graph of the current system load average |
|
|
Displays a list of the most CPU intensive processes; it provides an ongoing look at processor activity in real time |
|
|
Reports how long the system has been running, how many users are logged on, and the system load averages |
|
|
Reports virtual memory statistics, giving information about processes, memory, paging, block Input/Output (IO), traps, and CPU activity |
|
|
Shows which users are currently logged on, where, and since when |
|
|
Runs a given command repeatedly, displaying the first screen-full of its output; this allows a user to watch the output change over time |
|
|
Contains the functions used by most programs in this package |
The Grep package contains programs for searching through files.
Prepare Grep for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Readline package is a set of libraries that offers command-line editing and history capabilities.
Reinstalling Readline will cause the old libraries to be moved to <libraryname>.old. While this is normally not a problem, in some cases it can trigger a linking bug in ldconfig. This can be avoided by issuing the following two seds:
sed -i '/MV.*old/d' Makefile.in
sed -i '/{OLDSUFF}/c:' support/shlib-install
Apply a patch to fix a known bug that has been fixed upstream:
patch -Np1 -i ../readline-6.2-fixes-1.patch
Prepare Readline for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --libdir=/lib
Compile the package:
make SHLIB_LIBS=-lncurses
The meaning of the make option:
SHLIB_LIBS=-lncurses
This option forces Readline to link against the
libncurses (really,
libncursesw) library.
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
Now move the static libraries to a more appropriate location:
mv -v /lib/lib{readline,history}.a /usr/lib
Next, remove the .so files in
/lib and relink them into
/usr/lib:
rm -v /lib/lib{readline,history}.so
ln -sfv ../../lib/libreadline.so.6 /usr/lib/libreadline.so
ln -sfv ../../lib/libhistory.so.6 /usr/lib/libhistory.so
If desired, install the documentation:
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/readline-6.2
install -v -m644 doc/*.{ps,pdf,html,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/readline-6.2
The Bash package contains the Bourne-Again SHell.
First, apply the following patch to fix various bugs that have been addressed upstream:
patch -Np1 -i ../bash-4.2-fixes-8.patch
Prepare Bash for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--htmldir=/usr/share/doc/bash-4.2 \
--without-bash-malloc \
--with-installed-readline
The meaning of the configure options:
--htmldir
This option designates the directory into which HTML formatted documentation will be installed.
--with-installed-readline
This option tells Bash to use the readline library that is already
installed on the system rather than using its own
readline version.
Compile the package:
make
Skip down to “Install the package” if not running the test suite.
To prepare the tests, ensure that the nobody user can write to the sources
tree:
chown -Rv nobody .
Now, run the tests as the nobody user:
su nobody -s /bin/bash -c "PATH=$PATH make tests"
Install the package:
make install
Run the newly compiled bash program (replacing the one that is currently being executed):
exec /bin/bash --login +h
The parameters used make the bash process an interactive login shell and continue to disable hashing so that new programs are found as they become available.
|
A widely-used command interpreter; it performs many types of expansions and substitutions on a given command line before executing it, thus making this interpreter a powerful tool |
|
|
A shell script to help the user compose and mail standard formatted bug reports concerning bash |
|
|
A symlink to the bash program; when invoked as sh, bash tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of sh as closely as possible, while conforming to the POSIX standard as well |
The Libtool package contains the GNU generic library support script. It wraps the complexity of using shared libraries in a consistent, portable interface.
Prepare Libtool for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results (about 3.0 SBU), issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The GDBM package contains the GNU Database Manager. This is a disk file format database which stores key/data-pairs in single files. The actual data of any record being stored is indexed by a unique key, which can be retrieved in less time than if it was stored in a text file.
Prepare GDBM for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-libgdbm-compat
The meaning of the configure option:
--enable-libgdbm-compat
This switch enables the libgdbm compatibility library to be built, as some packages outside of LFS may require the older DBM routines it provides.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Inetutils package contains programs for basic networking.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' lib/stdio.in.h
Prepare Inetutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-ifconfig \
--disable-logger \
--disable-syslogd \
--disable-whois \
--disable-servers
The meaning of the configure options:
--disable-ifconfig
This option prevents Inetutils from installing the ifconfig program, which can be used to configure network interfaces. LFS uses ip from IPRoute2 to perform this task.
--disable-logger
This option prevents Inetutils from installing the logger program, which is used by scripts to pass messages to the System Log Daemon. Do not install it because Util-linux installed a version earlier.
--disable-syslogd
This option prevents Inetutils from installing the System Log Daemon, which is installed with the Sysklogd package.
--disable-whois
This option disables the building of the Inetutils whois client, which is out of date. Instructions for a better whois client are in the BLFS book.
--disable-servers
This disables the installation of the various network servers included as part of the Inetutils package. These servers are deemed not appropriate in a basic LFS system. Some are insecure by nature and are only considered safe on trusted networks. More information can be found at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/basicnet/inetutils.html. Note that better replacements are available for many of these servers.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install make -C doc html make -C doc install-html docdir=/usr/share/doc/inetutils-1.9.1
Move some programs to their FHS-compliant place:
mv -v /usr/bin/{hostname,ping,ping6} /bin
mv -v /usr/bin/traceroute /sbin
|
Is the file transfer protocol program |
|
|
Reports or sets the name of the host |
|
|
Sends echo-request packets and reports how long the replies take |
|
|
A version of ping for IPv6 networks |
|
|
Performs remote file copy |
|
|
executes commands on a remote host |
|
|
Performs remote login |
|
|
Runs a remote shell |
|
|
Is used to chat with another user |
|
|
An interface to the TELNET protocol |
|
|
A trivial file transfer program |
|
|
Traces the route your packets take from the host you are working on to another host on a network, showing all the intermediate hops (gateways) along the way |
The Perl package contains the Practical Extraction and Report Language.
First create a basic /etc/hosts
file to be referenced in one of Perl's configuration files as
well as the optional test suite:
echo "127.0.0.1 localhost $(hostname)" > /etc/hosts
This version of Perl now builds the Compress::Raw::Zlib module. By default Perl will use an internal copy of the Zlib source for the build. Issue the following command so that Perl will use the Zlib library installed on the system:
sed -i -e "s|BUILD_ZLIB\s*= True|BUILD_ZLIB = False|" \
-e "s|INCLUDE\s*= ./zlib-src|INCLUDE = /usr/include|" \
-e "s|LIB\s*= ./zlib-src|LIB = /usr/lib|" \
cpan/Compress-Raw-Zlib/config.in
To have full control over the way Perl is set up, you can remove the “-des” options from the following command and hand-pick the way this package is built. Alternatively, use the command exactly as below to use the defaults that Perl auto-detects:
sh Configure -des -Dprefix=/usr \
-Dvendorprefix=/usr \
-Dman1dir=/usr/share/man/man1 \
-Dman3dir=/usr/share/man/man3 \
-Dpager="/usr/bin/less -isR" \
-Duseshrplib
The meaning of the configure options:
-Dvendorprefix=/usr
This ensures perl knows how to tell packages where they should install their perl modules.
-Dpager="/usr/bin/less
-isR"
This corrects an error in the way that perldoc invokes the less program.
-Dman1dir=/usr/share/man/man1
-Dman3dir=/usr/share/man/man3
Since Groff is not installed yet, Configure thinks that we do not want man pages for Perl. Issuing these parameters overrides this decision.
-Duseshrplib
Build a shared libperl needed by some perl modules.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results (approximately 2.5 SBU), issue:
make -k test
Install the package:
make install
|
Translates awk to Perl |
|
|
Dumps C structures as generated from cc -g -S |
|
|
Queries or changes configuration of Perl modules |
|
|
A commandline frontend to Module::CoreList |
|
|
Interact with the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN) from the command line |
|
|
The CPANPLUS distribution creator |
|
|
The CPANPLUS launcher |
|
|
Perl script that is used to enable flushing of the output buffer after each write in spawned processes |
|
|
Displays Perl profile data |
|
|
Builds a Perl extension for the Encode module from either Unicode Character Mappings or Tcl Encoding Files |
|
|
Translates find commands to Perl |
|
|
Converts |
|
|
Converts |
|
|
Shell script for examining installed Perl modules, and can even create a tarball from an installed module |
|
|
Converts data between certain input and output formats |
|
|
Can be used to configure the |
|
|
Combines some of the best features of C, sed, awk and sh into a single swiss-army language |
|
|
A hard link to perl |
|
|
Used to generate bug reports about Perl, or the modules that come with it, and mail them |
|
|
Displays a piece of documentation in pod format that is embedded in the Perl installation tree or in a Perl script |
|
|
The Perl Installation Verification Procedure; it can be used to verify that Perl and its libraries have been installed correctly |
|
|
Used to generate thank you messages to mail to the Perl developers |
|
|
A Perl version of the character encoding converter iconv |
|
|
A rough tool for converting Perl4 |
|
|
Converts files from pod format to HTML format |
|
|
Converts files from pod format to LaTeX format |
|
|
Converts pod data to formatted *roff input |
|
|
Converts pod data to formatted ASCII text |
|
|
Prints usage messages from embedded pod docs in files |
|
|
Checks the syntax of pod format documentation files |
|
|
Displays selected sections of pod documentation |
|
|
Command line tool for running tests against the Test::Harness module. |
|
|
A Perl version of the stream editor sed |
|
|
Dumps C structures as generated from cc -g -S stabs |
|
|
A tar-like program written in Perl |
|
|
A Perl program that compares an extracted archive with an unextracted one |
|
|
A Perl program that applies pattern matching to the contents of files in a tar archive |
|
|
Translates sed scripts to Perl |
|
|
Prints or checks SHA checksums |
|
|
Is used to force verbose warning diagnostics in Perl |
|
|
Converts Perl XS code into C code |
The Autoconf package contains programs for producing shell scripts that can automatically configure source code.
Prepare Autoconf for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
This takes a long time, about 4.7 SBUs. In addition, 6 tests are skipped that use Automake. For full test coverage, Autoconf can be re-tested after Automake has been installed.
Install the package:
make install
|
Produces shell scripts that automatically configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of Unix-like systems. The configuration scripts it produces are independent—running them does not require the autoconf program. |
|
|
A tool for creating template files of C #define statements for configure to use |
|
|
A wrapper for the M4 macro processor |
|
|
Automatically runs autoconf, autoheader, aclocal, automake, gettextize, and libtoolize in the correct order to save time when changes are made to autoconf and automake template files |
|
|
Helps to create a |
|
|
Modifies a |
|
|
Helps when writing |
The Automake package contains programs for generating Makefiles for use with Autoconf.
Fix a bug in the testsuite that can cause one of the tests to fail intermittently:
sed -i -e '48i$sleep' t/aclocal7.sh
Prepare Automake for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/automake-1.12.3
Compile the package:
make
The tests take a very long time: over 30 SBUs. Running the tests is not recommended.
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
|
A script that installs aclocal-style M4 files |
|
|
Generates |
|
|
A hard link to aclocal |
|
|
A tool for automatically generating |
|
|
A hard link to automake |
|
|
A wrapper for compilers |
|
|
A script that attempts to guess the canonical triplet for the given build, host, or target architecture |
|
|
A configuration validation subroutine script |
|
|
A script for compiling a program so that dependency information is generated in addition to the desired output |
|
|
Byte-compiles Emacs Lisp code |
|
|
A script that installs a program, script, or data file |
|
|
A script that prints the modification time of a file or directory |
|
|
A script acting as a common stub for missing GNU programs during an installation |
|
|
A script that creates a directory tree |
|
|
Compiles a Python program |
|
|
A script to create a symlink tree of a directory tree |
|
|
A wrapper for lex and yacc |
The Diffutils package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' lib/stdio.in.h
Prepare Diffutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Gawk package contains programs for manipulating text files.
Prepare Gawk for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
If desired, install the documentation:
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/gawk-4.0.1
cp -v doc/{awkforai.txt,*.{eps,pdf,jpg}} /usr/share/doc/gawk-4.0.1
|
A link to gawk |
|
|
An awk debugger |
|
|
A program for manipulating text files; it is the GNU implementation of awk |
|
|
A hard link to gawk |
|
|
Dumps the group database |
|
|
Gives gawk the ability to include files |
|
|
The profiling version of gawk |
|
|
Hard link to pgawk |
|
|
Dumps the password database |
The Findutils package contains programs to find files. These programs are provided to recursively search through a directory tree and to create, maintain, and search a database (often faster than the recursive find, but unreliable if the database has not been recently updated).
Prepare Findutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/findutils \
--localstatedir=/var/lib/locate
The meaning of the configure options:
--localstatedir
This option changes the location of the locate database to be
in /var/lib/locate, which
is FHS-compliant.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Some of the scripts in the LFS-Bootscripts package depend on
find. As
/usr may not be available
during the early stages of booting, this program needs to be
on the root partition. The updatedb script also needs
to be modified to correct an explicit path:
mv -v /usr/bin/find /bin
sed -i 's/find:=${BINDIR}/find:=\/bin/' /usr/bin/updatedb
|
Was formerly used to produce locate databases |
|
|
Was formerly used to produce locate databases; it is the ancestor of frcode. |
|
|
Searches given directory trees for files matching the specified criteria |
|
|
Is called by updatedb to compress the list of file names; it uses front-compression, reducing the database size by a factor of four to five. |
|
|
Searches through a database of file names and reports the names that contain a given string or match a given pattern |
|
|
Older version of find, using a different algorithm |
|
|
Updates the locate database; it scans the entire file system (including other file systems that are currently mounted, unless told not to) and puts every file name it finds into the database |
|
|
Can be used to apply a given command to a list of files |
The Flex package contains a utility for generating programs that recognize patterns in text.
First, fix some regression tests:
patch -Np1 -i ../flex-2.5.37-bison-2.6.1-1.patch
Prepare Flex for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man --infodir=/usr/share/info
Compile the package:
make
To test the results (about 0.5 SBU), issue:
make -k check
There are two tests that fail due to incompatibilities with the most recent version of bison.
Install the package:
make install
There are some packages that expect to find the lex library in /usr/lib. Create a symlink to account for
this:
ln -sv libfl.a /usr/lib/libl.a
A few programs do not know about flex yet and try to run its
predecessor, lex. To support those
programs, create a wrapper script named lex that calls flex in lex emulation mode:
cat > /usr/bin/lex << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# Begin /usr/bin/lex
exec /usr/bin/flex -l "$@"
# End /usr/bin/lex
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/lex
If desired, install the flex.pdf documentation file:
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/flex-2.5.37 cp -v doc/flex.pdf /usr/share/doc/flex-2.5.37
The Gettext package contains utilities for internationalization and localization. These allow programs to be compiled with NLS (Native Language Support), enabling them to output messages in the user's native language.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gettext-*/*/stdio.in.h
Prepare Gettext for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gettext-0.18.1.1
Compile the package:
make
To test the results (this takes a long time, around 3 SBUs), issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
|
Copies standard Gettext infrastructure files into a source package |
|
|
Outputs a system-dependent table of character encoding aliases |
|
|
Outputs a system-dependent set of variables, describing how to set the runtime search path of shared libraries in an executable |
|
|
Substitutes environment variables in shell format strings |
|
|
Translates a natural language message into the user's language by looking up the translation in a message catalog |
|
|
Primarily serves as a shell function library for gettext |
|
|
Copies all standard Gettext files into the given top-level directory of a package to begin internationalizing it |
|
|
Displays a network hostname in various forms |
|
|
Filters the messages of a translation catalog according to their attributes and manipulates the attributes |
|
|
Concatenates and merges the given |
|
|
Compares two |
|
|
Finds the messages that are common to to the given
|
|
|
Converts a translation catalog to a different character encoding |
|
|
Creates an English translation catalog |
|
|
Applies a command to all translations of a translation catalog |
|
|
Applies a filter to all translations of a translation catalog |
|
|
Generates a binary message catalog from a translation catalog |
|
|
Extracts all messages of a translation catalog that match a given pattern or belong to some given source files |
|
|
Creates a new |
|
|
Combines two raw translations into a single file |
|
|
Decompiles a binary message catalog into raw translation text |
|
|
Unifies duplicate translations in a translation catalog |
|
|
Displays native language translations of a textual message whose grammatical form depends on a number |
|
|
Recodes Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script |
|
|
Extracts the translatable message lines from the given source files to make the first translation template |
|
|
defines the autosprintf class, which makes C formatted output routines usable in C++ programs, for use with the <string> strings and the <iostream> streams |
|
|
a private library containing common routines used by the various Gettext programs; these are not intended for general use |
|
|
Used to write specialized programs that process
|
|
|
A private library containing common routines used by the various Gettext programs; these are not intended for general use |
|
|
A library, intended to be used by LD_PRELOAD that
assists |
The Groff package contains programs for processing and formatting text.
Groff expects the environment variable PAGE to contain the default paper size. For
users in the United States, PAGE=letter is appropriate.
Elsewhere, PAGE=A4
may be more suitable. While the default paper size is
configured during compilation, it can be overridden later by
echoing either “A4” or
“letter” to the
/etc/papersize file.
Prepare Groff for compilation:
PAGE=<paper_size> ./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
Some documentation programs, such as xman, will not work properly without the following symlinks:
ln -sv eqn /usr/bin/geqn ln -sv tbl /usr/bin/gtbl
|
Reads a troff font file and adds some additional font-metric information that is used by the groff system |
|
|
Creates a font file for use with groff and grops |
|
|
Groff preprocessor for producing chemical structure diagrams |
|
|
Compiles descriptions of equations embedded within troff input files into commands that are understood by troff |
|
|
Converts a troff EQN (equation) into a cropped image |
|
|
Marks differences between groff/nroff/troff files |
|
|
A link to eqn |
|
|
Converts a grap diagram into a cropped bitmap image |
|
|
A groff preprocessor for gremlin files |
|
|
A driver for groff that produces TeX dvi format |
|
|
A front-end to the groff document formatting system; normally, it runs the troff program and a post-processor appropriate for the selected device |
|
|
Displays groff files and man pages on X and tty terminals |
|
|
Reads files and guesses which of the groff options
|
|
|
Is a groff driver for Canon CAPSL printers (LBP-4 and LBP-8 series laser printers) |
|
|
Is a driver for groff that produces output in PCL5 format suitable for an HP LaserJet 4 printer |
|
|
Translates the output of GNU troff to PostScript |
|
|
Translates the output of GNU troff into a form suitable for typewriter-like devices |
|
|
A link to tbl |
|
|
Creates a font file for use with groff -Tlj4 from an HP-tagged font metric file |
|
|
Creates an inverted index for the bibliographic databases with a specified file for use with refer, lookbib, and lkbib |
|
|
Searches bibliographic databases for references that contain specified keys and reports any references found |
|
|
Prints a prompt on the standard error (unless the standard input is not a terminal), reads a line containing a set of keywords from the standard input, searches the bibliographic databases in a specified file for references containing those keywords, prints any references found on the standard output, and repeats this process until the end of input |
|
|
A simple preprocessor for groff |
|
|
Formats equations for American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) output |
|
|
A script that emulates the nroff command using groff |
|
|
Creates pdf documents using groff |
|
|
Translates a PostScript font in |
|
|
Compiles descriptions of pictures embedded within troff or TeX input files into commands understood by TeX or troff |
|
|
Converts a PIC diagram into a cropped image |
|
|
Translates the output of GNU troff to HTML |
|
|
Converts encoding of input files to something GNU troff understands |
|
|
Translates the output of GNU troff to HTML |
|
|
Copies the contents of a file to the standard output, except that lines between .[ and .] are interpreted as citations, and lines between .R1 and .R2 are interpreted as commands for how citations are to be processed |
|
|
Transforms roff files into DVI format |
|
|
Transforms roff files into HTML format |
|
|
Transforms roff files into PDFs |
|
|
Transforms roff files into ps files |
|
|
Transforms roff files into text files |
|
|
Transforms roff files into other formats |
|
|
Reads files and replaces lines of the form .so file by the contents of the mentioned file |
|
|
Compiles descriptions of tables embedded within troff input files into commands that are understood by troff |
|
|
Creates a font file for use with groff -Tdvi |
|
|
Is highly compatible with Unix troff; it should usually be invoked using the groff command, which will also run preprocessors and post-processors in the appropriate order and with the appropriate options |
The Xz package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It provides capabilities for the lzma and the newer xz compression formats. Compressing text files with xz yields a better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip or bzip2 commands.
Prepare Xz for compilation with:
./configure --prefix=/usr --libdir=/lib --docdir=/usr/share/doc/xz-5.0.4
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make pkgconfigdir=/usr/lib/pkgconfig install
|
Decompresses to standard output |
|
|
Runs cmp on LZMA compressed files |
|
|
Runs diff on LZMA compressed files |
|
|
Runs egrep on LZMA compressed files files |
|
|
Runs fgrep on LZMA compressed files |
|
|
Runs grep on LZMA compressed files |
|
|
Runs less on LZMA compressed files |
|
|
Compresses or decompresses files using the LZMA format |
|
|
A small and fast decoder for LZMA compressed files |
|
|
Shows information stored in the LZMA compressed file header |
|
|
Runs more on LZMA compressed files |
|
|
Decompresses files using the LZMA format |
|
|
Decompresses files using the XZ format |
|
|
Compresses or decompresses files using the XZ format |
|
|
Decompresses to standard output |
|
|
Runs cmp on XZ compressed files |
|
|
A small and fast decoder for XZ compressed files |
|
|
Runs diff on XZ compressed files |
|
|
Runs egrep on XZ compressed files files |
|
|
Runs fgrep on XZ compressed files |
|
|
Runs grep on XZ compressed files |
|
|
Runs less on XZ compressed files |
|
|
Runs more on XZ compressed files |
|
|
The library implementing lossless, block-sorting data compression, using the Lempel-Ziv-Markov chain algorithm |
The GRUB package contains the GRand Unified Bootloader.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' grub-core/gnulib/stdio.in.h
Prepare GRUB for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-grub-emu-usb \
--disable-efiemu \
--disable-werror
The --disable-werror option allows the build to complete with warnings introduced by more recent flex versions. The other --disable switches minimize what is built by disabling features and testing programs not needed for LFS.
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
Using GRUB to make your LFS system bootable will be discussed in Section 8.4, “Using GRUB to Set Up the Boot Process”.
|
Converts a binary file to a C header |
|
|
Is a helper program for grub-install |
|
|
A tool to edit the environment block |
|
|
Tool to debug the filesystem driver |
|
|
Install GRUB on your drive |
|
|
Script that converts an xkb layout into one recognized by GRUB |
|
|
Converts a GRUB Legacy |
|
|
Generate a grub config file |
|
|
Generate a device map file automatically |
|
|
Make a bootable image of GRUB |
|
|
Generates a GRUB keyboard layout file |
|
|
Prepares a GRUB netboot directory |
|
|
Generates an encrypted PBKDF2 password for use in the boot menu |
|
|
Makes a system pathname relative to its root |
|
|
Make a bootable image of GRUB suitable for a floppy disk or CDROM/DVD |
|
|
Generates a standalone image |
|
|
Is a helper program that prints the path of a GRUB device |
|
|
Probe device information for a given path or device |
|
|
Sets the default boot entry for GRUB for the next boot only |
|
|
Checks GRUB configuration script for syntax errors |
|
|
Sets the default boot entry for GRUB |
|
|
Set up images to boot from a device |
|
|
Is a helper program for grub-setup |
The Less package contains a text file viewer.
Prepare Less for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc
The meaning of the configure options:
--sysconfdir=/etc
This option tells the programs created by the package
to look in /etc for the
configuration files.
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
The Gzip package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files.
Prepare Gzip for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Move some programs that do not need to be on the root filesystem:
mv -v /bin/{gzexe,uncompress,zcmp,zdiff,zegrep} /usr/bin
mv -v /bin/{zfgrep,zforce,zgrep,zless,zmore,znew} /usr/bin
|
Decompresses gzipped files |
|
|
Creates self-decompressing executable files |
|
|
Compresses the given files using Lempel-Ziv (LZ77) coding |
|
|
Decompresses compressed files |
|
|
Decompresses the given gzipped files to standard output |
|
|
Runs cmp on gzipped files |
|
|
Runs diff on gzipped files |
|
|
Runs egrep on gzipped files |
|
|
Runs fgrep on gzipped files |
|
|
Forces a |
|
|
Runs grep on gzipped files |
|
|
Runs less on gzipped files |
|
|
Runs more on gzipped files |
|
|
Re-compresses files from compress format
to gzip
format— |
The IPRoute2 package contains programs for basic and advanced IPV4-based networking.
The arpd binary included in this package is dependent on Berkeley DB. Because arpd is not a very common requirement on a base Linux system, remove the dependency on Berkeley DB by applying the commands below. If the arpd binary is needed, instructions for compiling Berkeley DB can be found in the BLFS Book at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/server/databases.html#db.
sed -i '/^TARGETS/s@arpd@@g' misc/Makefile sed -i /ARPD/d Makefile sed -i 's/arpd.8//' man/man8/Makefile
Compile the package:
make DESTDIR=
The meaning of the make option:
DESTDIR=
This ensures that the IPRoute2 binaries will install
into the correct directory. By default, DESTDIR is set to
/usr.
This package comes with a test suite, but due to assumptions
it makes, it is not possible to reliably run these tests from
within the chroot environment. If you wish to run these tests
after booting into your new LFS system, ensure you select
/proc/config.gz
CONFIG_IKCONFIG_PROC ("General setup" -> "Enable access to
.config through /proc/config.gz") support into your kernel
then run 'make alltests' from the testsuite/ subdirectory.
Install the package:
make DESTDIR= \
MANDIR=/usr/share/man \
DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/iproute2-3.5.1 install
|
Connection status utility |
|
|
A shell script wrapper for the ip command. Note that it requires the arping and rdisk programs from the iputils package found at http://www.skbuff.net/iputils/. |
|
|
Shows the interface statistics, including the amount of transmitted and received packets by interface |
|
|
The main executable. It has several different functions:
ip link ip addr allows users to look at addresses and their properties, add new addresses, and delete old ones ip neighbor allows users to look at neighbor bindings and their properties, add new neighbor entries, and delete old ones ip rule allows users to look at the routing policies and change them ip route allows users to look at the routing table and change routing table rules ip tunnel allows users to look at the IP tunnels and their properties, and change them ip maddr allows users to look at the multicast addresses and their properties, and change them ip mroute allows users to set, change, or delete the multicast routing ip monitor allows users to continously monitor the state of devices, addresses and routes |
|
|
Provides Linux network statistics. It is a generalized and more feature-complete replacement for the old rtstat program |
|
|
Shows network statistics |
|
|
A component of ip route. This is for flushing the routing tables |
|
|
A component of ip route. This is for listing the routing tables |
|
|
Displays the contents of |
|
|
Route monitoring utility |
|
|
Converts the output of ip -o back into a readable form |
|
|
Route status utility |
|
|
Similar to the netstat command; shows active connections |
|
|
Traffic Controlling Executable; this is for Quality Of Service (QOS) and Class Of Service (COS) implementations tc qdisc allows users to setup the queueing discipline tc class allows users to setup classes based on the queuing discipline scheduling tc estimator allows users to estimate the network flow into a network tc filter allows users to setup the QOS/COS packet filtering tc policy allows users to setup the QOS/COS policies |
The Kbd package contains key-table files, console fonts, and keyboard utilities.
The behaviour of loadkeys when run without a filename was broken in this release. The following patch fixes this:
patch -Np1 -i ../kbd-1.15.3-upstream_fixes-1.patch
The behaviour of the Backspace and Delete keys is not consistent across the keymaps in the Kbd package. The following patch fixes this issue for i386 keymaps:
patch -Np1 -i ../kbd-1.15.3-backspace-1.patch
After patching, the Backspace key generates the character with code 127, and the Delete key generates a well-known escape sequence.
Fix a bug in the Spanish message translations which prevents kbd from building with gettext-0.18.1.1:
sed -i '/guardado\ el/s/\(^.*en\ %\)\(.*\)/\14\$\2/' po/es.po
Remove the redundant resizecons program (32-bit x86 only, needs the defunct svgalib, which predates linux-2.6 and is incompatible with modern KMS, to provide the video mode files - for normal use setfont sizes the console appropriately) and its manpage.
The shipped version of configure.ac is newer than aclocal.m4, so autotools will be run by
make which will
overwrite the change to configure. Alter the date and time of
configure.ac - this uses the
system timezone, so we pick a time that is sufficiently old
in all timezones.
sed -i 's/\(RESIZECONS_PROGS=\)yes/\1no/' configure && sed -i 's/resizecons.8 //' man/man8/Makefile.in && touch -d '2011-05-07 08:30' configure.ac
Prepare Kbd for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --datadir=/lib/kbd
The meaning of the configure options:
--datadir=/lib/kbd
This option puts keyboard layout data in a directory
that will always be on the root partition instead of
the default /usr/share/kbd.
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
For some languages (e.g., Belarusian) the Kbd package doesn't provide a useful keymap where the stock “by” keymap assumes the ISO-8859-5 encoding, and the CP1251 keymap is normally used. Users of such languages have to download working keymaps separately.
Some of the scripts in the LFS-Bootscripts package depend on
kbd_mode,
loadkeys,
openvt, and
setfont. As
/usr may not be available
during the early stages of booting, those binaries need to be
on the root partition:
mv -v /usr/bin/{kbd_mode,loadkeys,openvt,setfont} /bin
If desired, install the documentation:
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/kbd-1.15.3
cp -R -v doc/* \
/usr/share/doc/kbd-1.15.3
|
Changes the foreground virtual terminal |
|
|
Deallocates unused virtual terminals |
|
|
Dumps the keyboard translation tables |
|
|
Prints the number of the active virtual terminal |
|
|
Prints the kernel scancode-to-keycode mapping table |
|
|
Reports or sets the keyboard mode |
|
|
Sets the keyboard repeat and delay rates |
|
|
Loads the keyboard translation tables |
|
|
Loads the kernel unicode-to-font mapping table |
|
|
An obsolete program that used to load a user-defined output character mapping table into the console driver; this is now done by setfont |
|
|
Starts a program on a new virtual terminal (VT) |
|
|
A link to psfxtable |
|
|
A link to psfxtable |
|
|
A link to psfxtable |
|
|
Handle Unicode character tables for console fonts |
|
|
Changes the Enhanced Graphic Adapter (EGA) and Video Graphics Array (VGA) fonts on the console |
|
|
Loads kernel scancode-to-keycode mapping table entries; this is useful if there are unusual keys on the keyboard |
|
|
Sets the keyboard flags and Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) |
|
|
Defines the keyboard meta-key handling |
|
|
Shows the current EGA/VGA console screen font |
|
|
Reports the scancodes, keycodes, and ASCII codes of the keys pressed on the keyboard |
|
|
Puts the keyboard and console in UNICODE mode. Don't use this program unless your keymap file is in the ISO-8859-1 encoding. For other encodings, this utility produces incorrect results. |
|
|
Reverts keyboard and console from UNICODE mode |
The Kmod package contains libraries and utilities for loading kernel modules
Apply the following patch to fix a problem when running the testsuite on x86 hosts:
patch -Np1 -i ../kmod-9-testsuite-1.patch
Prepare Kmod for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--libdir=/lib \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-xz \
--with-zlib
The meaning of the configure options:
lib* and
--with-*
These options enable Kmod to handle compressed kernel modules. The shell variables are required in order for the xz and zlib headers and libraries to be found in the absence of pkg-config.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package, and create symlinks for compatibility with Module-Init-Tools, the package that previously handled Linux kernel modules:
make pkgconfigdir=/usr/lib/pkgconfig install for target in depmod insmod modinfo modprobe rmmod; do ln -sv ../bin/kmod /sbin/$target done ln -sv kmod /bin/lsmod
|
Creates a dependency file based on the symbols it finds in the existing set of modules; this dependency file is used by modprobe to automatically load the required modules |
|
|
Installs a loadable module in the running kernel |
|
|
Loads and unloads kernel modules |
|
|
This library is used by other programs to load and unload kernel modules |
|
|
Lists currently loaded modules |
|
|
Examines an object file associated with a kernel module and displays any information that it can glean |
|
|
Uses a dependency file, created by depmod, to automatically load relevant modules |
|
|
Unloads modules from the running kernel |
The Libpipeline package contains a library for manipulating pipelines of subprocesses in a flexible and convenient way.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gnulib/lib/stdio.in.h
Prepare Libpipeline for compilation:
PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/tools/lib/pkgconfig ./configure --prefix=/usr
The meaning of the configure options:
PKG_CONFIG_PATH
Use pkg-config to obtain the location of the test library metadata built in Section 5.13, “Check-0.9.8”.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Make package contains a program for compiling packages.
Prepare Make for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Man-DB package contains programs for finding and viewing man pages.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gnulib/lib/stdio.in.h
Prepare Man-DB for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/man-db-2.6.2 \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-setuid \
--with-browser=/usr/bin/lynx \
--with-vgrind=/usr/bin/vgrind \
--with-grap=/usr/bin/grap
The meaning of the configure options:
--disable-setuid
This disables making the man program setuid to
user man.
--with-...
These three parameters are used to set some default programs. lynx is a text-based web browser (see BLFS for installation instructions), vgrind converts program sources to Groff input, and grap is useful for typesetting graphs in Groff documents. The vgrind and grap programs are not normally needed for viewing manual pages. They are not part of LFS or BLFS, but you should be able to install them yourself after finishing LFS if you wish to do so.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The following table shows the character set that Man-DB
assumes manual pages installed under /usr/share/man/<ll> will be encoded
with. In addition to this, Man-DB correctly determines if
manual pages installed in that directory are UTF-8 encoded.
Table 6.1. Expected character encoding of legacy 8-bit manual pages
| Language (code) | Encoding | Language (code) | Encoding |
|---|---|---|---|
| Danish (da) | ISO-8859-1 | Croatian (hr) | ISO-8859-2 |
| German (de) | ISO-8859-1 | Hungarian (hu) | ISO-8859-2 |
| English (en) | ISO-8859-1 | Japanese (ja) | EUC-JP |
| Spanish (es) | ISO-8859-1 | Korean (ko) | EUC-KR |
| Estonian (et) | ISO-8859-1 | Lithuanian (lt) | ISO-8859-13 |
| Finnish (fi) | ISO-8859-1 | Latvian (lv) | ISO-8859-13 |
| French (fr) | ISO-8859-1 | Macedonian (mk) | ISO-8859-5 |
| Irish (ga) | ISO-8859-1 | Polish (pl) | ISO-8859-2 |
| Galician (gl) | ISO-8859-1 | Romanian (ro) | ISO-8859-2 |
| Indonesian (id) | ISO-8859-1 | Russian (ru) | KOI8-R |
| Icelandic (is) | ISO-8859-1 | Slovak (sk) | ISO-8859-2 |
| Italian (it) | ISO-8859-1 | Slovenian (sl) | ISO-8859-2 |
| Norwegian Bokmal (nb) | ISO-8859-1 | Serbian Latin (sr@latin) | ISO-8859-2 |
| Dutch (nl) | ISO-8859-1 | Serbian (sr) | ISO-8859-5 |
| Norwegian Nynorsk (nn) | ISO-8859-1 | Turkish (tr) | ISO-8859-9 |
| Norwegian (no) | ISO-8859-1 | Ukrainian (uk) | KOI8-U |
| Portuguese (pt) | ISO-8859-1 | Vietnamese (vi) | TCVN5712-1 |
| Swedish (sv) | ISO-8859-1 | Simplified Chinese (zh_CN) | GBK |
| Belarusian (be) | CP1251 | Simplified Chinese, Singapore (zh_SG) | GBK |
| Bulgarian (bg) | CP1251 | Traditional Chinese, Hong Kong (zh_HK) | BIG5HKSCS |
| Czech (cs) | ISO-8859-2 | Traditional Chinese (zh_TW) | BIG5 |
| Greek (el) | ISO-8859-7 |
Manual pages in languages not in the list are not supported.
|
Dumps the whatis database contents in human-readable form |
|
|
Searches the whatis database and displays the short descriptions of system commands that contain a given string |
|
|
Creates or updates the pre-formatted manual pages |
|
|
Displays one-line summary information about a given manual page |
|
|
Formats and displays the requested manual page |
|
|
Creates or updates the whatis database |
|
|
Displays the contents of $MANPATH or (if $MANPATH is not set) a suitable search path based on the settings in man.conf and the user's environment |
|
|
Searches the whatis database and displays the short descriptions of system commands that contain the given keyword as a separate word |
|
|
Reads files and replaces lines of the form .so file by the contents of the mentioned file |
The Patch package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a “patch” file typically created by the diff program.
Apply a patch to prevent the test suite from running a test that requires ed:
patch -Np1 -i ../patch-2.6.1-test_fix-1.patch
Prepare Patch for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make -k check
Install the package:
make install
The Sysklogd package contains programs for logging system messages, such as those given by the kernel when unusual things happen.
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make BINDIR=/sbin install
Create a new /etc/syslog.conf
file by running the following:
cat > /etc/syslog.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/syslog.conf
auth,authpriv.* -/var/log/auth.log
*.*;auth,authpriv.none -/var/log/sys.log
daemon.* -/var/log/daemon.log
kern.* -/var/log/kern.log
mail.* -/var/log/mail.log
user.* -/var/log/user.log
*.emerg *
# End /etc/syslog.conf
EOF
|
A system daemon for intercepting and logging kernel messages |
|
|
Logs the messages that system programs offer for logging. Every logged message contains at least a date stamp and a hostname, and normally the program's name too, but that depends on how trusting the logging daemon is told to be |
The Sysvinit package contains programs for controlling the startup, running, and shutdown of the system.
When run-levels are changed (for example, when halting the system), init sends termination signals to those processes that init itself started and that should not be running in the new run-level. While doing this, init outputs messages like “Sending processes the TERM signal” which seem to imply that it is sending these signals to all currently running processes. To avoid this misinterpretation, modify the source so that these messages read like “Sending processes configured via /etc/inittab the TERM signal” instead:
sed -i 's@Sending processes@& configured via /etc/inittab@g' src/init.c
Maintained versions of the wall and mountpoint programs were installed earlier by Util-linux. Suppress the installation of Sysvinit's versions of these programs and their man pages:
sed -i -e 's/utmpdump wall/utmpdump/' \
-e '/= mountpoint/d' \
-e 's/mountpoint.1 wall.1//' src/Makefile
Compile the package:
make -C src
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make -C src install
|
Logs boot messages to a log file |
|
|
Run a command with fstab-encoded arguments |
|
|
Normally invokes shutdown with the
|
|
|
The first process to be started when the kernel has initialized the hardware which takes over the boot process and starts all the proceses it is instructed to |
|
|
Sends a signal to all processes, except the processes in its own session so it will not kill the shell running the script that called it |
|
|
Shows which users last logged in (and out),
searching back through the |
|
|
Shows the failed login attempts, as logged in
|
|
|
Controls whether other users can send messages to the current user's terminal |
|
|
Reports the PIDs of the given programs |
|
|
Tells the kernel to halt the system and switch off the computer (see halt) |
|
|
Tells the kernel to reboot the system (see halt) |
|
|
Reports the previous and the current run-level, as
noted in the last run-level record in |
|
|
Brings the system down in a secure way, signaling all processes and notifying all logged-in users |
|
|
Allows |
|
|
Tells init which run-level to change to |
|
|
Displays the content of the given login file in a more user-friendly format |
The Tar package contains an archiving program.
Fix an incompatibility between this package and Glibc-2.16.0:
sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gnu/stdio.in.h
Prepare Tar for compilation:
FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1 \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--libexecdir=/usr/sbin
The meaning of the configure options:
FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1
This forces the test for mknod to be run as root. It is
generally considered dangerous to run this test as the
root user, but as it is being run on an only partially
built system, overriding it is OK.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results (about 1 SBU), issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install make -C doc install-html docdir=/usr/share/doc/tar-1.26
The Texinfo package contains programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages.
Prepare Texinfo for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Optionally, install the components belonging in a TeX installation:
make TEXMF=/usr/share/texmf install-tex
The meaning of the make parameter:
TEXMF=/usr/share/texmf
The TEXMF makefile variable
holds the location of the root of the TeX tree if, for
example, a TeX package will be installed later.
The Info documentation system uses a plain text file to hold
its list of menu entries. The file is located at /usr/share/info/dir. Unfortunately, due to
occasional problems in the Makefiles of various packages, it
can sometimes get out of sync with the info pages installed
on the system. If the /usr/share/info/dir file ever needs to be
recreated, the following optional commands will accomplish
the task:
cd /usr/share/info rm -v dir for f in * do install-info $f dir 2>/dev/null done
|
Used to read info pages which are similar to man pages, but often go much deeper than just explaining all the available command line options. For example, compare man bison and info bison. |
|
|
Compiles a source file containing Info customizations into a binary format |
|
|
Used to install info pages; it updates entries in the info index file |
|
|
Translates the given Texinfo source documents into info pages, plain text, or HTML |
|
|
Used to format the given Texinfo document into a Portable Document Format (PDF) file |
|
|
Used to format the given Texinfo document into a device-independent file that can be printed |
|
|
Used to format the given Texinfo document into a Portable Document Format (PDF) file |
|
|
Used to sort Texinfo index files |
The Udev package contains programs for dynamic creation of device nodes. The development of udev has been merged with systemd, but most of systemd is incompatible with LFS. Here we build and install just the needed udev files.
The udev-lfs tarball contains LFS-specific files used to build Udev. Unpack it into the Udev source directory:
tar -xvf ../udev-lfs-188-3.tar.bz2
Compile the package:
make -f udev-lfs-188/Makefile.lfs
Install the package:
make -f udev-lfs-188/Makefile.lfs install
Finally set up the persistent network udev rules. This task
will be explained in detail in Section 7.2.1,
“Creating stable names for network
interfaces”. Note that the /sys and /proc filesystems must be mounted in the
chroot environment as explained at the beginning of this
chapter for the following script to work.
bash udev-lfs-188/init-net-rules.sh
|
Provides Udev with a unique string and additional information (uuid, label) for an ATA drive |
|
|
Provides Udev with the capabilities of a CD-ROM or DVD-ROM drive |
|
|
Given an ID for the current uevent and a list of IDs (for all target uevents), registers the current ID and indicates whether all target IDs have been registered |
|
|
Provides Udev with a unique SCSI identifier based on the data returned from sending a SCSI INQUIRY command to the specified device |
|
|
Generic udev administration tool: controls the udevd daemon, provides info from the Udev database, monitors uevents, waits for uevents to finish, tests Udev configuration, and triggers uevents for a given device |
|
|
A daemon that listens for uevents on the netlink socket, creates devices and runs the configured external programs in response to these uevents |
|
|
A library interface to udev device information |
|
|
Contains Udev configuration files, device permissions, and rules for device naming |
The Vim package contains a powerful text editor.
If you prefer another editor—such as Emacs, Joe, or Nano—please refer to http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/postlfs/editors.html for suggested installation instructions.
First, change the default location of the vimrc configuration file to /etc:
echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h
Now prepare Vim for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-multibyte
The meaning of the configure options:
--enable-multibyte
This switch enables support for editing files in multibyte character encodings. This is needed if using a locale with a multibyte character set. This switch is also helpful to be able to edit text files initially created in Linux distributions like Fedora that use UTF-8 as a default character set.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make test
However, this test suite outputs a lot of binary data to the screen, which can cause issues with the settings of the current terminal. This can be resolved by redirecting the output to a log file. A successful test will result in the words "ALL DONE" at completion.
Install the package:
make install
Many users are used to using vi instead of vim. To allow execution of vim when users habitually enter vi, create a symlink for both the binary and the man page in the provided languages:
ln -sv vim /usr/bin/vi
for L in /usr/share/man/{,*/}man1/vim.1; do
ln -sv vim.1 $(dirname $L)/vi.1
done
By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink
allows the documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-7.3, making it
consistent with the location of documentation for other
packages:
ln -sv ../vim/vim73/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-7.3
If an X Window System is going to be installed on the LFS system, it may be necessary to recompile Vim after installing X. Vim comes with a GUI version of the editor that requires X and some additional libraries to be installed. For more information on this process, refer to the Vim documentation and the Vim installation page in the BLFS book at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/postlfs/editors.html#postlfs-editors-vim.
By default, vim runs in vi-incompatible mode. This may be new to users who have used other editors in the past. The “nocompatible” setting is included below to highlight the fact that a new behavior is being used. It also reminds those who would change to “compatible” mode that it should be the first setting in the configuration file. This is necessary because it changes other settings, and overrides must come after this setting. Create a default vim configuration file by running the following:
cat > /etc/vimrc << "EOF"
" Begin /etc/vimrc
set nocompatible
set backspace=2
syntax on
if (&term == "iterm") || (&term == "putty")
set background=dark
endif
" End /etc/vimrc
EOF
The set nocompatible
setting makes vim behave in a more useful
way (the default) than the vi-compatible manner. Remove the
“no” to keep the old
vi behavior.
The set backspace=2
setting allows backspacing over line breaks, autoindents, and
the start of insert. The syntax
on parameter enables vim's syntax highlighting.
Finally, the if
statement with the set
background=dark setting corrects vim's guess about the
background color of some terminal emulators. This gives the
highlighting a better color scheme for use on the black
background of these programs.
Documentation for other available options can be obtained by running the following command:
vim -c ':options'
By default, Vim only installs spell files for the English
language. To install spell files for your preferred
language, download the *.spl
and optionally, the *.sug
files for your language and character encoding from
ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell/
and save them to /usr/share/vim/vim73/spell/.
To use these spell files, some configuration in
/etc/vimrc is needed, e.g.:
set spelllang=en,ru
set spellFor more information, see the appropriate README file located at the URL above.
|
Starts vim in ex mode |
|
|
Is a restricted version of view; no shell commands can be started and view cannot be suspended |
|
|
Is a restricted version of vim; no shell commands can be started and vim cannot be suspended |
|
|
Link to vim |
|
|
Starts vim in read-only mode |
|
|
Is the editor |
|
|
Edits two or three versions of a file with vim and show differences |
|
|
Teaches the basic keys and commands of vim |
|
|
Creates a hex dump of the given file; it can also do the reverse, so it can be used for binary patching |
Most programs and libraries are, by default, compiled with
debugging symbols included (with gcc's -g option). This means that when
debugging a program or library that was compiled with debugging
information included, the debugger can provide not only memory
addresses, but also the names of the routines and variables.
However, the inclusion of these debugging symbols enlarges a program or library significantly. The following is an example of the amount of space these symbols occupy:
A bash binary with debugging symbols: 1200 KB
A bash binary without debugging symbols: 480 KB
Glibc and GCC files (/lib
and /usr/lib) with
debugging symbols: 87 MB
Glibc and GCC files without debugging symbols: 16 MB
Sizes may vary depending on which compiler and C library were used, but when comparing programs with and without debugging symbols, the difference will usually be a factor between two and five.
Because most users will never use a debugger on their system software, a lot of disk space can be regained by removing these symbols. The next section shows how to strip all debugging symbols from the programs and libraries.
If the intended user is not a programmer and does not plan to do any debugging on the system software, the system size can be decreased by about 90 MB by removing the debugging symbols from binaries and libraries. This causes no inconvenience other than not being able to debug the software fully anymore.
Most people who use the command mentioned below do not experience any difficulties. However, it is easy to make a typo and render the new system unusable, so before running the strip command, it is a good idea to make a backup of the LFS system in its current state.
Before performing the stripping, take special care to ensure that none of the binaries that are about to be stripped are running. If unsure whether the user entered chroot with the command given in Section 6.4, “Entering the Chroot Environment,” first exit from chroot:
logout
Then reenter it with:
chroot $LFS /tools/bin/env -i \
HOME=/root TERM=$TERM PS1='\u:\w\$ ' \
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin \
/tools/bin/bash --login
Now the binaries and libraries can be safely stripped:
/tools/bin/find /{,usr/}{bin,lib,sbin} -type f \
-exec /tools/bin/strip --strip-debug '{}' ';'
A large number of files will be reported as having their file format not recognized. These warnings can be safely ignored. These warnings indicate that those files are scripts instead of binaries.
From now on, when reentering the chroot environment after exiting, use the following modified chroot command:
chroot "$LFS" /usr/bin/env -i \
HOME=/root TERM="$TERM" PS1='\u:\w\$ ' \
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin \
/bin/bash --login
The reason for this is that the programs in /tools are no longer needed. Since they are
no longer needed you can delete the /tools directory if so desired.
Removing /tools will also
remove the temporary copies of Tcl, Expect, and DejaGNU which
were used for running the toolchain tests. If you need these
programs later on, they will need to be recompiled and
re-installed. The BLFS book has instructions for this (see
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/).
If the virtual kernel file systems have been unmounted, either manually or through a reboot, ensure that the virtual kernel file systems are mounted when reentering the chroot. This process was explained in Section 6.2.2, “Mounting and Populating /dev” and Section 6.2.3, “Mounting Virtual Kernel File Systems”.
This chapter discusses configuration files and boot scripts. First, the general configuration files needed to set up networking are presented.
Second, issues that affect the proper setup of devices diescussed.
The next sections detail how to install and configure the LFS system scripts needed during the boot process. Most of these scripts will work without modification, but a few require additional configuration files because they deal with hardware-dependent information.
System-V style init scripts are employed in this book because they are widely used and relatively simple. For additional options, a hint detailing the BSD style init setup is available at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/bsd-init.txt. Searching the LFS mailing lists for “depinit”, “upstart”, or “systemd” will also offer additional information.
If using an alternative style of init scripts, skip these sections.
A listing of the boot scripts are found in Appendix D.
Finally, there is a brief introduction to the scripts and configuration files used when the user logs into the system.
This section only applies if a network card is to be configured.
If a network card will not be used, there is likely no need to
create any configuration files relating to network cards. If
that is the case, remove the network symlinks from all run-level
directories (/etc/rc.d/rc*.d).
If there is only one network interface in the system to be configured, this section is optional, although it will never be wrong to do it. In many cases (e.g. a laptop with a wireless and a wired interface), accomplishing the configuration in this section is necessary.
With Udev and modular network drivers, the network interface
numbering is not persistent across reboots by default,
because the drivers are loaded in parallel and, thus, in
random order. For example, on a computer having two network
cards made by Intel and Realtek, the network card
manufactured by Intel may become eth0 and the Realtek card becomes
eth1. In some cases, after a
reboot the cards get renumbered the other way around. To
avoid this, Udev comes with a script and some rules to assign
stable names to network cards based on their MAC address.
The rules were pre-generated in the build instructions for
udev (systemd) in the last
chapter. Inspect the /etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules
file, to find out which name was assigned to which network
device:
cat /etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules
In some cases such as when MAC addresess have been assigned to a network card manually or in a virtual envirnment such as Xen, the network rules file may not have been generated because addresses are not consistently assigned. In these cases, just continue to the next section.
The file begins with a comment block followed by two lines for each NIC. The first line for each NIC is a commented description showing its hardware IDs (e.g. its PCI vendor and device IDs, if it's a PCI card), along with its driver in parentheses, if the driver can be found. Neither the hardware ID nor the driver is used to determine which name to give an interface; this information is only for reference. The second line is the Udev rule that matches this NIC and actually assigns it a name.
All Udev rules are made up of several keys, separated by commas and optional whitespace. This rule's keys and an explanation of each of them are as follows:
SUBSYSTEM=="net" - This
tells Udev to ignore devices that are not network
cards.
ACTION=="add" - This tells
Udev to ignore this rule for a uevent that isn't an add
("remove" and "change" uevents also happen, but don't
need to rename network interfaces).
DRIVERS=="?*" - This
exists so that Udev will ignore VLAN or bridge
sub-interfaces (because these sub-interfaces do not
have drivers). These sub-interfaces are skipped because
the name that would be assigned would collide with
their parent devices.
ATTR{address} - The value
of this key is the NIC's MAC address.
ATTR{type}=="1" - This
ensures the rule only matches the primary interface in
the case of certain wireless drivers, which create
multiple virtual interfaces. The secondary interfaces
are skipped for the same reason that VLAN and bridge
sub-interfaces are skipped: there would be a name
collision otherwise.
KERNEL=="eth*" - This key
was added to the Udev rule generator to handle machines
that have multiple network interfaces, all with the
same MAC address (the PS3 is one such machine). If the
independent interfaces have different basenames, this
key will allow Udev to tell them apart. This is
generally not necessary for most Linux From Scratch
users, but does not hurt.
NAME - The value of this
key is the name that Udev will assign to this
interface.
The value of NAME is the
important part. Make sure you know which name has been
assigned to each of your network cards before proceeding, and
be sure to use that NAME value
when creating your configuration files below.
Which interfaces are brought up and down by the network
script depends on the files in /etc/sysconfig/. This directory should
contain a file for each interface to be configured, such as
ifconfig.xyz, where
“xyz” is meaningful to
the administrator such as the device name (e.g. eth0). Inside
this file are attributes to this interface, such as its IP
address(es), subnet masks, and so forth. It is necessary that
the stem of the filename be ifconfig.
The following command creates a sample file for the eth0 device with a static IP address:
cd /etc/sysconfig/
cat > ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT=yes
IFACE=eth0
SERVICE=ipv4-static
IP=192.168.1.1
GATEWAY=192.168.1.2
PREFIX=24
BROADCAST=192.168.1.255
EOF
The values of these variables must be changed in every file to match the proper setup.
If the ONBOOT variable is set to
“yes” the network
script will bring up the Network Interface Card (NIC) during
booting of the system. If set to anything but
“yes” the NIC will be
ignored by the network script and not be automatically
brought up. The interface can be manually started or stopped
with the ifup
and ifdown
commands.
The IFACE variable defines the
interface name, for example, eth0. It is required for all
network device configuration files.
The SERVICE variable defines the
method used for obtaining the IP address. The LFS-Bootscripts
package has a modular IP assignment format, and creating
additional files in the /lib/services/ directory allows other IP
assignment methods. This is commonly used for Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP), which is addressed in the BLFS
book.
The GATEWAY variable should
contain the default gateway IP address, if one is present. If
not, then comment out the variable entirely.
The PREFIX variable contains the
number of bits used in the subnet. Each octet in an IP
address is 8 bits. If the subnet's netmask is 255.255.255.0,
then it is using the first three octets (24 bits) to specify
the network number. If the netmask is 255.255.255.240, it
would be using the first 28 bits. Prefixes longer than 24
bits are commonly used by DSL and cable-based Internet
Service Providers (ISPs). In this example (PREFIX=24), the
netmask is 255.255.255.0. Adjust the PREFIX variable according to your specific
subnet.i If omitted, the PREFIX defaults to 24.
For more information see the ifup man page.
If the system is going to be connected to the Internet, it
will need some means of Domain Name Service (DNS) name
resolution to resolve Internet domain names to IP addresses,
and vice versa. This is best achieved by placing the IP
address of the DNS server, available from the ISP or network
administrator, into /etc/resolv.conf. Create the file by
running the following:
cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/resolv.conf
domain <Your Domain Name>
nameserver <IP address of your primary nameserver>
nameserver <IP address of your secondary nameserver>
# End /etc/resolv.conf
EOF
The domain statement can be
omitted or replaced with a search statement. See the man page for
resolv.conf for more details.
Replace <IP address of the
nameserver> with the IP address of the DNS
most appropriate for the setup. There will often be more than
one entry (requirements demand secondary servers for fallback
capability). If you only need or want one DNS server, remove
the second nameserver
line from the file. The IP address may also be a router on
the local network.
The Google Public IPv4 DNS addresses are 8.8.8.8 and 8.8.4.4.
If a network card is to be configured, decide on the IP
address, fully-qualified domain name (FQDN), and possible
aliases for use in the /etc/hosts
file. The syntax is:
IP_address myhost.example.org aliasesUnless the computer is to be visible to the Internet (i.e., there is a registered domain and a valid block of assigned IP addresses—most users do not have this), make sure that the IP address is in the private network IP address range. Valid ranges are:
Private Network Address Range Normal Prefix
10.0.0.1 - 10.255.255.254 8
172.x.0.1 - 172.x.255.254 16
192.168.y.1 - 192.168.y.254 24x can be any number in the range 16-31. y can be any number in the range 0-255.
A valid private IP address could be 192.168.1.1. A valid FQDN for this IP could be lfs.example.org.
Even if not using a network card, a valid FQDN is still required. This is necessary for certain programs to operate correctly.
Create the /etc/hosts file by
running:
cat > /etc/hosts << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/hosts (network card version)
127.0.0.1 localhost
<192.168.1.1> <HOSTNAME.example.org> [alias1] [alias2 ...]
# End /etc/hosts (network card version)
EOF
The <192.168.1.1> and
<HOSTNAME.example.org>
values need to be changed for specific uses or requirements (if
assigned an IP address by a network/system administrator and
the machine will be connected to an existing network). The
optional alias name(s) can be omitted.
If a network card is not going to be configured, create the
/etc/hosts file by running:
cat > /etc/hosts << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/hosts (no network card version)
127.0.0.1 <HOSTNAME.example.org> <HOSTNAME> localhost
# End /etc/hosts (no network card version)
EOF
In Chapter 6, we installed the Udev package. Before we go into the details regarding how this works, a brief history of previous methods of handling devices is in order.
Linux systems in general traditionally use a static device
creation method, whereby a great many device nodes are created
under /dev (sometimes literally
thousands of nodes), regardless of whether the corresponding
hardware devices actually exist. This is typically done via a
MAKEDEV script,
which contains a number of calls to the mknod program with the
relevant major and minor device numbers for every possible
device that might exist in the world.
Using the Udev method, only those devices which are detected by
the kernel get device nodes created for them. Because these
device nodes will be created each time the system boots, they
will be stored on a devtmpfs
file system (a virtual file system that resides entirely in
system memory). Device nodes do not require much space, so the
memory that is used is negligible.
In February 2000, a new filesystem called devfs was merged into the 2.3.46 kernel
and was made available during the 2.4 series of stable
kernels. Although it was present in the kernel source itself,
this method of creating devices dynamically never received
overwhelming support from the core kernel developers.
The main problem with the approach adopted by devfs was the way it handled device
detection, creation, and naming. The latter issue, that of
device node naming, was perhaps the most critical. It is
generally accepted that if device names are allowed to be
configurable, then the device naming policy should be up to a
system administrator, not imposed on them by any particular
developer(s). The devfs file
system also suffers from race conditions that are inherent in
its design and cannot be fixed without a substantial revision
to the kernel. It was marked as deprecated for a long period
– due to a lack of maintenance – and was finally
removed from the kernel in June, 2006.
With the development of the unstable 2.5 kernel tree, later
released as the 2.6 series of stable kernels, a new virtual
filesystem called sysfs came
to be. The job of sysfs is to
export a view of the system's hardware configuration to
userspace processes. With this userspace-visible
representation, the possibility of seeing a userspace
replacement for devfs became
much more realistic.
The sysfs filesystem was
mentioned briefly above. One may wonder how sysfs knows about the devices present
on a system and what device numbers should be used for
them. Drivers that have been compiled into the kernel
directly register their objects with sysfs as they are detected by the
kernel. For drivers compiled as modules, this registration
will happen when the module is loaded. Once the
sysfs filesystem is mounted
(on /sys), data which the
built-in drivers registered with sysfs are available to userspace
processes and to udevd for processing
(including modifications to device nodes).
The /etc/rc.d/init.d/udev
initscript takes care of creating device nodes when Linux
is booted. The script unsets the uevent handler from the
default of /sbin/hotplug. This is
done because the kernel no longer needs to call out to an
external binary. Instead udevd will listen on a
netlink socket for uevents that the kernel raises. Next,
the bootscript copies any static device nodes that exist in
/lib/udev/devices to
/dev. This is necessary
because some devices, directories, and symlinks are needed
before the dynamic device handling processes are available
during the early stages of booting a system, or are
required by udevd itself. Creating
static device nodes in /lib/udev/devices also provides an easy
workaround for devices that are not supported by the
dynamic device handling infrastructure. The bootscript then
starts the Udev daemon, udevd, which will act on
any uevents it receives. Finally, the bootscript forces the
kernel to replay uevents for any devices that have already
been registered and then waits for udevd to handle them.
The /etc/rc.d/init.d/udev_retry
initscript takes care of re-triggering events for
subsystems whose rules may rely on filesystems that are not
mounted until the mountfs script is run (in
particular, /usr and /var may cause this). This script runs
after the mountfs script, so those
rules (if re-triggered) should succeed the second time
around. It is configured from the /etc/sysconfig/udev_retry file; any words
in this file other than comments are considered subsystem
names to trigger at retry time. (To find the subsystem of a
device, use udevadm info
--attribute-walk.)
In recent version of udev, udevd no longer creates
device files in /dev.
Instead, this must be handled in the kernel, by the
devtmpfs filesystem. Any
driver that wishes to register a device node will go
through devtmpfs (via the
driver core) to do it. When a devtmpfs instance is mounted on
/dev, the device node will
initially be created with a fixed name, permissions, and
owner.
A short time later, the kernel will send a uevent to
udevd. Based
on the rules specified in the files within the /etc/udev/rules.d, /lib/udev/rules.d, and /run/udev/rules.d directories,
udevd will
create additional symlinks to the device node, or change
its permissions, owner, or group, or modify the internal
udevd
database entry for that object.
The rules in these three directories are numbered in a
similar fashion to the LFS-Bootscripts package, and all
three directories are merged together. If udevd can't find a rule
for the device it is creating, it will leave the
permissions and ownership at whatever devtmpfs used initially.
Device drivers compiled as modules may have aliases built
into them. Aliases are visible in the output of the
modinfo
program and are usually related to the bus-specific
identifiers of devices supported by a module. For example,
the snd-fm801 driver
supports PCI devices with vendor ID 0x1319 and device ID
0x0801, and has an alias of “pci:v00001319d00000801sv*sd*bc04sc01i*”.
For most devices, the bus driver exports the alias of the
driver that would handle the device via sysfs. E.g., the /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0d.0/modalias
file might contain the string “pci:v00001319d00000801sv00001319sd00001319bc04sc01i00”.
The default rules provided with Udev will cause
udevd to call
out to /sbin/modprobe with the
contents of the MODALIAS uevent
environment variable (which should be the same as the
contents of the modalias file
in sysfs), thus loading all modules whose aliases match
this string after wildcard expansion.
In this example, this means that, in addition to snd-fm801, the obsolete (and unwanted) forte driver will be loaded if it is available. See below for ways in which the loading of unwanted drivers can be prevented.
The kernel itself is also able to load modules for network protocols, filesystems and NLS support on demand.
There are a few possible problems when it comes to automatically creating device nodes.
Udev will only load a module if it has a bus-specific alias
and the bus driver properly exports the necessary aliases
to sysfs. In other cases,
one should arrange module loading by other means. With
Linux-3.5.2, Udev is known to load properly-written drivers
for INPUT, IDE, PCI, USB, SCSI, SERIO, and FireWire
devices.
To determine if the device driver you require has the
necessary support for Udev, run modinfo with the module
name as the argument. Now try locating the device directory
under /sys/bus and check
whether there is a modalias
file there.
If the modalias file exists
in sysfs, the driver
supports the device and can talk to it directly, but
doesn't have the alias, it is a bug in the driver. Load the
driver without the help from Udev and expect the issue to
be fixed later.
If there is no modalias file
in the relevant directory under /sys/bus, this means that the kernel
developers have not yet added modalias support to this bus
type. With Linux-3.5.2, this is the case with ISA busses.
Expect this issue to be fixed in later kernel versions.
Udev is not intended to load “wrapper” drivers such as snd-pcm-oss and non-hardware drivers such as loop at all.
If the “wrapper”
module only enhances the functionality provided by some
other module (e.g., snd-pcm-oss enhances the
functionality of snd-pcm by making the sound
cards available to OSS applications), configure
modprobe to
load the wrapper after Udev loads the wrapped module. To do
this, add a “softdep” line in any /etc/modprobe.d/
file. For example:
<filename>.conf
softdep snd-pcm post: snd-pcm-oss
Note that the “softdep” command also allows
pre: dependencies, or a
mixture of both pre: and
post:. See the modprobe.d(5) manual page for more
information on “softdep” syntax and capabilities.
If the module in question is not a wrapper and is useful by
itself, configure the modules bootscript to
load this module on system boot. To do this, add the module
name to the /etc/sysconfig/modules file on a separate
line. This works for wrapper modules too, but is suboptimal
in that case.
Either don't build the module, or blacklist it in a
/etc/modprobe.d/blacklist.conf file as
done with the forte
module in the example below:
blacklist forteBlacklisted modules can still be loaded manually with the explicit modprobe command.
This usually happens if a rule unexpectedly matches a device. For example, a poorly-writen rule can match both a SCSI disk (as desired) and the corresponding SCSI generic device (incorrectly) by vendor. Find the offending rule and make it more specific, with the help of the udevadm info command.
This may be another manifestation of the previous problem.
If not, and your rule uses sysfs attributes, it may be a kernel
timing issue, to be fixed in later kernels. For now, you
can work around it by creating a rule that waits for the
used sysfs attribute and
appending it to the /etc/udev/rules.d/10-wait_for_sysfs.rules
file (create this file if it does not exist). Please notify
the LFS Development list if you do so and it helps.
Further text assumes that the driver is built statically into the kernel or already loaded as a module, and that you have already checked that Udev doesn't create a misnamed device.
Udev has no information needed to create a device node if a
kernel driver does not export its data to sysfs. This is most common with third
party drivers from outside the kernel tree. Create a static
device node in /lib/udev/devices with the appropriate
major/minor numbers (see the file devices.txt inside the kernel
documentation or the documentation provided by the third
party driver vendor). The static device node will be copied
to /dev by the udev bootscript.
This is due to the fact that Udev, by design, handles uevents and loads modules in parallel, and thus in an unpredictable order. This will never be “fixed”. You should not rely upon the kernel device names being stable. Instead, create your own rules that make symlinks with stable names based on some stable attributes of the device, such as a serial number or the output of various *_id utilities installed by Udev. See Section 7.5, “Creating Custom Symlinks to Devices” and Section 7.2, “General Network Configuration” for examples.
Additional helpful documentation is available at the following sites:
A Userspace Implementation of devfs
http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2003_udev_paper/Reprint-Kroah-Hartman-OLS2003.pdf
The sysfs Filesystem
http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/mochel/doc/papers/ols-2005/mochel.pdf
Pointers to further reading http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/hotplug/udev.html
Some software that you may want to install later (e.g.,
various media players) expect the /dev/cdrom and /dev/dvd symlinks to exist, and to point to
a CD-ROM or DVD-ROM device. Also, it may be convenient to put
references to those symlinks into /etc/fstab. Udev comes with a script that
will generate rules files to create these symlinks for you,
depending on the capabilities of each device, but you need to
decide which of two modes of operation you wish to have the
script use.
First, the script can operate in “by-path” mode (used by default for USB and FireWire devices), where the rules it creates depend on the physical path to the CD or DVD device. Second, it can operate in “by-id” mode (default for IDE and SCSI devices), where the rules it creates depend on identification strings stored in the CD or DVD device itself. The path is determined by Udev's path_id script, and the identification strings are read from the hardware by its ata_id or scsi_id programs, depending on which type of device you have.
There are advantages to each approach; the correct approach to use will depend on what kinds of device changes may happen. If you expect the physical path to the device (that is, the ports and/or slots that it plugs into) to change, for example because you plan on moving the drive to a different IDE port or a different USB connector, then you should use the “by-id” mode. On the other hand, if you expect the device's identification to change, for example because it may die, and you would replace it with a different device with the same capabilities and which is plugged into the same connectors, then you should use the “by-path” mode.
If either type of change is possible with your drive, then choose a mode based on the type of change you expect to happen more often.
External devices (for example, a USB-connected CD drive) should not use by-path persistence, because each time the device is plugged into a new external port, its physical path will change. All externally-connected devices will have this problem if you write Udev rules to recognize them by their physical path; the problem is not limited to CD and DVD drives.
If you wish to see the values that the Udev scripts will use,
then for the appropriate CD-ROM device, find the
corresponding directory under /sys (e.g., this can be /sys/block/hdd) and run a command similar
to the following:
udevadm test /sys/block/hdd
Look at the lines containing the output of various *_id programs. The “by-id” mode will use the ID_SERIAL value if it exists and is not empty, otherwise it will use a combination of ID_MODEL and ID_REVISION. The “by-path” mode will use the ID_PATH value.
If the default mode is not suitable for your situation, then
the following modification can be made to the /lib/udev/rules.d/75-cd-aliases-generator.rules
file, as follows (where mode is one of
“by-id” or
“by-path”):
sed -i -e 's/"write_cd_rules"/"write_cd_rules mode"/' \
/lib/udev/rules.d/75-cd-aliases-generator.rules
Note that it is not necessary to create the rules files or
symlinks at this time, because you have bind-mounted the
host's /dev directory into the
LFS system, and we assume the symlinks exist on the host. The
rules and symlinks will be created the first time you boot
your LFS system.
However, if you have multiple CD-ROM devices, then the
symlinks generated at that time may point to different
devices than they point to on your host, because devices are
not discovered in a predictable order. The assignments
created when you first boot the LFS system will be stable, so
this is only an issue if you need the symlinks on both
systems to point to the same device. If you need that, then
inspect (and possibly edit) the generated /etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-cd.rules
file after booting, to make sure the assigned symlinks match
what you need.
As explained in
Section 7.4, “Device and Module Handling on an LFS
System”, the order in which devices with the same
function appear in /dev is
essentially random. E.g., if you have a USB web camera and a
TV tuner, sometimes /dev/video0
refers to the camera and /dev/video1 refers to the tuner, and
sometimes after a reboot the order changes to the opposite
one. For all classes of hardware except sound cards and
network cards, this is fixable by creating udev rules for
custom persistent symlinks. The case of network cards is
covered separately in Section 7.2,
“General Network Configuration”, and sound
card configuration can be found in
BLFS.
For each of your devices that is likely to have this problem
(even if the problem doesn't exist in your current Linux
distribution), find the corresponding directory under
/sys/class or /sys/block. For video devices, this may be
/sys/class/video4linux/video. Figure out the
attributes that identify the device uniquely (usually, vendor
and product IDs and/or serial numbers work):
X
udevadm info -a -p /sys/class/video4linux/video0
Then write rules that create the symlinks, e.g.:
cat > /etc/udev/rules.d/83-duplicate_devs.rules << "EOF"
# Persistent symlinks for webcam and tuner
KERNEL=="video*", ATTRS{idProduct}=="1910", ATTRS{idVendor}=="0d81", \
SYMLINK+="webcam"
KERNEL=="video*", ATTRS{device}=="0x036f", ATTRS{vendor}=="0x109e", \
SYMLINK+="tvtuner"
EOF
The result is that /dev/video0
and /dev/video1 devices still
refer randomly to the tuner and the web camera (and thus
should never be used directly), but there are symlinks
/dev/tvtuner and /dev/webcam that always point to the
correct device.
The LFS-Bootscripts package contains a set of scripts to start/stop the LFS system at bootup/shutdown.
Install the package:
make install
|
Checks the integrity of the file systems before they are mounted (with the exception of journal and network based file systems) |
|
|
Removes files that should not be preserved between
reboots, such as those in |
|
|
Loads the correct keymap table for the desired keyboard layout; it also sets the screen font |
|
|
Contains common functions, such as error and status checking, that are used by several bootscripts |
|
|
Halts the system |
|
|
Stops a network device |
|
|
Initializes a network device |
|
|
Sets up the system's hostname and local loopback device |
|
|
Loads kernel modules listed in |
|
|
Mounts all file systems, except ones that are marked noauto or are network based |
|
|
Mounts virtual kernel file systems, such as
|
|
|
Sets up network interfaces, such as network cards, and sets up the default gateway (where applicable) |
|
|
The master run-level control script; it is responsible for running all the other bootscripts one-by-one, in a sequence determined by the name of the symbolic links being processed |
|
|
Reboots the system |
|
|
Makes sure every process is terminated before the system reboots or halts |
|
|
Resets the kernel clock to local time in case the hardware clock is not set to UTC time |
|
|
Provides the functionality needed to assign a static Internet Protocol (IP) address to a network interface |
|
|
Enables and disables swap files and partitions |
|
|
Loads system configuration values from |
|
|
Starts and stops the system and kernel log daemons |
|
|
A template to create custom bootscripts for other daemons |
|
|
Prepares the |
|
|
Retries failed udev uevents, and copies generated
rules files from to |
Linux uses a special booting facility named SysVinit that is based on a concept of run-levels. It can be quite different from one system to another, so it cannot be assumed that because things worked in one particular Linux distribution, they should work the same in LFS too. LFS has its own way of doing things, but it respects generally accepted standards.
SysVinit (which will be referred to as “init” from now on) works using a
run-levels scheme. There are seven (numbered 0 to 6) run-levels
(actually, there are more run-levels, but they are for special
cases and are generally not used. See init(8) for more details), and each one of
those corresponds to the actions the computer is supposed to
perform when it starts up. The default run-level is 3. Here are
the descriptions of the different run-levels as they are
implemented:
0: halt the computer
1: single-user mode
2: multi-user mode without networking
3: multi-user mode with networking
4: reserved for customization, otherwise does the same as 3
5: same as 4, it is usually used for GUI login (like X's xdm or KDE's kdm)
6: reboot the computer
During the kernel initialization, the first program that is
run is either specified on the command line or, by default
init. This
program reads the initialization file /etc/inittab. Create this file with:
cat > /etc/inittab << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/inittab
id:3:initdefault:
si::sysinit:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc S
l0:0:wait:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 0
l1:S1:wait:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 1
l2:2:wait:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 2
l3:3:wait:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 3
l4:4:wait:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 4
l5:5:wait:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 5
l6:6:wait:/etc/rc.d/init.d/rc 6
ca:12345:ctrlaltdel:/sbin/shutdown -t1 -a -r now
su:S016:once:/sbin/sulogin
1:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty --noclear tty1 9600
2:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty tty2 9600
3:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty tty3 9600
4:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty tty4 9600
5:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty tty5 9600
6:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty tty6 9600
# End /etc/inittab
EOF
An explanation of this initialization file is in the man page
for inittab. For LFS,
the key command that is run is rc. The intialization file
above will instruct rc to run all the scripts
starting with an S in the /etc/rc.d/rcsysinit.d directory followed by
all the scripts starting with an S in the /etc/rc.d/rc?.d directory where the
question mark is specified by the initdefault value.
As a convenience, the rc script reads a library
of functions in /lib/lsb/init-functions. This library also
reads an optional configuration file, /etc/sysconfig/rc.site. Any of the system
configuration file parameters described in subsequent
sections can be alternatively placed in this file allowing
consolidation of all system parameters in this one file.
As a debugging convenience, the functions script also logs
all output to /run/var/bootlog.
Since the /run directory is a
tmpfs, this file is not persistent across boots, however it
is appended to the more permanent file /var/log/boot.log at the end of the boot
process.
Changing run-levels is done with init <runlevel>,
where <runlevel> is the
target run-level. For example, to reboot the computer, a user
could issue the init
6 command, which is an alias for the
reboot command.
Likewise, init
0 is an alias for the halt command.
There are a number of directories under /etc/rc.d that look like rc?.d (where ? is the number of the
run-level) and rcsysinit.d, all
containing a number of symbolic links. Some begin with a
K, the others begin
with an S, and all of
them have two numbers following the initial letter. The K
means to stop (kill) a service and the S means to start a
service. The numbers determine the order in which the scripts
are run, from 00 to 99—the lower the number the earlier
it gets executed. When init switches to another
run-level, the appropriate services are either started or
stopped, depending on the runlevel chosen.
The real scripts are in /etc/rc.d/init.d. They do the actual work,
and the symlinks all point to them. K links and S links point
to the same script in /etc/rc.d/init.d. This is because the
scripts can be called with different parameters like
start, stop, restart, reload, and status. When a K link is
encountered, the appropriate script is run with the
stop argument. When
an S link is encountered, the appropriate script is run with
the start argument.
There is one exception to this explanation. Links that start
with an S in the
rc0.d and rc6.d directories will not cause anything
to be started. They will be called with the parameter
stop to stop
something. The logic behind this is that when a user is going
to reboot or halt the system, nothing needs to be started.
The system only needs to be stopped.
These are descriptions of what the arguments make the scripts do:
start
The service is started.
stop
The service is stopped.
restart
The service is stopped and then started again.
reload
The configuration of the service is updated. This is used after the configuration file of a service was modified, when the service does not need to be restarted.
status
Tells if the service is running and with which PIDs.
Feel free to modify the way the boot process works (after all, it is your own LFS system). The files given here are an example of how it can be done.
Part of the job of the localnet script is setting
the system's hostname. This needs to be configured in the
/etc/sysconfig/network file.
Create the /etc/sysconfig/network
file and enter a hostname by running:
echo "HOSTNAME=<lfs>" > /etc/sysconfig/network
<lfs> needs to
be replaced with the name given to the computer. Do not enter
the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) here. That information
is put in the /etc/hosts file.
The setclock
script reads the time from the hardware clock, also known as
the BIOS or the Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS)
clock. If the hardware clock is set to UTC, this script will
convert the hardware clock's time to the local time using the
/etc/localtime file (which tells
the hwclock
program which timezone the user is in). There is no way to
detect whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC, so this
needs to be configured manually.
The setclock is run via udev when the kernel detects the hardware capability upon boot. It can also be run manually with the stop parameter to store the system time to the CMOS clock.
If you cannot remember whether or not the hardware clock is set
to UTC, find out by running the hwclock --localtime --show
command. This will display what the current time is according
to the hardware clock. If this time matches whatever your watch
says, then the hardware clock is set to local time. If the
output from hwclock is not local time,
chances are it is set to UTC time. Verify this by adding or
subtracting the proper amount of hours for the timezone to the
time shown by hwclock. For example, if you
are currently in the MST timezone, which is also known as GMT
-0700, add seven hours to the local time.
Change the value of the UTC variable
below to a value of 0
(zero) if the hardware clock is not set to UTC time.
Create a new file /etc/sysconfig/clock by running the
following:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/clock << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/clock
UTC=1
# Set this to any options you might need to give to hwclock,
# such as machine hardware clock type for Alphas.
CLOCKPARAMS=
# End /etc/sysconfig/clock
EOF
A good hint explaining how to deal with time on LFS is
available at
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/time.txt.
It explains issues such as time zones, UTC, and the
TZ environment variable.
The CLOCKPARAMS and UTC paramaters may be alternatively set
in the /etc/sysconfig/rc.site
file.
This section discusses how to configure the console bootscript that sets
up the keyboard map, console font and console kernel log level.
If non-ASCII characters (e.g., the copyright sign, the British
pound sign and Euro symbol) will not be used and the keyboard
is a U.S. one, much of this section can be skipped. Without the
configuration file, (or equivalent settings in rc.site), the console bootscript will do
nothing.
The console
script reads the /etc/sysconfig/console file for configuration
information. Decide which keymap and screen font will be used.
Various language-specific HOWTOs can also help with this, see
http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/HOWTO-INDEX/other-lang.html.
If still in doubt, look in the /lib/kbd directory for valid keymaps and
screen fonts. Read loadkeys(1)
and setfont(8) manual pages to
determine the correct arguments for these programs.
The /etc/sysconfig/console file
should contain lines of the form: VARIABLE="value". The
following variables are recognized:
This variable specifies the log level for kernel messages sent to the console as set by dmesg. Valid levels are from "1" (no messages) to "8". The default level is "7".
This variable specifies the arguments for the loadkeys program, typically, the name of keymap to load, e.g., “es”. If this variable is not set, the bootscript will not run the loadkeys program, and the default kernel keymap will be used.
This (rarely used) variable specifies the arguments for the second call to the loadkeys program. This is useful if the stock keymap is not completely satisfactory and a small adjustment has to be made. E.g., to include the Euro sign into a keymap that normally doesn't have it, set this variable to “euro2”.
This variable specifies the arguments for the setfont program. Typically, this includes the font name, “-m”, and the name of the application character map to load. E.g., in order to load the “lat1-16” font together with the “8859-1” application character map (as it is appropriate in the USA), set this variable to “lat1-16 -m 8859-1”. In UTF-8 mode, the kernel uses the application character map for conversion of composed 8-bit key codes in the keymap to UTF-8, and thus the argument of the "-m" parameter should be set to the encoding of the composed key codes in the keymap.
Set this variable to “1”, “yes” or “true” in order to put the console into UTF-8 mode. This is useful in UTF-8 based locales and harmful otherwise.
For many keyboard layouts, there is no stock Unicode keymap in the Kbd package. The console bootscript will convert an available keymap to UTF-8 on the fly if this variable is set to the encoding of the available non-UTF-8 keymap.
Some examples:
For a non-Unicode setup, only the KEYMAP and FONT variables are generally needed. E.g., for a Polish setup, one would use:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/console << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/console
KEYMAP="pl2"
FONT="lat2a-16 -m 8859-2"
# End /etc/sysconfig/console
EOF
As mentioned above, it is sometimes necessary to adjust a stock keymap slightly. The following example adds the Euro symbol to the German keymap:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/console << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/console
KEYMAP="de-latin1"
KEYMAP_CORRECTIONS="euro2"
FONT="lat0-16 -m 8859-15"
# End /etc/sysconfig/console
EOF
The following is a Unicode-enabled example for Bulgarian, where a stock UTF-8 keymap exists:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/console << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/console
UNICODE="1"
KEYMAP="bg_bds-utf8"
FONT="LatArCyrHeb-16"
# End /etc/sysconfig/console
EOF
Due to the use of a 512-glyph LatArCyrHeb-16 font in the previous example, bright colors are no longer available on the Linux console unless a framebuffer is used. If one wants to have bright colors without framebuffer and can live without characters not belonging to his language, it is still possible to use a language-specific 256-glyph font, as illustrated below:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/console << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/console
UNICODE="1"
KEYMAP="bg_bds-utf8"
FONT="cyr-sun16"
# End /etc/sysconfig/console
EOF
The following example illustrates keymap autoconversion from ISO-8859-15 to UTF-8 and enabling dead keys in Unicode mode:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/console << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/console
UNICODE="1"
KEYMAP="de-latin1"
KEYMAP_CORRECTIONS="euro2"
LEGACY_CHARSET="iso-8859-15"
FONT="LatArCyrHeb-16 -m 8859-15"
# End /etc/sysconfig/console
EOF
Some keymaps have dead keys (i.e., keys that don't produce a character by themselves, but put an accent on the character produced by the next key) or define composition rules (such as: “press Ctrl+. A E to get Æ” in the default keymap). Linux-3.5.2 interprets dead keys and composition rules in the keymap correctly only when the source characters to be composed together are not multibyte. This deficiency doesn't affect keymaps for European languages, because there accents are added to unaccented ASCII characters, or two ASCII characters are composed together. However, in UTF-8 mode it is a problem, e.g., for the Greek language, where one sometimes needs to put an accent on the letter “alpha”. The solution is either to avoid the use of UTF-8, or to install the X window system that doesn't have this limitation in its input handling.
For Chinese, Japanese, Korean and some other languages, the Linux console cannot be configured to display the needed characters. Users who need such languages should install the X Window System, fonts that cover the necessary character ranges, and the proper input method (e.g., SCIM, it supports a wide variety of languages).
The /etc/sysconfig/console file
only controls the Linux text console localization. It has
nothing to do with setting the proper keyboard layout and
terminal fonts in the X Window System, with ssh sessions or
with a serial console. In such situations, limitations
mentioned in the last two list items above do not apply.
The sysklogd script invokes the
syslogd program
with the -m 0 option.
This option turns off the periodic timestamp mark that
syslogd writes to
the log files every 20 minutes by default. If you want to turn
on this periodic timestamp mark, edit /etc/sysconfig/rc.site and define the
variable SYSKLOGD_PARMS to the desired value. For instance, to
remove all parameters, set the variable to a null value:
SYSKLOGD_PARMS=
See man syslogd
for more options.
The optional /etc/sysconfig/rc.site file contains settings
that are automatically set for each boot script. It can
alternatively set the values specified in the hostname, console, and clock files in the /etc/sysconfig/ directory. If the associated
variables are present in both these separate files and
rc.site, the values in the script
specific files have precedence.
rc.site also contains parameters
that can customize other aspects of the boot process. Setting
the IPROMPT variable will enable selective running of
bootscripts. Other options are described in the file comments.
The default version of the file is as follows:
# rc.site # Optional parameters for boot scripts. # Distro Information # These values, if specified here, override the defaults #DISTRO="Linux From Scratch" # The distro name #DISTRO_CONTACT="[email protected]" # Bug report address #DISTRO_MINI="LFS" # Short name used in filenames for distro config # Define custom colors used in messages printed to the screen # Please consult `man console_codes` for more information # under the "ECMA-48 Set Graphics Rendition" section # # Warning: when switching from a 8bit to a 9bit font, # the linux console will reinterpret the bold (1;) to # the top 256 glyphs of the 9bit font. This does # not affect framebuffer consoles # These values, if specified here, override the defaults #BRACKET="\\033[1;34m" # Blue #FAILURE="\\033[1;31m" # Red #INFO="\\033[1;36m" # Cyan #NORMAL="\\033[0;39m" # Grey #SUCCESS="\\033[1;32m" # Green #WARNING="\\033[1;33m" # Yellow # Use a colored prefix # These values, if specified here, override the defaults #BMPREFIX=" " #SUCCESS_PREFIX="${SUCCESS} * ${NORMAL}" #FAILURE_PREFIX="${FAILURE}*****${NORMAL}" #WARNING_PREFIX="${WARNING} *** ${NORMAL}" # Interactive startup #IPROMPT="yes" # Whether to display the interactive boot promp #itime="3" # The ammount of time (in seconds) to display the prompt # The total length of the distro welcome string, without escape codes #wlen=$(echo "Welcome to ${DISTRO}" | wc -c ) #welcome_message="Welcome to ${INFO}${DISTRO}${NORMAL}" # The total length of the interactive string, without escape codes #ilen=$(echo "Press 'I' to enter interactive startup" | wc -c ) #i_message="Press '${FAILURE}I${NORMAL}' to enter interactive startup" # Set scripts to skip the file system check on reboot #FASTBOOT=yes # Skip reading from the console #HEADLESS=yes # Skip cleaning /tmp #SKIPTMPCLEAN=yes # For setclock #UTC=1 #CLOCKPARAMS= # For consolelog #LOGLEVEL=5 # For network #HOSTNAME=mylfs # Delay between TERM and KILL signals at shutdown #KILLDELAY=3 # Optional sysklogd parameters #SYSKLOGD_PARMS="-m 0" # Console parameters #UNICODE=1 #KEYMAP="de-latin1" #KEYMAP_CORRECTIONS="euro2" #FONT="lat0-16 -m 8859-15" #LEGACY_CHARSET=
The shell program /bin/bash (hereafter referred
to as “the shell”) uses
a collection of startup files to help create an environment to
run in. Each file has a specific use and may affect login and
interactive environments differently. The files in the
/etc directory provide global
settings. If an equivalent file exists in the home directory,
it may override the global settings.
An interactive login shell is started after a successful login,
using /bin/login,
by reading the /etc/passwd file.
An interactive non-login shell is started at the command-line
(e.g., [prompt]$/bin/bash). A non-interactive
shell is usually present when a shell script is running. It is
non-interactive because it is processing a script and not
waiting for user input between commands.
For more information, see info bash under the Bash Startup Files and Interactive Shells section.
The files /etc/profile and
~/.bash_profile are read when the
shell is invoked as an interactive login shell.
The base /etc/profile below sets
some environment variables necessary for native language
support. Setting them properly results in:
The output of programs translated into the native language
Correct classification of characters into letters, digits and other classes. This is necessary for bash to properly accept non-ASCII characters in command lines in non-English locales
The correct alphabetical sorting order for the country
Appropriate default paper size
Correct formatting of monetary, time, and date values
Replace <ll>
below with the two-letter code for the desired language (e.g.,
“en”) and <CC> with the two-letter
code for the appropriate country (e.g., “GB”). <charmap> should be
replaced with the canonical charmap for your chosen locale.
Optional modifiers such as “@euro” may also be present.
The list of all locales supported by Glibc can be obtained by running the following command:
locale -a
Charmaps can have a number of aliases, e.g.,
“ISO-8859-1” is also
referred to as “iso8859-1” and “iso88591”. Some applications cannot handle
the various synonyms correctly (e.g., require that
“UTF-8” is written as
“UTF-8”, not
“utf8”), so it is safest
in most cases to choose the canonical name for a particular
locale. To determine the canonical name, run the following
command, where <locale
name> is the output given by locale -a for your preferred
locale (“en_GB.iso88591”
in our example).
LC_ALL=<locale name> locale charmap
For the “en_GB.iso88591” locale, the above command will print:
ISO-8859-1This results in a final locale setting of “en_GB.ISO-8859-1”. It is important that the locale found using the heuristic above is tested prior to it being added to the Bash startup files:
LC_ALL=<locale name> locale language LC_ALL=<locale name> locale charmap LC_ALL=<locale name> locale int_curr_symbol LC_ALL=<locale name> locale int_prefix
The above commands should print the language name, the character encoding used by the locale, the local currency, and the prefix to dial before the telephone number in order to get into the country. If any of the commands above fail with a message similar to the one shown below, this means that your locale was either not installed in Chapter 6 or is not supported by the default installation of Glibc.
locale: Cannot set LC_* to default locale: No such file or directoryIf this happens, you should either install the desired locale using the localedef command, or consider choosing a different locale. Further instructions assume that there are no such error messages from Glibc.
Some packages beyond LFS may also lack support for your chosen locale. One example is the X library (part of the X Window System), which outputs the following error message if the locale does not exactly match one of the character map names in its internal files:
Warning: locale not supported by Xlib, locale set to CIn several cases Xlib expects that the character map will be listed in uppercase notation with canonical dashes. For instance, "ISO-8859-1" rather than "iso88591". It is also possible to find an appropriate specification by removing the charmap part of the locale specification. This can be checked by running the locale charmap command in both locales. For example, one would have to change "de_DE.ISO-8859-15@euro" to "de_DE@euro" in order to get this locale recognized by Xlib.
Other packages can also function incorrectly (but may not necessarily display any error messages) if the locale name does not meet their expectations. In those cases, investigating how other Linux distributions support your locale might provide some useful information.
Once the proper locale settings have been determined, create
the /etc/profile file:
cat > /etc/profile << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile
export LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
# End /etc/profile
EOF
The “C” (default) and “en_US” (the recommended one for United States English users) locales are different. “C” uses the US-ASCII 7-bit character set, and treats bytes with the high bit set as invalid characters. That's why, e.g., the ls command substitutes them with question marks in that locale. Also, an attempt to send mail with such characters from Mutt or Pine results in non-RFC-conforming messages being sent (the charset in the outgoing mail is indicated as “unknown 8-bit”). So you can use the “C” locale only if you are sure that you will never need 8-bit characters.
UTF-8 based locales are not supported well by many programs. Work is in progress to document and, if possible, fix such problems, see http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/introduction/locale-issues.html.
The inputrc file handles keyboard
mapping for specific situations. This file is the startup file
used by Readline — the input-related library — used
by Bash and most other shells.
Most people do not need user-specific keyboard mappings so the
command below creates a global /etc/inputrc used by everyone who logs in. If
you later decide you need to override the defaults on a
per-user basis, you can create a .inputrc file in the user's home directory
with the modified mappings.
For more information on how to edit the inputrc file, see info bash under the
Readline Init File
section. info
readline is also a good source of information.
Below is a generic global inputrc
along with comments to explain what the various options do.
Note that comments cannot be on the same line as commands.
Create the file using the following command:
cat > /etc/inputrc << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/inputrc
# Modified by Chris Lynn <[email protected]>
# Allow the command prompt to wrap to the next line
set horizontal-scroll-mode Off
# Enable 8bit input
set meta-flag On
set input-meta On
# Turns off 8th bit stripping
set convert-meta Off
# Keep the 8th bit for display
set output-meta On
# none, visible or audible
set bell-style none
# All of the following map the escape sequence of the value
# contained in the 1st argument to the readline specific functions
"\eOd": backward-word
"\eOc": forward-word
# for linux console
"\e[1~": beginning-of-line
"\e[4~": end-of-line
"\e[5~": beginning-of-history
"\e[6~": end-of-history
"\e[3~": delete-char
"\e[2~": quoted-insert
# for xterm
"\eOH": beginning-of-line
"\eOF": end-of-line
# for Konsole
"\e[H": beginning-of-line
"\e[F": end-of-line
# End /etc/inputrc
EOF
It is time to make the LFS system bootable. This chapter
discusses creating an fstab file,
building a kernel for the new LFS system, and installing the
GRUB boot loader so that the LFS system can be selected for
booting at startup.
The /etc/fstab file is used by
some programs to determine where file systems are to be mounted
by default, in which order, and which must be checked (for
integrity errors) prior to mounting. Create a new file systems
table like this:
cat > /etc/fstab << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/fstab
# file system mount-point type options dump fsck
# order
/dev/<xxx> / <fff> defaults 1 1
/dev/<yyy> swap swap pri=1 0 0
proc /proc proc nosuid,noexec,nodev 0 0
sysfs /sys sysfs nosuid,noexec,nodev 0 0
devpts /dev/pts devpts gid=5,mode=620 0 0
tmpfs /run tmpfs defaults 0 0
devtmpfs /dev devtmpfs mode=0755,nosuid 0 0
# End /etc/fstab
EOF
Replace <xxx>,
<yyy>, and
<fff> with the
values appropriate for the system, for example, hda2, hda5, and
ext3. For details on the six
fields in this file, see man 5
fstab.
Filesystems with MS-DOS or Windows origin (i.e.: vfat, ntfs,
smbfs, cifs, iso9660, udf) need the “iocharset” mount option in order for
non-ASCII characters in file names to be interpreted properly.
The value of this option should be the same as the character
set of your locale, adjusted in such a way that the kernel
understands it. This works if the relevant character set
definition (found under File systems -> Native Language
Support) has been compiled into the kernel or built as a
module. The “codepage”
option is also needed for vfat and smbfs filesystems. It should
be set to the codepage number used under MS-DOS in your
country. E.g., in order to mount USB flash drives, a
ru_RU.KOI8-R user would need the following in the options
portion of its mount line in /etc/fstab:
noauto,user,quiet,showexec,iocharset=koi8r,codepage=866The corresponding options fragment for ru_RU.UTF-8 users is:
noauto,user,quiet,showexec,iocharset=utf8,codepage=866In the latter case, the kernel emits the following message:
FAT: utf8 is not a recommended IO charset for FAT filesystems,
filesystem will be case sensitive!This negative recommendation should be ignored, since all other values of the “iocharset” option result in wrong display of filenames in UTF-8 locales.
It is also possible to specify default codepage and iocharset
values for some filesystems during kernel configuration. The
relevant parameters are named “Default NLS Option” (CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT), “Default Remote NLS Option” (CONFIG_SMB_NLS_DEFAULT), “Default codepage for FAT” (CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE), and
“Default iocharset for
FAT” (CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_IOCHARSET). There is no way
to specify these settings for the ntfs filesystem at kernel
compilation time.
It is possible to make the ext3 filesystem reliable across
power failures for some hard disk types. To do this, add the
barrier=1 mount option to the
appropriate entry in /etc/fstab.
To check if the disk drive supports this option, run
hdparm on the applicable disk drive. For example, if:
hdparm -I /dev/sda | grep NCQ
returns non-empty output, the option is supported.
Note: Logical Volume Management (LVM) based partitions cannot
use the barrier option.
The Linux package contains the Linux kernel.
Building the kernel involves a few steps—configuration,
compilation, and installation. Read the README file in the kernel source tree for
alternative methods to the way this book configures the
kernel.
Prepare for compilation by running the following command:
make mrproper
This ensures that the kernel tree is absolutely clean. The kernel team recommends that this command be issued prior to each kernel compilation. Do not rely on the source tree being clean after un-tarring.
Configure the kernel via a menu-driven interface. For general information on kernel configuration see http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/kernel-configuration.txt. BLFS has some information regarding particular kernel configuration requirements of packages outside of LFS at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/longindex.html#kernel-config-index.
Due to recent changes in udev, be sure to select:
Device Drivers --->
Generic Driver Options --->
Maintain a devtmpfs filesystem to mount at /dev
make LANG=<host_LANG_value> LC_ALL= menuconfig
The meaning of the make parameters:
LANG=<host_LANG_value>
LC_ALL=
This establishes the locale setting to the one used on the host. This is needed for a proper menuconfig ncurses interface line drawing on UTF-8 linux text console.
Be sure to replace <host_LANG_value>
by the value of the $LANG
variable from your host. If not set, you could use
instead the host's value of $LC_ALL or $LC_CTYPE.
Alternatively, make
oldconfig may be more appropriate in some
situations. See the README file
for more information.
If desired, skip kernel configuration by copying the kernel
config file, .config, from the
host system (assuming it is available) to the unpacked
linux-3.5.2 directory. However,
we do not recommend this option. It is often better to
explore all the configuration menus and create the kernel
configuration from scratch.
Compile the kernel image and modules:
make
If using kernel modules, module configuration in /etc/modprobe.d may be required.
Information pertaining to modules and kernel configuration is
located in Section 7.4,
“Device and Module Handling on an LFS System”
and in the kernel documentation in the linux-3.5.2/Documentation directory. Also,
modprobe.conf(5) may be of
interest.
Install the modules, if the kernel configuration uses them:
make modules_install
After kernel compilation is complete, additional steps are
required to complete the installation. Some files need to be
copied to the /boot directory.
The path to the kernel image may vary depending on the platform being used. The filename below can be changed to suit your taste, but the stem of the filename should be vmlinuz to be compatible with the automatic setup of the boot process described in the next section. The following command assumes an x86 architecture:
cp -v arch/x86/boot/bzImage /boot/vmlinuz-3.5.2-lfs-7.2-rc1
System.map is a symbol file for
the kernel. It maps the function entry points of every
function in the kernel API, as well as the addresses of the
kernel data structures for the running kernel. It is used as
a resource when investigating kernel problems. Issue the
following command to install the map file:
cp -v System.map /boot/System.map-3.5.2
The kernel configuration file .config produced by the make menuconfig step above
contains all the configuration selections for the kernel that
was just compiled. It is a good idea to keep this file for
future reference:
cp -v .config /boot/config-3.5.2
Install the documentation for the Linux kernel:
install -d /usr/share/doc/linux-3.5.2 cp -r Documentation/* /usr/share/doc/linux-3.5.2
It is important to note that the files in the kernel source directory are not owned by root. Whenever a package is unpacked as user root (like we did inside chroot), the files have the user and group IDs of whatever they were on the packager's computer. This is usually not a problem for any other package to be installed because the source tree is removed after the installation. However, the Linux source tree is often retained for a long time. Because of this, there is a chance that whatever user ID the packager used will be assigned to somebody on the machine. That person would then have write access to the kernel source.
If the kernel source tree is going to be retained, run
chown -R 0:0 on
the linux-3.5.2 directory to
ensure all files are owned by user root.
Some kernel documentation recommends creating a symlink
from /usr/src/linux pointing
to the kernel source directory. This is specific to kernels
prior to the 2.6 series and must
not be created on an LFS system as it can cause
problems for packages you may wish to build once your base
LFS system is complete.
The headers in the system's include directory should always be the ones against which
Glibc was compiled, that is, the sanitised headers from
this Linux kernel tarball. Therefore, they should
never be replaced by
either the raw kernel headers or any other kernel sanitized
headers.
The /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf
file needs to be created so that if the USB drivers
(ehci_hcd, ohci_hcd and uhci_hcd) have been built as modules,
they will be loaded in the correct order; ehci_hcd needs to
be loaded prior to ohci_hcd and uhci_hcd in order to avoid a
warning being output at boot time.
Create a new file /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf by running the
following:
install -v -m755 -d /etc/modprobe.d
cat > /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf
install ohci_hcd /sbin/modprobe ehci_hcd ; /sbin/modprobe -i ohci_hcd ; true
install uhci_hcd /sbin/modprobe ehci_hcd ; /sbin/modprobe -i uhci_hcd ; true
# End /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf
EOF
|
Contains all the configuration selections for the kernel |
|
|
The engine of the Linux system. When turning on the computer, the kernel is the first part of the operating system that gets loaded. It detects and initializes all components of the computer's hardware, then makes these components available as a tree of files to the software and turns a single CPU into a multitasking machine capable of running scores of programs seemingly at the same time |
|
|
A list of addresses and symbols; it maps the entry points and addresses of all the functions and data structures in the kernel |
Configuring GRUB incorrectly can render your system inoperable without an alternate boot device such as a CD-ROM. This section is not required to boot your LFS system. You may just want to modify your current boot loader, e.g. Grub-Legacy, GRUB2, or LILO.
Ensure that an emergency boot disk is ready to
“rescue” the computer
if the computer becomes unusable (un-bootable). If you do not
already have a boot device, you can create one. In order for
the procedure below to work, you need to jump ahead to BLFS
and install xorriso from the
libisoburn package.
cd /tmp && grub-mkrescue --output=grub-img.iso && xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/cdrw blank=as_needed grub-img.iso
GRUB uses its own naming structure for drives and partitions
in the form of (hdn,m), where n is the hard drive number and
m is the partition
number. The hard drive number starts from zero, but the
partition number starts from one for normal partitions and
five for extended partitions. Note that this is different
from earlier versions where both numbers started from zero.
For example, partition sda1 is
(hd0,1) to GRUB and
sdb3 is (hd1,3). In contrast to Linux,
GRUB does not consider CD-ROM drives to be hard drives. For
example, if using a CD on hdb
and a second hard drive on hdc,
that second hard drive would still be (hd1).
You can determine what GRUB thinks your disk devices are by running:
grub-mkdevicemap --device-map=device.map cat device.map
GRUB works by writing data to the first physical track of the hard disk. This area is not part of any file system. The programs there access GRUB modules in the boot partition. The default location is /boot/grub/.
The location of the boot partition is a choice of the user
that affects the configuration. One recommendation is to have
a separate small (suggested size is 100 MB) partition just
for boot information. That way each build, whether LFS or
some commercial distro, can access the same boot files and
access can be made from any booted system. If you choose to
do this, you will need to mount the separate partition, move
all files in the current /boot
directory (e.g. the linux kernel you just built in the
previous section) to the new partition. You will then need to
unmount the partition and remount it as /boot. If you do this, be sure to update
/etc/fstab.
Using the current lfs partition will also work, but configuration for multiple systems is more difficult.
Using the above information, determine the appropriate
designator for the root partition (or boot partition, if a
separate one is used). For the following example, it is
assumed that the root (or separate boot) partition is
sda2.
Install the GRUB files into /boot/grub and set up the boot track:
The following command will overwrite the current boot loader. Do not run the command if this is not desired, for example, if using a third party boot manager to manage the Master Boot Record (MBR).
grub-install /dev/sda
Generate /boot/grub/grub.cfg:
cat > /boot/grub/grub.cfg << "EOF"
# Begin /boot/grub/grub.cfg
set default=0
set timeout=5
insmod ext2
set root=(hd0,2)
menuentry "GNU/Linux, Linux 3.5.2-lfs-7.2-rc1" {
linux /boot/vmlinuz-3.5.2-lfs-7.2-rc1 root=/dev/sda2 ro
}
EOF
From GRUB's perspective, the kernel files are relative to the partition used. If you used a separate /boot partition, remove /boot from the above linux line. You will also need to change the set root line to point to the boot partition.
GRUB is an extremely powerful program and it provides a tremendous number of options for booting from a wide variety of devices, operating systems, and partition types. There are also many options for customization such as graphical splash screens, playing sounds, mouse input, etc. The details of these options are beyond the scope of this introduction.
There is a command, grub-mkconfig, that can write a configuration file automatically. It uses a set of scripts in /etc/grub.d/ and will destroy any customizations that you make. These scripts are designed primarily for non-source distributions and are not recommended for LFS. If you install a commercial Linux distribution, there is a good chance that this program will be run. Be sure to back up your grub.cfg file.
Well done! The new LFS system is installed! We wish you much success with your shiny new custom-built Linux system.
It may be a good idea to create an /etc/lfs-release file. By having this file,
it is very easy for you (and for us if you need to ask for help
at some point) to find out which LFS version is installed on
the system. Create this file by running:
echo 7.2-rc1 > /etc/lfs-release
It is also a good idea to create a file to show the status of your new system with resopect to the Linux Standards Base (LSB). To create this file, run:
cat > /etc/lsb-release << "EOF" DISTRIB_ID="Linux From Scratch" DISTRIB_RELEASE="7.2-rc1" DISTRIB_CODENAME="<your name here>" DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION="Linux From Scratch" EOF
Be sure to put some sort of customization for the field 'DISTRIB_CODENAME' to make the system uniquely yours.
Now that you have finished the book, do you want to be counted as an LFS user? Head over to http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/cgi-bin/lfscounter.php and register as an LFS user by entering your name and the first LFS version you have used.
Let's reboot into LFS now.
Now that all of the software has been installed, it is time to reboot your computer. However, you should be aware of a few things. The system you have created in this book is quite minimal, and most likely will not have the functionality you would need to be able to continue forward. By installing a few extra packages from the BLFS book while still in our current chroot environment, you can leave yourself in a much better position to continue on once you reboot into your new LFS installation. Installing a text mode web browser, such as Lynx, you can easily view the BLFS book in one virtual terminal, while building packages in another. The GPM package will also allow you to perform copy/paste actions in your virtual terminals. Lastly, if you are in a situation where static IP configuration does not meet your networking requirements, installing packages such as Dhcpcd or PPP at this point might also be useful.
Now that we have said that, lets move on to booting our shiny new LFS installation for the first time! First exit from the chroot environment:
logout
Then unmount the virtual file systems:
umount -v $LFS/dev/pts umount -v $LFS/dev/shm umount -v $LFS/dev umount -v $LFS/proc umount -v $LFS/sys
Unmount the LFS file system itself:
umount -v $LFS
If multiple partitions were created, unmount the other partitions before unmounting the main one, like this:
umount -v $LFS/usr umount -v $LFS/home umount -v $LFS
Now, reboot the system with:
shutdown -r now
Assuming the GRUB boot loader was set up as outlined earlier, the menu is set to boot LFS 7.2-rc1 automatically.
When the reboot is complete, the LFS system is ready for use and more software may be added to suit your needs.
Thank you for reading this LFS book. We hope that you have found this book helpful and have learned more about the system creation process.
Now that the LFS system is installed, you may be wondering “What next?” To answer that question, we have compiled a list of resources for you.
Maintenance
Bugs and security notices are reported regularly for all software. Since an LFS system is compiled from source, it is up to you to keep abreast of such reports. There are several online resources that track such reports, some of which are shown below:
Freshmeat.net (http://freshmeat.net/)
Freshmeat can notify you (via email) of new versions of packages installed on your system.
CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team)
CERT has a mailing list that publishes security alerts concerning various operating systems and applications. Subscription information is available at http://www.us-cert.gov/cas/signup.html.
Bugtraq
Bugtraq is a full-disclosure computer security mailing list. It publishes newly discovered security issues, and occasionally potential fixes for them. Subscription information is available at http://www.securityfocus.com/archive.
Beyond Linux From Scratch
The Beyond Linux From Scratch book covers installation procedures for a wide range of software beyond the scope of the LFS Book. The BLFS project is located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/.
LFS Hints
The LFS Hints are a collection of educational documents submitted by volunteers in the LFS community. The hints are available at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/list.html.
Mailing lists
There are several LFS mailing lists you may subscribe to if you are in need of help, want to stay current with the latest developments, want to contribute to the project, and more. See Chapter 1 - Mailing Lists for more information.
The Linux Documentation Project
The goal of The Linux Documentation Project (TLDP) is to collaborate on all of the issues of Linux documentation. The TLDP features a large collection of HOWTOs, guides, and man pages. It is located at http://www.tldp.org/.
|
ABI |
Application Binary Interface |
|
ALFS |
Automated Linux From Scratch |
|
ALSA |
Advanced Linux Sound Architecture |
|
API |
Application Programming Interface |
|
ASCII |
American Standard Code for Information Interchange |
|
BIOS |
Basic Input/Output System |
|
BLFS |
Beyond Linux From Scratch |
|
BSD |
Berkeley Software Distribution |
|
chroot |
change root |
|
CMOS |
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor |
|
COS |
Class Of Service |
|
CPU |
Central Processing Unit |
|
CRC |
Cyclic Redundancy Check |
|
CVS |
Concurrent Versions System |
|
DHCP |
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol |
|
DNS |
Domain Name Service |
|
EGA |
Enhanced Graphics Adapter |
|
ELF |
Executable and Linkable Format |
|
EOF |
End of File |
|
EQN |
equation |
|
EVMS |
Enterprise Volume Management System |
|
ext2 |
second extended file system |
|
ext3 |
third extended file system |
|
ext4 |
fourth extended file system |
|
FAQ |
Frequently Asked Questions |
|
FHS |
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard |
|
FIFO |
First-In, First Out |
|
FQDN |
Fully Qualified Domain Name |
|
FTP |
File Transfer Protocol |
|
GB |
Gigabytes |
|
GCC |
GNU Compiler Collection |
|
GID |
Group Identifier |
|
GMT |
Greenwich Mean Time |
|
GPG |
GNU Privacy Guard |
|
HTML |
Hypertext Markup Language |
|
IDE |
Integrated Drive Electronics |
|
IEEE |
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers |
|
IO |
Input/Output |
|
IP |
Internet Protocol |
|
IPC |
Inter-Process Communication |
|
IRC |
Internet Relay Chat |
|
ISO |
International Organization for Standardization |
|
ISP |
Internet Service Provider |
|
KB |
Kilobytes |
|
LED |
Light Emitting Diode |
|
LFS |
Linux From Scratch |
|
LSB |
Linux Standard Base |
|
MB |
Megabytes |
|
MBR |
Master Boot Record |
|
MD5 |
Message Digest 5 |
|
NIC |
Network Interface Card |
|
NLS |
Native Language Support |
|
NNTP |
Network News Transport Protocol |
|
NPTL |
Native POSIX Threading Library |
|
OSS |
Open Sound System |
|
PCH |
Pre-Compiled Headers |
|
PCRE |
Perl Compatible Regular Expression |
|
PID |
Process Identifier |
|
PLFS |
Pure Linux From Scratch |
|
PTY |
pseudo terminal |
|
QA |
Quality Assurance |
|
QOS |
Quality Of Service |
|
RAM |
Random Access Memory |
|
RPC |
Remote Procedure Call |
|
RTC |
Real Time Clock |
|
SBU |
Standard Build Unit |
|
SCO |
The Santa Cruz Operation |
|
SGR |
Select Graphic Rendition |
|
SHA1 |
Secure-Hash Algorithm 1 |
|
SMP |
Symmetric Multi-Processor |
|
TLDP |
The Linux Documentation Project |
|
TFTP |
Trivial File Transfer Protocol |
|
TLS |
Thread-Local Storage |
|
UID |
User Identifier |
|
umask |
user file-creation mask |
|
USB |
Universal Serial Bus |
|
UTC |
Coordinated Universal Time |
|
UUID |
Universally Unique Identifier |
|
VC |
Virtual Console |
|
VGA |
Video Graphics Array |
|
VT |
Virtual Terminal |
We would like to thank the following people and organizations for their contributions to the Linux From Scratch Project.
Gerard Beekmans <gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Creator, LFS Project Leader
Matthew Burgess <matthew AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Project Leader, LFS Technical Writer/Editor
Bruce Dubbs <bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Release Manager, LFS Technical Writer/Editor
Jim Gifford <jim AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – CLFS Project Co-Leader
Bryan Kadzban <bryan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer
Randy McMurchy <randy AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – BLFS Project Leader, LFS Editor
DJ Lucas <dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS and BLFS Editor
Ken Moffat <ken AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS and CLFS Editor
Ryan Oliver <ryan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – CLFS Project Co-Leader
Countless other people on the various LFS and BLFS mailing lists who helped make this book possible by giving their suggestions, testing the book, and submitting bug reports, instructions, and their experiences with installing various packages.
Manuel Canales Esparcia <macana AT macana-es D0T com> – Spanish LFS translation project
Johan Lenglet <johan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – French LFS translation project
Anderson Lizardo <lizardo AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Portuguese LFS translation project
Thomas Reitelbach <tr AT erdfunkstelle D0T de> – German LFS translation project
Scott Kveton <scott AT osuosl D0T org> – lfs.oregonstate.edu mirror
William Astle <lost AT l-w D0T net> – ca.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Eujon Sellers <[email protected]> – lfs.introspeed.com mirror
Justin Knierim <[email protected]> – lfs-matrix.net mirror
Manuel Canales Esparcia <manuel AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – lfsmirror.lfs-es.info mirror
Luis Falcon <Luis Falcon> – torredehanoi.org mirror
Guido Passet <guido AT primerelay D0T net> – nl.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Bastiaan Jacques <baafie AT planet D0T nl> – lfs.pagefault.net mirror
Sven Cranshoff <sven D0T cranshoff AT lineo D0T be> – lfs.lineo.be mirror
Scarlet Belgium – lfs.scarlet.be mirror
Sebastian Faulborn <info AT aliensoft D0T org> – lfs.aliensoft.org mirror
Stuart Fox <stuart AT dontuse D0T ms> – lfs.dontuse.ms mirror
Ralf Uhlemann <admin AT realhost D0T de> – lfs.oss-mirror.org mirror
Antonin Sprinzl <Antonin D0T Sprinzl AT tuwien D0T ac D0T at> – at.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Fredrik Danerklint <fredan-lfs AT fredan D0T org> – se.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Franck <franck AT linuxpourtous D0T com> – lfs.linuxpourtous.com mirror
Philippe Baqué <baque AT cict D0T fr> – lfs.cict.fr mirror
Vitaly Chekasin <gyouja AT pilgrims D0T ru> – lfs.pilgrims.ru mirror
Benjamin Heil <kontakt AT wankoo D0T org> – lfs.wankoo.org mirror
Satit Phermsawang <satit AT wbac D0T ac D0T th> – lfs.phayoune.org mirror
Shizunet Co.,Ltd. <info AT shizu-net D0T jp> – lfs.mirror.shizu-net.jp mirror
Init World <http://www.initworld.com/> – lfs.initworld.com mirror
Jason Andrade <jason AT dstc D0T edu D0T au> – au.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Christine Barczak <theladyskye AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Book Editor
Archaic <[email protected]> – LFS Technical Writer/Editor, HLFS Project Leader, BLFS Editor, Hints and Patches Project Maintainer
Nathan Coulson <nathan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS-Bootscripts Maintainer
Timothy Bauscher
Robert Briggs
Ian Chilton
Jeroen Coumans <jeroen AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Website Developer, FAQ Maintainer
Manuel Canales Esparcia <manuel AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS/BLFS/HLFS XML and XSL Maintainer
Alex Groenewoud – LFS Technical Writer
Marc Heerdink
Jeremy Huntwork <jhuntwork AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer, LFS LiveCD Maintainer
Mark Hymers
Seth W. Klein – FAQ maintainer
Nicholas Leippe <nicholas AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Wiki Maintainer
Anderson Lizardo <lizardo AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Website Backend-Scripts Maintainer
Dan Nicholson <dnicholson AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS and BLFS Editor
Alexander E. Patrakov <alexander AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer, LFS Internationalization Editor, LFS Live CD Maintainer
Simon Perreault
Scot Mc Pherson <scot AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS NNTP Gateway Maintainer
Greg Schafer <gschafer AT zip D0T com D0T au> – LFS Technical Writer and Architect of the Next Generation 64-bit-enabling Build Method
Jesse Tie-Ten-Quee – LFS Technical Writer
James Robertson <jwrober AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Bugzilla Maintainer
Tushar Teredesai <tushar AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – BLFS Book Editor, Hints and Patches Project Leader
Jeremy Utley <jeremy AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer, Bugzilla Maintainer, LFS-Bootscripts Maintainer
Zack Winkles <zwinkles AT gmail D0T com> – LFS Technical Writer
Every package built in LFS relies on one or more other packages in order to build and install properly. Some packages even participate in circular dependencies, that is, the first package depends on the second which in turn depends on the first. Because of these dependencies, the order in which packages are built in LFS is very important. The purpose of this page is to document the dependencies of each package built in LFS.
For each package we build, we have listed three, and sometimes four, types of dependencies. The first lists what other packages need to be available in order to compile and install the package in question. The second lists what packages, in addition to those on the first list, need to be available in order to run the test suites. The third list of dependencies are packages that require this package to be built and installed in its final location before they are built and installed. In most cases, this is because these packages will hardcode paths to binaries within their scripts. If not built in a certain order, this could result in paths of /tools/bin/[binary] being placed inside scripts installed to the final system. This is obviously not desirable.
The last list of dependencies are optional packages that are not addressed in LFS, but could be useful to the user. These packages may have additional mandatory or optional dependencies of their own. For these dependencies, the recommeded practice is to install them after completion of the LFS book and then go back an rebuild the LFS package. In several cases, reinstallation is addressed in BLFS.
The scripts in this appendix are listed by the directory where
they normally reside. The order is /etc/rc.d/init.d, /etc/sysconfig, /etc/sysconfig/network-devices, and
/etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services.
Within each section, the files are listed in the order they are
normally called.
The rc script is the first
script called by init and
initiates the boot process.
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin rc
#
# Description : Main Run Level Control Script
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# : DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
print_error_msg()
{
log_failure_msg
# $i is set when called
MSG="FAILURE:\n\nYou should not be reading this error message.\n\n"
MSG="${MSG}It means that an unforeseen error took place in\n"
MSG="${MSG}${i},\n"
MSG="${MSG}which exited with a return value of ${error_value}.\n"
MSG="${MSG}If you're able to track this error down to a bug in one of\n"
MSG="${MSG}the files provided by the files provided by\n"
MSG="${MSG}the ${DISDRI_MINI} book, please be so kind to inform us at\n"
MSG="${MSG}${DISTRO_CONTACT}.\n"
log_failure_msg "${MSG}"
log_info_msg "Press Enter to continue..."
wait_for_user
}
check_script_status()
{
# $i is set when called
if [ ! -f ${i} ]; then
log_warning_msg "${i} is not a valid symlink."
continue
fi
if [ ! -x ${i} ]; then
log_warning_msg "${i} is not executable, skipping."
continue
fi
}
run()
{
if [ -z $interactive ]; then
${1} ${2}
return $?
fi
while true; do
read -p "Run ${1} ${2} (Yes/no/continue)? " -n 1 runit
echo
case ${runit} in
c | C)
interactive=""
${i} ${2}
ret=${?}
break;
;;
n | N)
return 0
;;
y | Y)
${i} ${2}
ret=${?}
break
;;
esac
done
return $ret
}
# Read any local settings/overrides
[ -r /etc/sysconfig/rc.site ] && source /etc/sysconfig/rc.site
DISTRO=${DISTRO:-"Linux From Scratch"}
DISTRO_CONTACT=${DISTRO_CONTACT:-"[email protected] (Registration required)"}
DISTRO_MINI=${DISTRO_MINI:-"LFS"}
IPROMPT=${IPROMPT:-"no"}
# These 3 signals will not cause our script to exit
trap "" INT QUIT TSTP
[ "${1}" != "" ] && runlevel=${1}
if [ "${runlevel}" == "" ]; then
echo "Usage: ${0} <runlevel>" >&2
exit 1
fi
previous=${PREVLEVEL}
[ "${previous}" == "" ] && previous=N
if [ ! -d /etc/rc.d/rc${runlevel}.d ]; then
log_info_msg "/etc/rc.d/rc${runlevel}.d does not exist.\n"
exit 1
fi
if [ "$runlevel" == "6" -o "$runlevel" == "0" ]; then IPROMPT="no"; fi
# Note: In ${LOGLEVEL:-7}, it is ':' 'dash' '7', not minus 7
if [ "$runlevel" == "S" ]; then dmesg -n "${LOGLEVEL:-7}"; fi
if [ "${IPROMPT}" == "yes" -a "${runlevel}" == "S" ]; then
# The total length of the distro welcome string, without escape codes
wlen=${wlen:-$(echo "Welcome to ${DISTRO}" | wc -c )}
welcome_message=${welcome_message:-"Welcome to ${INFO}${DISTRO}${NORMAL}"}
# The total length of the interactive string, without escape codes
ilen=${ilen:-$(echo "Press 'I' to enter interactive startup" | wc -c )}
i_message=${i_message:-"Press '${FAILURE}I${NORMAL}' to enter interactive startup"}
# dcol and icol are spaces before the message to center the message
# on screen. itime is the amount of wait time for the user to press a key
wcol=$(( ( ${COLUMNS} - ${wlen} ) / 2 ))
icol=$(( ( ${COLUMNS} - ${ilen} ) / 2 ))
itime=${itime:-"3"}
echo -e "\n\n"
echo -e "\\033[${wcol}G${welcome_message}"
echo -e "\\033[${icol}G${i_message}${NORMAL}"
echo ""
read -t "${itime}" -n 1 interactive 2>&1 > /dev/null
fi
# Make lower case
[ "${interactive}" == "I" ] && interactive="i"
[ "${interactive}" != "i" ] && interactive=""
# Read the state file if it exists from runlevel S
[ -r /var/run/interactive ] && source /var/run/interactive
# Attempt to stop all services started by the previous runlevel,
# and killed in this runlevel
if [ "${previous}" != "N" ]; then
for i in $(ls -v /etc/rc.d/rc${runlevel}.d/K* 2> /dev/null)
do
check_script_status
suffix=${i#/etc/rc.d/rc$runlevel.d/K[0-9][0-9]}
prev_start=/etc/rc.d/rc$previous.d/S[0-9][0-9]$suffix
sysinit_start=/etc/rc.d/rcS.d/S[0-9][0-9]$suffix
if [ "${runlevel}" != "0" -a "${runlevel}" != "6" ]; then
if [ ! -f ${prev_start} -a ! -f ${sysinit_start} ]; then
MSG="WARNING:\n\n${i} can't be "
MSG="${MSG}executed because it was not "
MSG="${MSG}not started in the previous "
MSG="${MSG}runlevel (${previous})."
log_warning_msg "$MSG"
continue
fi
fi
run ${i} stop
error_value=${?}
if [ "${error_value}" != "0" ]; then print_error_msg; fi
done
fi
if [ "${previous}" == "N" ]; then export IN_BOOT=1; fi
if [ "$runlevel" == "6" -a -n "${FASTBOOT}" ]; then
touch /fastboot
fi
# Start all functions in this runlevel
for i in $( ls -v /etc/rc.d/rc${runlevel}.d/S* 2> /dev/null)
do
if [ "${previous}" != "N" ]; then
suffix=${i#/etc/rc.d/rc$runlevel.d/S[0-9][0-9]}
stop=/etc/rc.d/rc$runlevel.d/K[0-9][0-9]$suffix
prev_start=/etc/rc.d/rc$previous.d/S[0-9][0-9]$suffix
[ -f ${prev_start} -a ! -f ${stop} ] && continue
fi
check_script_status
case ${runlevel} in
0|6)
run ${i} stop
;;
*)
run ${i} start
;;
esac
error_value=${?}
if [ "${error_value}" != "0" ]; then print_error_msg; fi
done
# Store interactive variable on switch from runlevel S and remove if not
if [ "${runlevel}" == "S" -a "${interactive}" == "i" ]; then
echo "interactive=\"i\"" > /var/run/interactive
else
rm -f /var/run/interactive 2> /dev/null
fi
# Copy the boot log on initial boot only
if [ "${previous}" == "N" -a "${runlevel}" != "S" ]; then
cat /run/var/bootlog >> /var/log/boot.log
# Mark the end of boot
echo "--------" >> /var/log/boot.log
# Remove the temporary file
rm -f /run/var/bootlog 2> /dev/null
fi
# End rc
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
#
# Begin /lib/lsb/init-funtions
#
# Description : Run Level Control Functions
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# : DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
# Notes : With code based on Matthias Benkmann's simpleinit-msb
# http://winterdrache.de/linux/newboot/index.html
#
# The file should be located in /lib/lsb
#
########################################################################
## Environmental setup
# Setup default values for environment
umask 022
export PATH="/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin"
## Screen Dimensions
# Find current screen size
if [ -z "${COLUMNS}" ]; then
COLUMNS=$(stty size)
COLUMNS=${COLUMNS##* }
fi
# When using remote connections, such as a serial port, stty size returns 0
if [ "${COLUMNS}" = "0" ]; then
COLUMNS=80
fi
## Measurements for positioning result messages
COL=$((${COLUMNS} - 8))
WCOL=$((${COL} - 2))
## Set Cursor Position Commands, used via echo
SET_COL="\\033[${COL}G" # at the $COL char
SET_WCOL="\\033[${WCOL}G" # at the $WCOL char
CURS_UP="\\033[1A\\033[0G" # Up one line, at the 0'th char
CURS_ZERO="\\033[0G"
## Set color commands, used via echo
# Please consult `man console_codes for more information
# under the "ECMA-48 Set Graphics Rendition" section
#
# Warning: when switching from a 8bit to a 9bit font,
# the linux console will reinterpret the bold (1;) to
# the top 256 glyphs of the 9bit font. This does
# not affect framebuffer consoles
NORMAL="\\033[0;39m" # Standard console grey
SUCCESS="\\033[1;32m" # Success is green
WARNING="\\033[1;33m" # Warnings are yellow
FAILURE="\\033[1;31m" # Failures are red
INFO="\\033[1;36m" # Information is light cyan
BRACKET="\\033[1;34m" # Brackets are blue
# Use a colored prefix
BMPREFIX=" "
SUCCESS_PREFIX="${SUCCESS} * ${NORMAL}"
FAILURE_PREFIX="${FAILURE}*****${NORMAL}"
WARNING_PREFIX="${WARNING} *** ${NORMAL}"
SUCCESS_SUFFIX="${BRACKET}[${SUCCESS} OK ${BRACKET}]${NORMAL}"
FAILURE_SUFFIX="${BRACKET}[${FAILURE} FAIL ${BRACKET}]${NORMAL}"
WARNING_SUFFIX="${BRACKET}[${WARNING} WARN ${BRACKET}]${NORMAL}"
BOOTLOG=/run/var/bootlog
KILLDELAY=3
# Set any user specified environment variables e.g. HEADLESS
[ -r /etc/sysconfig/rc.site ] && . /etc/sysconfig/rc.site
################################################################################
# start_daemon() #
# Usage: start_daemon [-f] [-n nicelevel] [-p pidfile] pathname [args...] #
# #
# Purpose: This runs the specified program as a daemon #
# #
# Inputs: -f: (force) run the program even if it is already running. #
# -n nicelevel: specify a nice level. See 'man nice(1)'. #
# -p pidfile: use the specified file to determine PIDs. #
# pathname: the complete path to the specified program #
# args: additional arguments passed to the program (pathname) #
# #
# Return values (as defined by LSB exit codes): #
# 0 - program is running or service is OK #
# 1 - generic or unspecified error #
# 2 - invalid or excessive argument(s) #
# 5 - program is not installed #
################################################################################
start_daemon()
{
local force=""
local nice="0"
local pidfile=""
local pidlist=""
local retval=""
# Process arguments
while true
do
case "${1}" in
-f)
force="1"
shift 1
;;
-n)
nice="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-*)
return 2
;;
*)
program="${1}"
break
;;
esac
done
# Check for a valid program
if [ ! -e "${program}" ]; then return 5; fi
# Execute
if [ -z "${force}" ]; then
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
# Determine the pid by discovery
pidlist=`pidofproc "${1}"`
retval="${?}"
else
# The PID file contains the needed PIDs
# Note that by LSB requirement, the path must be given to pidofproc,
# however, it is not used by the current implementation or standard.
pidlist=`pidofproc -p "${pidfile}" "${1}"`
retval="${?}"
fi
# Return a value ONLY
# It is the init script's (or distribution's functions) responsibilty
# to log messages!
case "${retval}" in
0)
# Program is already running correctly, this is a
# succesful start.
return 0
;;
1)
# Program is not running, but an invalid pid file exists
# remove the pid file and continue
rm -f "${pidfile}"
;;
3)
# Program is not running and no pidfile exists
# do nothing here, let start_deamon continue.
;;
*)
# Others as returned by status values shall not be interpreted
# and returned as an unspecified error.
return 1
;;
esac
fi
# Do the start!
nice -n "${nice}" "${@}"
}
################################################################################
# killproc() #
# Usage: killproc [-p pidfile] pathname [signal] #
# #
# Purpose: Send control signals to running processes #
# #
# Inputs: -p pidfile, uses the specified pidfile #
# pathname, pathname to the specified program #
# signal, send this signal to pathname #
# #
# Return values (as defined by LSB exit codes): #
# 0 - program (pathname) has stopped/is already stopped or a #
# running program has been sent specified signal and stopped #
# successfully #
# 1 - generic or unspecified error #
# 2 - invalid or excessive argument(s) #
# 5 - program is not installed #
# 7 - program is not running and a signal was supplied #
################################################################################
killproc()
{
local pidfile
local program
local prefix
local progname
local signal="-TERM"
local fallback="-KILL"
local nosig
local pidlist
local retval
local pid
local delay="30"
local piddead
local dtime
# Process arguments
while true; do
case "${1}" in
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
*)
program="${1}"
if [ -n "${2}" ]; then
signal="${2}"
fallback=""
else
nosig=1
fi
# Error on additional arguments
if [ -n "${3}" ]; then
return 2
else
break
fi
;;
esac
done
# Check for a valid program
if [ ! -e "${program}" ]; then return 5; fi
# Check for a valid signal
check_signal "${signal}"
if [ "${?}" -ne "0" ]; then return 2; fi
# Get a list of pids
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
# determine the pid by discovery
pidlist=`pidofproc "${1}"`
retval="${?}"
else
# The PID file contains the needed PIDs
# Note that by LSB requirement, the path must be given to pidofproc,
# however, it is not used by the current implementation or standard.
pidlist=`pidofproc -p "${pidfile}" "${1}"`
retval="${?}"
fi
# Return a value ONLY
# It is the init script's (or distribution's functions) responsibilty
# to log messages!
case "${retval}" in
0)
# Program is running correctly
# Do nothing here, let killproc continue.
;;
1)
# Program is not running, but an invalid pid file exists
# Remove the pid file.
rm -f "${pidfile}"
# This is only a success if no signal was passed.
if [ -n "${nosig}" ]; then
return 0
else
return 7
fi
;;
3)
# Program is not running and no pidfile exists
# This is only a success if no signal was passed.
if [ -n "${nosig}" ]; then
return 0
else
return 7
fi
;;
*)
# Others as returned by status values shall not be interpreted
# and returned as an unspecified error.
return 1
;;
esac
# Perform different actions for exit signals and control signals
check_sig_type "${signal}"
if [ "${?}" -eq "0" ]; then # Signal is used to terminate the program
# Account for empty pidlist (pid file still exists and no
# signal was given)
if [ "${pidlist}" != "" ]; then
# Kill the list of pids
for pid in ${pidlist}; do
kill -0 "${pid}" 2> /dev/null
if [ "${?}" -ne "0" ]; then
# Process is dead, continue to next and assume all is well
continue
else
kill "${signal}" "${pid}" 2> /dev/null
# Wait up to ${delay}/10 seconds to for "${pid}" to
# terminate in 10ths of a second
while [ "${delay}" -ne "0" ]; do
kill -0 "${pid}" 2> /dev/null || piddead="1"
if [ "${piddead}" = "1" ]; then break; fi
sleep 0.1
delay="$(( ${delay} - 1 ))"
done
# If a fallback is set, and program is still running, then
# use the fallback
if [ -n "${fallback}" -a "${piddead}" != "1" ]; then
kill "${fallback}" "${pid}" 2> /dev/null
sleep 1
# Check again, and fail if still running
kill -0 "${pid}" 2> /dev/null && return 1
else
# just check one last time and if still alive, fail
sleep 1
kill -0 "${pid}" 2> /dev/null && return 1
fi
fi
done
fi
# Check for and remove stale PID files.
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
# Find the basename of $program
prefix=`echo "${program}" | sed 's/[^/]*$//'`
progname=`echo "${program}" | sed "s@${prefix}@@"`
if [ -e "/var/run/${progname}.pid" ]; then
rm -f "/var/run/${progname}.pid" 2> /dev/null
fi
else
if [ -e "${pidfile}" ]; then rm -f "${pidfile}" 2> /dev/null; fi
fi
# For signals that do not expect a program to exit, simply
# let kill do it's job, and evaluate kills return for value
else # check_sig_type - signal is not used to terminate program
for pid in ${pidlist}; do
kill "${signal}" "${pid}"
if [ "${?}" -ne "0" ]; then return 1; fi
done
fi
}
################################################################################
# pidofproc() #
# Usage: pidofproc [-p pidfile] pathname #
# #
# Purpose: This function returns one or more pid(s) for a particular daemon #
# #
# Inputs: -p pidfile, use the specified pidfile instead of pidof #
# pathname, path to the specified program #
# #
# Return values (as defined by LSB status codes): #
# 0 - Success (PIDs to stdout) #
# 1 - Program is dead, PID file still exists (remaining PIDs output) #
# 3 - Program is not running (no output) #
################################################################################
pidofproc()
{
local pidfile
local program
local prefix
local progname
local pidlist
local lpids
local exitstatus="0"
# Process arguments
while true; do
case "${1}" in
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
*)
program="${1}"
if [ -n "${2}" ]; then
# Too many arguments
# Since this is status, return unknown
return 4
else
break
fi
;;
esac
done
# If a PID file is not specified, try and find one.
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
# Get the program's basename
prefix=`echo "${program}" | sed 's/[^/]*$//'`
if [ -z "${prefix}" ]; then
progname="${program}"
else
progname=`echo "${program}" | sed "s@${prefix}@@"`
fi
# If a PID file exists with that name, assume that is it.
if [ -e "/var/run/${progname}.pid" ]; then
pidfile="/var/run/${progname}.pid"
fi
fi
# If a PID file is set and exists, use it.
if [ -n "${pidfile}" -a -e "${pidfile}" ]; then
# Use the value in the first line of the pidfile
pidlist=`/bin/head -n1 "${pidfile}"`
# This can optionally be written as 'sed 1q' to repalce 'head -n1'
# should LFS move /bin/head to /usr/bin/head
else
# Use pidof
pidlist=`pidof "${program}"`
fi
# Figure out if all listed PIDs are running.
for pid in ${pidlist}; do
kill -0 ${pid} 2> /dev/null
if [ "${?}" -eq "0" ]; then
lpids="${lpids}${pid} "
else
exitstatus="1"
fi
done
if [ -z "${lpids}" -a ! -f "${pidfile}" ]; then
return 3
else
echo "${lpids}"
return "${exitstatus}"
fi
}
################################################################################
# statusproc() #
# Usage: statusproc [-p pidfile] pathname #
# #
# Purpose: This function prints the status of a particular daemon to stdout #
# #
# Inputs: -p pidfile, use the specified pidfile instead of pidof #
# pathname, path to the specified program #
# #
# Return values: #
# 0 - Status printed #
# 1 - Input error. The daemon to check was not specified. #
################################################################################
statusproc()
{
local pidfile
local pidlist
if [ "${#}" = "0" ]; then
echo "Usage: statusproc [-p pidfle] {program}"
exit 1
fi
# Process arguments
while true; do
case "${1}" in
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
*)
if [ -n "${2}" ]; then
echo "Too many arguments"
return 1
else
break
fi
;;
esac
done
if [ -n "${pidfile}" ]; then
pidlist=`pidofproc -p "${pidfile}" $@`
else
pidlist=`pidofproc $@`
fi
# Trim trailing blanks
pidlist=`echo "${pidlist}" | sed -r 's/ +$//'`
base="${1##*/}"
if [ -n "${pidlist}" ]; then
echo -e "${INFO}${base} is running with Process" \
"ID(s) ${pidlist}.${NORMAL}"
else
if [ -n "${base}" -a -e "/var/run/${base}.pid" ]; then
echo -e "${WARNING}${1} is not running but" \
"/var/run/${base}.pid exists.${NORMAL}"
else
if [ -n "${pidfile}" -a -e "${pidfile}" ]; then
echo -e "${WARNING}${1} is not running" \
"but ${pidfile} exists.${NORMAL}"
else
echo -e "${INFO}${1} is not running.${NORMAL}"
fi
fi
fi
}
################################################################################
# timespec() #
# #
# Purpose: An internal utility function to format a timestamp #
# a boot log file. Sets the STAMP variable. #
# #
# Return value: Not used #
################################################################################
timespec()
{
STAMP="$(echo `date +"%b %d %T %:z"` `hostname`) "
return 0
}
################################################################################
# log_success_msg() #
# Usage: log_success_msg ["message"] #
# #
# Purpose: Print a successful status message to the screen and #
# a boot log file. #
# #
# Inputs: $@ - Message #
# #
# Return values: Not used #
################################################################################
log_success_msg()
{
echo -n -e "${BMPREFIX}${@}"
echo -e "${CURS_ZERO}${SUCCESS_PREFIX}${SET_COL}${SUCCESS_SUFFIX}"
# Strip non-printable characters from log file
local logmessage=`echo "${@}" | sed 's/\\\033[^a-zA-Z]*.//g'`
timespec
echo -e "${STAMP} ${logmessage} OK" >> ${BOOTLOG}
return 0
}
log_success_msg2()
{
echo -n -e "${BMPREFIX}${@}"
echo -e "${CURS_ZERO}${SUCCESS_PREFIX}${SET_COL}${SUCCESS_SUFFIX}"
echo " OK" >> ${BOOTLOG}
return 0
}
################################################################################
# log_failure_msg() #
# Usage: log_failure_msg ["message"] #
# #
# Purpose: Print a failure status message to the screen and #
# a boot log file. #
# #
# Inputs: $@ - Message #
# #
# Return values: Not used #
################################################################################
log_failure_msg()
{
echo -n -e "${BMPREFIX}${@}"
echo -e "${CURS_ZERO}${FAILURE_PREFIX}${SET_COL}${FAILURE_SUFFIX}"
# Strip non-printable characters from log file
timespec
local logmessage=`echo "${@}" | sed 's/\\\033[^a-zA-Z]*.//g'`
echo -e "${STAMP} ${logmessage} FAIL" >> ${BOOTLOG}
return 0
}
log_failure_msg2()
{
echo -n -e "${BMPREFIX}${@}"
echo -e "${CURS_ZERO}${FAILURE_PREFIX}${SET_COL}${FAILURE_SUFFIX}"
echo "FAIL" >> ${BOOTLOG}
return 0
}
################################################################################
# log_warning_msg() #
# Usage: log_warning_msg ["message"] #
# #
# Purpose: Print a warning status message to the screen and #
# a boot log file. #
# #
# Return values: Not used #
################################################################################
log_warning_msg()
{
echo -n -e "${BMPREFIX}${@}"
echo -e "${CURS_ZERO}${WARNING_PREFIX}${SET_COL}${WARNING_SUFFIX}"
# Strip non-printable characters from log file
local logmessage=`echo "${@}" | sed 's/\\\033[^a-zA-Z]*.//g'`
timespec
echo -e "${STAMP} ${logmessage} WARN" >> ${BOOTLOG}
return 0
}
################################################################################
# log_info_msg() #
# Usage: log_info_msg message #
# #
# Purpose: Print an information message to the screen and #
# a boot log file. Does not print a trailing newline character. #
# #
# Return values: Not used #
################################################################################
log_info_msg()
{
echo -n -e "${BMPREFIX}${@}"
# Strip non-printable characters from log file
local logmessage=`echo "${@}" | sed 's/\\\033[^a-zA-Z]*.//g'`
timespec
echo -n -e "${STAMP} ${logmessage}" >> ${BOOTLOG}
return 0
}
log_info_msg2()
{
echo -n -e "${@}"
# Strip non-printable characters from log file
local logmessage=`echo "${@}" | sed 's/\\\033[^a-zA-Z]*.//g'`
echo -n -e "${logmessage}" >> ${BOOTLOG}
return 0
}
################################################################################
# evaluate_retval() #
# Usage: Evaluate a return value and print success or failyure as appropriate #
# #
# Purpose: Convenience function to terminate an info message #
# #
# Return values: Not used #
################################################################################
evaluate_retval()
{
local error_value="${?}"
if [ ${error_value} = 0 ]; then
log_success_msg2
else
log_failure_msg2
fi
}
################################################################################
# check_signal() #
# Usage: check_signal [ -{signal} | {signal} ] #
# #
# Purpose: Check for a valid signal. This is not defined by any LSB draft, #
# however, it is required to check the signals to determine if the #
# signals chosen are invalid arguments to the other functions. #
# #
# Inputs: Accepts a single string value in the form or -{signal} or {signal} #
# #
# Return values: #
# 0 - Success (signal is valid #
# 1 - Signal is not valid #
################################################################################
check_signal()
{
local valsig
# Add error handling for invalid signals
valsig="-ALRM -HUP -INT -KILL -PIPE -POLL -PROF -TERM -USR1 -USR2"
valsig="${valsig} -VTALRM -STKFLT -PWR -WINCH -CHLD -URG -TSTP -TTIN"
valsig="${valsig} -TTOU -STOP -CONT -ABRT -FPE -ILL -QUIT -SEGV -TRAP"
valsig="${valsig} -SYS -EMT -BUS -XCPU -XFSZ -0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -9"
valsig="${valsig} -11 -13 -14 -15"
echo "${valsig}" | grep -- " ${1} " > /dev/null
if [ "${?}" -eq "0" ]; then
return 0
else
return 1
fi
}
################################################################################
# check_sig_type() #
# Usage: check_signal [ -{signal} | {signal} ] #
# #
# Purpose: Check if signal is a program termination signal or a control signal #
# This is not defined by any LSB draft, however, it is required to #
# check the signals to determine if they are intended to end a #
# program or simply to control it. #
# #
# Inputs: Accepts a single string value in the form or -{signal} or {signal} #
# #
# Return values: #
# 0 - Signal is used for program termination #
# 1 - Signal is used for program control #
################################################################################
check_sig_type()
{
local valsig
# The list of termination signals (limited to generally used items)
valsig="-ALRM -INT -KILL -TERM -PWR -STOP -ABRT -QUIT -2 -3 -6 -9 -14 -15"
echo "${valsig}" | grep -- " ${1} " > /dev/null
if [ "${?}" -eq "0" ]; then
return 0
else
return 1
fi
}
################################################################################
# wait_for_user() #
# #
# Purpose: Wait for the user to respond if not a headless system #
# #
################################################################################
wait_for_user()
{
# Wait for the user by default
[ "${HEADLESS=0}" = "0" ] && read ENTER
return 0
}
################################################################################
# is_true() #
# #
# Purpose: Utility to test if a variable is true | yes | 1 #
# #
################################################################################
is_true()
{
[ "$1" = "1" ] || [ "$1" = "yes" ] || [ "$1" = "true" ] || [ "$1" = "y" ] ||
[ "$1" = "t" ]
}
# End /lib/lsb/init-functions
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin boot functions
#
# Description : Run Level Control Functions
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
# Notes : With code based on Matthias Benkmann's simpleinit-msb
# http://winterdrache.de/linux/newboot/index.html
#
# This file is only present for backward BLFS compatibility
#
########################################################################
## Environmental setup
# Setup default values for environment
umask 022
export PATH="/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin"
# Signal sent to running processes to refresh their configuration
RELOADSIG="HUP"
# Number of seconds between STOPSIG and FALLBACK when stopping processes
KILLDELAY="3"
## Screen Dimensions
# Find current screen size
if [ -z "${COLUMNS}" ]; then
COLUMNS=$(stty size)
COLUMNS=${COLUMNS##* }
fi
# When using remote connections, such as a serial port, stty size returns 0
if [ "${COLUMNS}" = "0" ]; then
COLUMNS=80
fi
## Measurements for positioning result messages
COL=$((${COLUMNS} - 8))
WCOL=$((${COL} - 2))
## Provide an echo that supports -e and -n
# If formatting is needed, $ECHO should be used
case "`echo -e -n test`" in
-[en]*)
ECHO=/bin/echo
;;
*)
ECHO=echo
;;
esac
## Set Cursor Position Commands, used via $ECHO
SET_COL="\\033[${COL}G" # at the $COL char
SET_WCOL="\\033[${WCOL}G" # at the $WCOL char
CURS_UP="\\033[1A\\033[0G" # Up one line, at the 0'th char
## Set color commands, used via $ECHO
# Please consult `man console_codes for more information
# under the "ECMA-48 Set Graphics Rendition" section
#
# Warning: when switching from a 8bit to a 9bit font,
# the linux console will reinterpret the bold (1;) to
# the top 256 glyphs of the 9bit font. This does
# not affect framebuffer consoles
NORMAL="\\033[0;39m" # Standard console grey
SUCCESS="\\033[1;32m" # Success is green
WARNING="\\033[1;33m" # Warnings are yellow
FAILURE="\\033[1;31m" # Failures are red
INFO="\\033[1;36m" # Information is light cyan
BRACKET="\\033[1;34m" # Brackets are blue
STRING_LENGTH="0" # the length of the current message
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - boot_mesg()
#
# Purpose: Sending information from bootup scripts to the console
#
# Inputs: $1 is the message
# $2 is the colorcode for the console
#
# Outputs: Standard Output
#
# Dependencies: - sed for parsing strings.
# - grep for counting string length.
#
# Todo:
#*******************************************************************************
boot_mesg()
{
local ECHOPARM=""
while true
do
case "${1}" in
-n)
ECHOPARM=" -n "
shift 1
;;
-*)
echo "Unknown Option: ${1}"
return 1
;;
*)
break
;;
esac
done
## Figure out the length of what is to be printed to be used
## for warning messages.
STRING_LENGTH=$((${#1} + 1))
# Print the message to the screen
${ECHO} ${ECHOPARM} -e "${2}${1}"
# Log the message
[ -d /run/var ] || return
${ECHO} ${ECHOPARM} -e "${2}${1}" >> /run/var/bootlog
}
boot_mesg_flush()
{
# Reset STRING_LENGTH for next message
STRING_LENGTH="0"
}
echo_ok()
{
${ECHO} -n -e "${CURS_UP}${SET_COL}${BRACKET}[${SUCCESS} OK ${BRACKET}]"
${ECHO} -e "${NORMAL}"
boot_mesg_flush
[ -d /run/var ] || return
${ECHO} -e "[ OK ]" >> /run/var/bootlog
}
echo_failure()
{
${ECHO} -n -e "${CURS_UP}${SET_COL}${BRACKET}[${FAILURE} FAIL ${BRACKET}]"
${ECHO} -e "${NORMAL}"
boot_mesg_flush
[ -d /run/var ] || return
${ECHO} -e "[ FAIL]" >> /run/var/bootlog
}
echo_warning()
{
${ECHO} -n -e "${CURS_UP}${SET_COL}${BRACKET}[${WARNING} WARN ${BRACKET}]"
${ECHO} -e "${NORMAL}"
boot_mesg_flush
[ -d /run/var ] || return
${ECHO} -e "[ WARN ]" >> /run/var/bootlog
}
echo_skipped()
{
${ECHO} -n -e "${CURS_UP}${SET_COL}${BRACKET}[${WARNING} SKIP ${BRACKET}]"
${ECHO} -e "${NORMAL}"
boot_mesg_flush
[ -d /run/var ] || return
${ECHO} -e " [ SKIP ]" >> /run/var/bootlog
}
wait_for_user()
{
# Wait for the user by default
[ "${HEADLESS=0}" = "0" ] && read ENTER
}
evaluate_retval()
{
error_value="${?}"
if [ ${error_value} = 0 ]; then
echo_ok
else
echo_failure
fi
# This prevents the 'An Unexpected Error Has Occurred' from trivial
# errors.
return 0
}
print_status()
{
if [ "${#}" = "0" ]; then
echo "Usage: ${0} {success|warning|failure}"
return 1
fi
case "${1}" in
success)
echo_ok
;;
warning)
# Leave this extra case in because old scripts
# may call it this way.
case "${2}" in
running)
${ECHO} -e -n "${CURS_UP}"
${ECHO} -e -n "\\033[${STRING_LENGTH}G "
boot_mesg "Already running." ${WARNING}
echo_warning
;;
not_running)
${ECHO} -e -n "${CURS_UP}"
${ECHO} -e -n "\\033[${STRING_LENGTH}G "
boot_mesg "Not running." ${WARNING}
echo_warning
;;
not_available)
${ECHO} -e -n "${CURS_UP}"
${ECHO} -e -n "\\033[${STRING_LENGTH}G "
boot_mesg "Not available." ${WARNING}
echo_warning
;;
*)
# This is how it is supposed to
# be called
echo_warning
;;
esac
;;
failure)
echo_failure
;;
esac
}
reloadproc()
{
local pidfile=""
local failure=0
while true
do
case "${1}" in
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-*)
log_failure_msg "Unknown Option: ${1}"
return 2
;;
*)
break
;;
esac
done
if [ "${#}" -lt "1" ]; then
log_failure_msg "Usage: reloadproc [-p pidfile] pathname"
return 2
fi
# This will ensure compatibility with previous LFS Bootscripts
if [ -n "${PIDFILE}" ]; then
pidfile="${PIDFILE}"
fi
# Is the process running?
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
pidofproc -s "${1}"
else
pidofproc -s -p "${pidfile}" "${1}"
fi
# Warn about stale pid file
if [ "$?" = 1 ]; then
boot_mesg -n "Removing stale pid file: ${pidfile}. " ${WARNING}
rm -f "${pidfile}"
fi
if [ -n "${pidlist}" ]; then
for pid in ${pidlist}
do
kill -"${RELOADSIG}" "${pid}" || failure="1"
done
(exit ${failure})
evaluate_retval
else
boot_mesg "Process ${1} not running." ${WARNING}
echo_warning
fi
}
statusproc()
{
local pidfile=""
local base=""
local ret=""
while true
do
case "${1}" in
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-*)
log_failure_msg "Unknown Option: ${1}"
return 2
;;
*)
break
;;
esac
done
if [ "${#}" != "1" ]; then
shift 1
log_failure_msg "Usage: statusproc [-p pidfile] pathname"
return 2
fi
# Get the process basename
base="${1##*/}"
# This will ensure compatibility with previous LFS Bootscripts
if [ -n "${PIDFILE}" ]; then
pidfile="${PIDFILE}"
fi
# Is the process running?
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
pidofproc -s "${1}"
else
pidofproc -s -p "${pidfile}" "${1}"
fi
# Store the return status
ret=$?
if [ -n "${pidlist}" ]; then
${ECHO} -e "${INFO}${base} is running with Process"\
"ID(s) ${pidlist}.${NORMAL}"
else
if [ -n "${base}" -a -e "/var/run/${base}.pid" ]; then
${ECHO} -e "${WARNING}${1} is not running but"\
"/var/run/${base}.pid exists.${NORMAL}"
else
if [ -n "${pidfile}" -a -e "${pidfile}" ]; then
${ECHO} -e "${WARNING}${1} is not running"\
"but ${pidfile} exists.${NORMAL}"
else
${ECHO} -e "${INFO}${1} is not running.${NORMAL}"
fi
fi
fi
# Return the status from pidofproc
return $ret
}
# The below functions are documented in the LSB-generic 2.1.0
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - pidofproc [-s] [-p pidfile] pathname
#
# Purpose: This function returns one or more pid(s) for a particular daemon
#
# Inputs: -p pidfile, use the specified pidfile instead of pidof
# pathname, path to the specified program
#
# Outputs: return 0 - Success, pid's in stdout
# return 1 - Program is dead, pidfile exists
# return 2 - Invalid or excessive number of arguments,
# warning in stdout
# return 3 - Program is not running
#
# Dependencies: pidof, echo, head
#
# Todo: Remove dependency on head
# This replaces getpids
# Test changes to pidof
#
#*******************************************************************************
pidofproc()
{
local pidfile=""
local lpids=""
local silent=""
pidlist=""
while true
do
case "${1}" in
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-s)
# Added for legacy opperation of getpids
# eliminates several '> /dev/null'
silent="1"
shift 1
;;
-*)
log_failure_msg "Unknown Option: ${1}"
return 2
;;
*)
break
;;
esac
done
if [ "${#}" != "1" ]; then
shift 1
log_failure_msg "Usage: pidofproc [-s] [-p pidfile] pathname"
return 2
fi
if [ -n "${pidfile}" ]; then
if [ ! -r "${pidfile}" ]; then
return 3 # Program is not running
fi
lpids=`head -n 1 ${pidfile}`
for pid in ${lpids}
do
if [ "${pid}" -ne "$$" -a "${pid}" -ne "${PPID}" ]; then
kill -0 "${pid}" 2>/dev/null &&
pidlist="${pidlist} ${pid}"
fi
if [ "${silent}" != "1" ]; then
echo "${pidlist}"
fi
test -z "${pidlist}" &&
# Program is dead, pidfile exists
return 1
# else
return 0
done
else
pidlist=`pidof -o $$ -o $PPID -x "$1"`
if [ "${silent}" != "1" ]; then
echo "${pidlist}"
fi
# Get provide correct running status
if [ -n "${pidlist}" ]; then
return 0
else
return 3
fi
fi
if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
return 3 # Program is not running
fi
}
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - loadproc [-f] [-n nicelevel] [-p pidfile] pathname [args]
#
# Purpose: This runs the specified program as a daemon
#
# Inputs: -f, run the program even if it is already running
# -n nicelevel, specifies a nice level. See nice(1).
# -p pidfile, uses the specified pidfile
# pathname, pathname to the specified program
# args, arguments to pass to specified program
#
# Outputs: return 0 - Success
# return 2 - Invalid of excessive number of arguments,
# warning in stdout
# return 4 - Program or service status is unknown
#
# Dependencies: nice, rm
#
# Todo: LSB says this should be called start_daemon
# LSB does not say that it should call evaluate_retval
# It checks for PIDFILE, which is deprecated.
# Will be removed after BLFS 6.0
# loadproc returns 0 if program is already running, not LSB compliant
#
#*******************************************************************************
loadproc()
{
local pidfile=""
local forcestart=""
local nicelevel="10"
# This will ensure compatibility with previous LFS Bootscripts
if [ -n "${PIDFILE}" ]; then
pidfile="${PIDFILE}"
fi
while true
do
case "${1}" in
-f)
forcestart="1"
shift 1
;;
-n)
nicelevel="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-*)
log_failure_msg "Unknown Option: ${1}"
return 2 #invalid or excess argument(s)
;;
*)
break
;;
esac
done
if [ "${#}" = "0" ]; then
log_failure_msg "Usage: loadproc [-f] [-n nicelevel] [-p pidfile] pathname [args]"
return 2 #invalid or excess argument(s)
fi
if [ -z "${forcestart}" ]; then
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
pidofproc -s "${1}"
else
pidofproc -s -p "${pidfile}" "${1}"
fi
case "${?}" in
0)
log_warning_msg "Unable to continue: ${1} is running"
return 0 # 4
;;
1)
boot_mesg "Removing stale pid file: ${pidfile}" ${WARNING}
rm -f "${pidfile}"
;;
3)
;;
*)
log_failure_msg "Unknown error code from pidofproc: ${?}"
return 4
;;
esac
fi
nice -n "${nicelevel}" "${@}"
evaluate_retval # This is "Probably" not LSB compliant,
# but required to be compatible with older bootscripts
return 0
}
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - killproc [-p pidfile] pathname [signal]
#
# Purpose:
#
# Inputs: -p pidfile, uses the specified pidfile
# pathname, pathname to the specified program
# signal, send this signal to pathname
#
# Outputs: return 0 - Success
# return 2 - Invalid of excessive number of arguments,
# warning in stdout
# return 4 - Unknown Status
#
# Dependencies: kill, rm
#
# Todo: LSB does not say that it should call evaluate_retval
# It checks for PIDFILE, which is deprecated.
# Will be removed after BLFS 6.0
#
#*******************************************************************************
killproc()
{
local pidfile=""
local killsig=TERM # default signal is SIGTERM
pidlist=""
# This will ensure compatibility with previous LFS Bootscripts
if [ -n "${PIDFILE}" ]; then
pidfile="${PIDFILE}"
fi
while true
do
case "${1}" in
-p)
pidfile="${2}"
shift 2
;;
-*)
log_failure_msg "Unknown Option: ${1}"
return 2
;;
*)
break
;;
esac
done
if [ "${#}" = "2" ]; then
killsig="${2}"
elif [ "${#}" != "1" ]; then
shift 2
log_failure_msg "Usage: killproc [-p pidfile] pathname [signal]"
return 2
fi
# Is the process running?
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
pidofproc -s "${1}"
else
pidofproc -s -p "${pidfile}" "${1}"
fi
# Remove stale pidfile
if [ "$?" = 1 ]; then
boot_mesg "Removing stale pid file: ${pidfile}." ${WARNING}
rm -f "${pidfile}"
fi
# If running, send the signal
if [ -n "${pidlist}" ]; then
for pid in ${pidlist}
do
kill -${killsig} ${pid} 2>/dev/null
# Wait up to 3 seconds, for ${pid} to terminate
case "${killsig}" in
TERM|SIGTERM|KILL|SIGKILL)
# sleep in 1/10ths of seconds and
# multiply KILLDELAY by 10
local dtime="${KILLDELAY}0"
while [ "${dtime}" != "0" ]
do
kill -0 ${pid} 2>/dev/null || break
sleep 0.1
dtime=$(( ${dtime} - 1))
done
# If ${pid} is still running, kill it
kill -0 ${pid} 2>/dev/null && kill -KILL ${pid} 2>/dev/null
;;
esac
done
# Check if the process is still running if we tried to stop it
case "${killsig}" in
TERM|SIGTERM|KILL|SIGKILL)
if [ -z "${pidfile}" ]; then
pidofproc -s "${1}"
else
pidofproc -s -p "${pidfile}" "${1}"
fi
# Program was terminated
if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
# Remove the pidfile if necessary
if [ -f "${pidfile}" ]; then
rm -f "${pidfile}"
fi
echo_ok
return 0
else # Program is still running
echo_failure
return 4 # Unknown Status
fi
;;
*)
# Just see if the kill returned successfully
evaluate_retval
;;
esac
else # process not running
print_status warning not_running
fi
}
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - log_success_msg "message"
#
# Purpose: Print a success message
#
# Inputs: $@ - Message
#
# Outputs: Text output to screen
#
# Dependencies: echo
#
# Todo: logging
#
#*******************************************************************************
log_success_msg()
{
${ECHO} -n -e "${BOOTMESG_PREFIX}${@}"
${ECHO} -e "${SET_COL}""${BRACKET}""[""${SUCCESS}"" OK ""${BRACKET}""]""${NORMAL}"
[ -d /run/var ] || return 0
${ECHO} -n -e "${@} [ OK ]" >> /run/var/bootlog
return 0
}
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - log_failure_msg "message"
#
# Purpose: Print a failure message
#
# Inputs: $@ - Message
#
# Outputs: Text output to screen
#
# Dependencies: echo
#
# Todo: logging
#
#*******************************************************************************
log_failure_msg() {
${ECHO} -n -e "${BOOTMESG_PREFIX}${@}"
${ECHO} -e "${SET_COL}""${BRACKET}""[""${FAILURE}"" FAIL ""${BRACKET}""]""${NORMAL}"
[ -d /run/var ] || return 0
${ECHO} -e "${@} [ FAIL ]" >> /run/var/bootlog
return 0
}
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - log_warning_msg "message"
#
# Purpose: print a warning message
#
# Inputs: $@ - Message
#
# Outputs: Text output to screen
#
# Dependencies: echo
#
# Todo: logging
#
#*******************************************************************************
log_warning_msg() {
${ECHO} -n -e "${BOOTMESG_PREFIX}${@}"
${ECHO} -e "${SET_COL}""${BRACKET}""[""${WARNING}"" WARN ""${BRACKET}""]""${NORMAL}"
[ -d /run/var ] || return 0
${ECHO} -e "${@} [ WARN ]" >> /run/var/bootlog
return 0
}
#*******************************************************************************
# Function - log_skipped_msg "message"
#
# Purpose: print a message that the script was skipped
#
# Inputs: $@ - Message
#
# Outputs: Text output to screen
#
# Dependencies: echo
#
# Todo: logging
#
#*******************************************************************************
log_skipped_msg() {
${ECHO} -n -e "${BOOTMESG_PREFIX}${@}"
${ECHO} -e "${SET_COL}""${BRACKET}""[""${WARNING}"" SKIP ""${BRACKET}""]""${NORMAL}"
[ -d /run/var ] || return 0
${ECHO} -e "${@} [ SKIP ]" >> /run/var/bootlog
return 0
}
# End boot functions
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin mountvirtfs
#
# Description : Mount proc, sysfs, and run
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: mountvirtfs
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Mounts /sys and /proc virtual (kernel) filesystems.
# Mounts /run (tmpfs) and /dev (devtmpfs).
# Description: Mounts /sys and /proc virtual (kernel) filesystems.
# Mounts /run (tmpfs) and /dev (devtmpfs).
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
# Make sure /run/var is available before logging any messages
if ! mountpoint /run >/dev/null; then
mount -n /run || failed=1
fi
mkdir -p /run/var /run/lock /run/shm
chmod 1777 /run/shm
log_info_msg "Mounting virtual file systems: ${INFO}/run"
if ! mountpoint /proc >/dev/null; then
log_info_msg2 " ${INFO}/proc"
mount -n -o nosuid,noexec,nodev /proc || failed=1
fi
if ! mountpoint /sys >/dev/null; then
log_info_msg2 " ${INFO}/sys"
mount -n -o nosuid,noexec,nodev /sys || failed=1
fi
if ! mountpoint /dev >/dev/null; then
log_info_msg2 " ${INFO}/dev"
mount -n -o mode=0755,nosuid /dev || failed=1
fi
# Copy devices that Udev >= 155 doesn't handle to /dev
cp -a /lib/udev/devices/* /dev
ln -sfn /run/shm /dev/shm
(exit ${failed})
evaluate_retval
exit $failed
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start}"
exit 1
;;
esac
# End mountvirtfs
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin modules
#
# Description : Module auto-loading script
#
# Authors : Zack Winkles
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: modules
# Required-Start: mountvirtfs sysctl
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Loads required modules.
# Description: Loads modules listed in /etc/sysconfig/modules.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
# Assure that the kernel has module support.
[ -e /proc/ksyms -o -e /proc/modules ] || exit 0
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
# Exit if there's no modules file or there are no
# valid entries
[ -r /etc/sysconfig/modules ] || exit 0
egrep -qv '^($|#)' /etc/sysconfig/modules || exit 0
log_info_msg "Loading modules:"
# Only try to load modules if the user has actually given us
# some modules to load.
while read module args; do
# Ignore comments and blank lines.
case "$module" in
""|"#"*) continue ;;
esac
# Attempt to load the module, passing any arguments provided.
modprobe ${module} ${args} >/dev/null
# Print the module name if successful, otherwise take note.
if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
log_info_msg2 " ${module}"
else
failedmod="${failedmod} ${module}"
fi
done < /etc/sysconfig/modules
# Print a message about successfully loaded modules on the correct line.
log_success_msg2
# Print a failure message with a list of any modules that
# may have failed to load.
if [ -n "${failedmod}" ]; then
log_failure_msg "Failed to load modules:${failedmod}"
exit 1
fi
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End modules
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin udev
#
# Description : Udev cold-plugging script
#
# Authors : Zack Winkles, Alexander E. Patrakov
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: udev $time
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start: modules
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Populates /dev with device nodes.
# Description: Mounts a tempfs on /dev and starts the udevd daemon.
# Device nodes are created as defined by udev.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Populating /dev with device nodes... "
if ! grep -q '[[:space:]]sysfs' /proc/mounts; then
log_failure_msg2
msg="FAILURE:\n\nUnable to create "
msg="${msg}devices without a SysFS filesystem\n\n"
msg="${msg}After you press Enter, this system "
msg="${msg}will be halted and powered off.\n\n"
log_info_msg "$msg"
log_info_msg "Press Enter to continue..."
wait_for_user
/etc/rc.d/init.d/halt stop
fi
# Udev handles uevents itself, so we don't need to have
# the kernel call out to any binary in response to them
echo > /proc/sys/kernel/hotplug
# Start the udev daemon to continually watch for, and act on,
# uevents
/lib/udev/udevd --daemon
# Now traverse /sys in order to "coldplug" devices that have
# already been discovered
/sbin/udevadm trigger --action=add --type=subsystems
/sbin/udevadm trigger --action=add --type=devices
# Now wait for udevd to process the uevents we triggered
/sbin/udevadm settle
# If any LVM based partitions are on the system, ensure they
# are activated so they can be used.
if [ -x /sbin/vgchange ]; then /sbin/vgchange -a y >/dev/null; fi
log_success_msg2
;;
*)
echo "Usage ${0} {start}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End udev
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin swap
#
# Description : Swap Control Script
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: swap
# Required-Start: udev
# Should-Start: modules
# Required-Stop: localnet
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop: 0 6
# Short-Description: Mounts and unmounts swap partitions.
# Description: Mounts and unmounts swap partitions defined in
# /etc/fstab.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Activating all swap files/partitions..."
swapon -a
evaluate_retval
;;
stop)
log_info_msg "Deactivating all swap files/partitions..."
swapoff -a
evaluate_retval
;;
restart)
${0} stop
sleep 1
${0} start
;;
status)
log_success_msg "Retrieving swap status."
swapon -s
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start|stop|restart|status}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End swap
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin setclock
#
# Description : Setting Linux Clock
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides:
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start: modules
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop: $syslog
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Stores and restores time from the hardware clock
# Description: On boot, system time is obtained from hwclock. The
# hardware clock can also be set on shutdown.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS BLFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
[ -r /etc/sysconfig/clock ] && . /etc/sysconfig/clock
case "${UTC}" in
yes|true|1)
CLOCKPARAMS="${CLOCKPARAMS} --utc"
;;
no|false|0)
CLOCKPARAMS="${CLOCKPARAMS} --localtime"
;;
esac
case ${1} in
start)
hwclock --hctosys ${CLOCKPARAMS} >/dev/null
;;
stop)
log_info_msg "Setting hardware clock..."
hwclock --systohc ${CLOCKPARAMS} >/dev/null
evaluate_retval
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start|stop}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
#!/bin/sh ######################################################################## # Begin checkfs # # Description : File System Check # # Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # A. Luebke - [email protected] # DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # # Version : LFS 7.0 # # Based on checkfs script from LFS-3.1 and earlier. # # From man fsck # 0 - No errors # 1 - File system errors corrected # 2 - System should be rebooted # 4 - File system errors left uncorrected # 8 - Operational error # 16 - Usage or syntax error # 32 - Fsck canceled by user request # 128 - Shared library error # ######################################################################### ### BEGIN INIT INFO # Provides: checkfs # Required-Start: udev swap $time # Should-Start: # Required-Stop: # Should-Stop: # Default-Start: S # Default-Stop: # Short-Description: Checks local filesystems before mounting. # Description: Checks local filesystmes before mounting. # X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS ### END INIT INFO . /lib/lsb/init-functions case "${1}" in start) if [ -f /fastboot ]; then msg="/fastboot found, will omit " msg="${msg} file system checks as requested.\n" log_info_msg "${msg}" exit 0 fi log_info_msg "Mounting root file system in read-only mode... " mount -n -o remount,ro / >/dev/null if [ ${?} != 0 ]; then log_failure_msg2 msg="\n\nCannot check root " msg="${msg}filesystem because it could not be mounted " msg="${msg}in read-only mode.\n\n" msg="${msg}After you press Enter, this system will be " msg="${msg}halted and powered off.\n\n" log_failure_msg "${msg}" log_info_msg "Press Enter to continue..." wait_for_user /etc/rc.d/init.d/halt stop else log_success_msg2 fi if [ -f /forcefsck ]; then msg="\n/forcefsck found, forcing file" msg="${msg} system checks as requested." log_success_msg "$msg" options="-f" else options="" fi log_info_msg "Checking file systems..." # Note: -a option used to be -p; but this fails e.g. on fsck.minix fsck ${options} -a -A -C -T >/dev/null error_value=${?} if [ "${error_value}" = 0 ]; then log_success_msg2 fi if [ "${error_value}" = 1 ]; then msg="\nWARNING:\n\nFile system errors " msg="${msg}were found and have been corrected.\n" msg="${msg}You may want to double-check that " msg="${msg}everything was fixed properly." log_warning_msg "$msg" fi if [ "${error_value}" = 2 -o "${error_value}" = 3 ]; then msg="\nWARNING:\n\nFile system errors " msg="${msg}were found and have been been " msg="${msg}corrected, but the nature of the " msg="${msg}errors require this system to be rebooted.\n\n" msg="${msg}After you press enter, " msg="${msg}this system will be rebooted\n\n" log_failure_msg "$msg" log_info_msg "Press Enter to continue..." wait_for_user reboot -f fi if [ "${error_value}" -gt 3 -a "${error_value}" -lt 16 ]; then msg="\nFAILURE:\n\nFile system errors " msg="${msg}were encountered that could not be " msg="${msg}fixed automatically. This system " msg="${msg}cannot continue to boot and will " msg="${msg}therefore be halted until those " msg="${msg}errors are fixed manually by a " msg="${msg}System Administrator.\n\n" msg="${msg}After you press Enter, this system will be " msg="${msg}halted and powered off.\n\n" log_failure_msg "$msg" log_info_msg "Press Enter to continue..." wait_for_user /etc/rc.d/init.d/halt stop fi if [ "${error_value}" -ge 16 ]; then msg="\nFAILURE:\n\nUnexpected Failure " msg="${msg}running fsck. Exited with error " msg="${msg} code: ${error_value}." log_failure_msg $msg exit ${error_value} fi exit 0 ;; *) echo "Usage: ${0} {start}" exit 1 ;; esac # End checkfs
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin mountfs
#
# Description : File System Mount Script
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: $local_fs
# Required-Start: udev checkfs
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop: swap
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop: 0 6
# Short-Description: Mounts/unmounts local filesystems defined in /etc/fstab.
# Description: Remounts root filesystem read/write and mounts all
# remaining local filesystems defined in /etc/fstab on
# start. Remounts root filesystem read-only and unmounts
# remaining filesystems on stop.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Remounting root file system in read-write mode..."
mount -n -o remount,rw / >/dev/null
evaluate_retval
# Remove fsck-related file system watermarks.
rm -f /fastboot /forcefsck
log_info_msg "Recording existing mounts in /etc/mtab..."
> /etc/mtab
mount -f / || failed=1
mount -f /proc || failed=1
mount -f /sys || failed=1
mount -f /run || failed=1
mount -f /dev || failed=1
(exit ${failed})
evaluate_retval
# This will mount all filesystems that do not have _netdev in
# their option list. _netdev denotes a network filesystem.
log_info_msg "Mounting remaining file systems..."
mount -a -O no_netdev >/dev/null
evaluate_retval
exit $failed
;;
stop)
# Don't unmount tmpfs like /run
log_info_msg "Unmounting all other currently mounted file systems..."
umount -a -d -r -t notmpfs,nosysfs,nodevtmpfs,noproc >/dev/null
evaluate_retval
# Make all LVM volume groups unavailable, if appropriate
# This fails if swap or / are on an LVM partition
#if [ -x /sbin/vgchange ]; then /sbin/vgchange -an > /dev/null; fi
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start|stop}"
exit 1
;;
esac
# End mountfs
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin udev_retry
#
# Description : Udev cold-plugging script (retry)
#
# Authors : Alexander E. Patrakov
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Bryan Kadzban -
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: udev_retry
# Required-Start: udev
# Should-Start: $local_fs
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Replays failed uevents and creates additonal devices.
# Description: Replays any failed uevents that were skipped due to
# slow hardware initialization, and creates those needed
# device nodes
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Retrying failed uevents, if any..."
# As of udev-186, the --run option is no longer valid
#rundir=$(/sbin/udevadm info --run)
rundir=/run/udev
# From Debian: "copy the rules generated before / was mounted
# read-write":
for file in ${rundir}/tmp-rules--*; do
dest=${file##*tmp-rules--}
[ "$dest" = '*' ] && break
cat $file >> /etc/udev/rules.d/$dest
rm -f $file
done
# Re-trigger the uevents that may have failed,
# in hope they will succeed now
/bin/sed -e 's/#.*$//' /etc/sysconfig/udev_retry | /bin/grep -v '^$' | \
while read line ; do
for subsystem in $line ; do
/sbin/udevadm trigger --subsystem-match=$subsystem --action=add
done
done
# Now wait for udevd to process the uevents we triggered
/sbin/udevadm settle
evaluate_retval
;;
*)
echo "Usage ${0} {start}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End udev_retry
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin cleanfs
#
# Description : Clean file system
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: cleanfs
# Required-Start: $local_fs
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Cleans temporary directories early in the boot process.
# Description: Cleans temporary directories /var/run, /var/lock, and
# optionally, /tmp. cleanfs also creates /var/run/utmp
# and any files defined in /etc/sysconfig/createfiles.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
# Function to create files/directory on boot.
create_files()
{
# Input to file descriptor 9 and output to stdin (redirection)
exec 9>&0 < /etc/sysconfig/createfiles
while read name type perm usr grp dtype maj min junk
do
# Ignore comments and blank lines.
case "${name}" in
""|\#*) continue ;;
esac
# Ignore existing files.
if [ ! -e "${name}" ]; then
# Create stuff based on its type.
case "${type}" in
dir)
mkdir "${name}"
;;
file)
:> "${name}"
;;
dev)
case "${dtype}" in
char)
mknod "${name}" c ${maj} ${min}
;;
block)
mknod "${name}" b ${maj} ${min}
;;
pipe)
mknod "${name}" p
;;
*)
log_warning_msg "\nUnknown device type: ${dtype}"
;;
esac
;;
*)
log_warning_msg "\nUnknown type: ${type}"
continue
;;
esac
# Set up the permissions, too.
chown ${usr}:${grp} "${name}"
chmod ${perm} "${name}"
fi
done
# Close file descriptor 9 (end redirection)
exec 0>&9 9>&-
return 0
}
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Cleaning file systems:"
if [ "${SKIPTMPCLEAN}" = "" ]; then
log_info_msg2 " /tmp"
cd /tmp &&
find . -xdev -mindepth 1 ! -name lost+found -delete || failed=1
fi
> /var/run/utmp
if grep -q '^utmp:' /etc/group ; then
chmod 664 /var/run/utmp
chgrp utmp /var/run/utmp
fi
(exit ${failed})
evaluate_retval
if egrep -qv '^(#|$)' /etc/sysconfig/createfiles 2>/dev/null; then
log_info_msg "Creating files and directories... "
create_files # Always returns 0
evaluate_retval
fi
exit $failed
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start}"
exit 1
;;
esac
# End cleanfs
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin console
#
# Description : Sets keymap and screen font
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Alexander E. Patrakov
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: console
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start: $local_fs
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Sets up a localised console.
# Description: Sets up fonts and language settings for the user's
# local as defined by /etc/sysconfig/console.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
# Native English speakers probably don't have /etc/sysconfig/console at all
[ -r /etc/sysconfig/console ] && . /etc/sysconfig/console
function is_true()
{
[ "$1" = "1" ] || [ "$1" = "yes" ] || [ "$1" = "true" ]
}
failed=0
case "${1}" in
start)
# See if we need to do anything
if [ -z "${KEYMAP}" ] && [ -z "${KEYMAP_CORRECTIONS}" ] &&
[ -z "${FONT}" ] && [ -z "${LEGACY_CHARSET}" ] &&
! is_true "${UNICODE}"; then
exit 0
fi
# There should be no bogus failures below this line!
log_info_msg "Setting up Linux console..."
# Figure out if a framebuffer console is used
[ -d /sys/class/graphics/fb0 ] && use_fb=1 || use_fb=0
# Figure out the command to set the console into the
# desired mode
is_true "${UNICODE}" &&
MODE_COMMAND="echo -en '\033%G' && kbd_mode -u" ||
MODE_COMMAND="echo -en '\033%@\033(K' && kbd_mode -a"
# On framebuffer consoles, font has to be set for each vt in
# UTF-8 mode. This doesn't hurt in non-UTF-8 mode also.
! is_true "${use_fb}" || [ -z "${FONT}" ] ||
MODE_COMMAND="${MODE_COMMAND} && setfont ${FONT}"
# Apply that command to all consoles mentioned in
# /etc/inittab. Important: in the UTF-8 mode this should
# happen before setfont, otherwise a kernel bug will
# show up and the unicode map of the font will not be
# used.
for TTY in `grep '^[^#].*respawn:/sbin/agetty' /etc/inittab |
grep -o '\btty[[:digit:]]*\b'`
do
openvt -f -w -c ${TTY#tty} -- \
/bin/sh -c "${MODE_COMMAND}" || failed=1
done
# Set the font (if not already set above) and the keymap
[ "${use_fb}" == "1" ] || [ -z "${FONT}" ] || setfont $FONT || failed=1
[ -z "${KEYMAP}" ] ||
loadkeys ${KEYMAP} >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
failed=1
[ -z "${KEYMAP_CORRECTIONS}" ] ||
loadkeys ${KEYMAP_CORRECTIONS} >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
failed=1
# Convert the keymap from $LEGACY_CHARSET to UTF-8
[ -z "$LEGACY_CHARSET" ] ||
dumpkeys -c "$LEGACY_CHARSET" | loadkeys -u >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
failed=1
# If any of the commands above failed, the trap at the
# top would set $failed to 1
( exit $failed )
evaluate_retval
exit $failed
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start}"
exit 1
;;
esac
# End console
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin localnet
#
# Description : Loopback device
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: localnet
# Required-Start: $local_fs
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop: 0 6
# Short-Description: Starts the local network.
# Description: Sets the hostname of the machine and starts the
# loopback interface.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
[ -r /etc/sysconfig/network ] && . /etc/sysconfig/network
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Bringing up the loopback interface..."
ip addr add 127.0.0.1/8 label lo dev lo
ip link set lo up
evaluate_retval
log_info_msg "Setting hostname to ${HOSTNAME}..."
hostname ${HOSTNAME}
evaluate_retval
;;
stop)
log_info_msg "Bringing down the loopback interface..."
ip link set lo down
evaluate_retval
;;
restart)
${0} stop
sleep 1
${0} start
;;
status)
echo "Hostname is: $(hostname)"
ip link show lo
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start|stop|restart|status}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End localnet
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin sysctl
#
# Description : File uses /etc/sysctl.conf to set kernel runtime
# parameters
#
# Authors : Nathan Coulson (nathan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org)
# Matthew Burgress (matthew AT linuxfromscratch D0T org)
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: sysctl
# Required-Start: mountvirtfs
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: S
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Makes changes to the proc filesystem
# Description: Makes changes to the proc filesystem as defined in
# /etc/sysctl.conf. See 'man sysctl(8)'.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
if [ -f "/etc/sysctl.conf" ]; then
log_info_msg "Setting kernel runtime parameters..."
sysctl -q -p
evaluate_retval
fi
;;
status)
sysctl -a
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start|status}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End sysctl
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin sysklogd
#
# Description : Sysklogd loader
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: $syslog
# Required-Start: localnet
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop: $local_fs sendsignals
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
# Short-Description: Starts kernel and system log daemons.
# Description: Starts kernel and system log daemons.
# /etc/fstab.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Starting system log daemon..."
parms=${SYSKLOGD_PARMS-'-m 0'}
start_daemon /sbin/syslogd $parms
evaluate_retval
log_info_msg "Starting kernel log daemon..."
start_daemon /sbin/klogd
evaluate_retval
;;
stop)
log_info_msg "Stopping kernel log daemon..."
killproc /sbin/klogd
evaluate_retval
log_info_msg "Stopping system log daemon..."
killproc /sbin/syslogd
evaluate_retval
;;
reload)
log_info_msg "Reloading system log daemon config file..."
pid=`pidofproc syslogd`
kill -HUP "${pid}"
evaluate_retval
;;
restart)
${0} stop
sleep 1
${0} start
;;
status)
statusproc /sbin/syslogd
statusproc klogd
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start|stop|reload|restart|status}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End sysklogd
#!/bin/sh ######################################################################## # Begin network # # Description : Network Control Script # # Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Nathan Coulson - nathan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Kevin P. Fleming - [email protected] # DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # # Version : LFS 7.0 # ######################################################################## ### BEGIN INIT INFO # Provides: $network # Required-Start: $local_fs swap localnet # Should-Start: $syslog # Required-Stop: $local_fs swap localnet # Should-Stop: $syslog # Default-Start: 3 4 5 # Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6 # Short-Description: Starts and configures network interfaces. # Description: Starts and configures network interfaces. # X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS ### END INIT INFO case "${1}" in start) # Start all network interfaces for file in /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.* do interface=${file##*/ifconfig.} # Skip if $file is * (because nothing was found) if [ "${interface}" = "*" ] then continue fi /sbin/ifup ${interface} done ;; stop) # Reverse list net_files="" for file in /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.* do net_files="${file} ${net_files}" done # Stop all network interfaces for file in ${net_files} do interface=${file##*/ifconfig.} # Skip if $file is * (because nothing was found) if [ "${interface}" = "*" ] then continue fi /sbin/ifdown ${interface} done ;; restart) ${0} stop sleep 1 ${0} start ;; *) echo "Usage: ${0} {start|stop|restart}" exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # End network
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin sendsignals
#
# Description : Sendsignals Script
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: sendsignals
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop: $local_fs swap localnet
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start:
# Default-Stop: 0 6
# Short-Description: Attempts to kill remaining processes.
# Description: Attempts to kill remaining processes.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
stop)
log_info_msg "Sending all processes the TERM signal..."
killall5 -15
error_value=${?}
sleep ${KILLDELAY}
if [ "${error_value}" = 0 -o "${error_value}" = 2 ]; then
log_success_msg
else
log_failure_msg
fi
log_info_msg "Sending all processes the KILL signal..."
killall5 -9
error_value=${?}
sleep ${KILLDELAY}
if [ "${error_value}" = 0 -o "${error_value}" = 2 ]; then
log_success_msg
else
log_failure_msg
fi
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {stop}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End sendsignals
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin reboot
#
# Description : Reboot Scripts
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: reboot
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: 6
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Reboots the system.
# Description: Reboots the System.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
stop)
log_info_msg "Restarting system..."
reboot -d -f -i
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {stop}"
exit 1
;;
esac
# End reboot
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin halt
#
# Description : Halt Script
#
# Authors : Gerard Beekmans - gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
# Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
#
# Version : LFS 7.0
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: halt
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start: 0
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description: Halts the system.
# Description: Halts the System.
# X-LFS-Provided-By: LFS
### END INIT INFO
case "${1}" in
stop)
halt -d -f -i -p
;;
*)
echo "Usage: {stop}"
exit 1
;;
esac
# End halt
#!/bin/sh
########################################################################
# Begin scriptname
#
# Description :
#
# Authors :
#
# Version : LFS x.x
#
# Notes :
#
########################################################################
### BEGIN INIT INFO
# Provides: template
# Required-Start:
# Should-Start:
# Required-Stop:
# Should-Stop:
# Default-Start:
# Default-Stop:
# Short-Description:
# Description:
# X-LFS-Provided-By:
### END INIT INFO
. /lib/lsb/init-functions
case "${1}" in
start)
log_info_msg "Starting..."
start_daemon fully_qualified_path
;;
stop)
log_info_msg "Stopping..."
killproc fully_qualified_path
;;
restart)
${0} stop
sleep 1
${0} start
;;
*)
echo "Usage: ${0} {start|stop|restart}"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# End scriptname
########################################################################
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/rc
#
# Description : rc script configuration
#
# Authors :
#
# Version : 00.00
#
# Notes : Not used by LFS, but present for BLFS compatibility
#
########################################################################
rc_base=/etc/rc.d
rc_functions=${rc_base}/init.d/functions
network_devices=/etc/sysconfig/network-devices
# End /etc/sysconfig/rc
########################################################################
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/modules
#
# Description : Module auto-loading configuration
#
# Authors :
#
# Version : 00.00
#
# Notes : The syntax of this file is as follows:
# <module> [<arg1> <arg2> ...]
#
# Each module should be on it's own line, and any options that you want
# passed to the module should follow it. The line deliminator is either
# a space or a tab.
########################################################################
# End /etc/sysconfig/modules
########################################################################
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/createfiles
#
# Description : Createfiles script config file
#
# Authors :
#
# Version : 00.00
#
# Notes : The syntax of this file is as follows:
# if type is equal to "file" or "dir"
# <filename> <type> <permissions> <user> <group>
# if type is equal to "dev"
# <filename> <type> <permissions> <user> <group> <devtype>
# <major> <minor>
#
# <filename> is the name of the file which is to be created
# <type> is either file, dir, or dev.
# file creates a new file
# dir creates a new directory
# dev creates a new device
# <devtype> is either block, char or pipe
# block creates a block device
# char creates a character deivce
# pipe creates a pipe, this will ignore the <major> and
# <minor> fields
# <major> and <minor> are the major and minor numbers used for
# the device.
########################################################################
# End /etc/sysconfig/createfiles
########################################################################
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/udev_retry
#
# Description : udev_retry script configuration
#
# Authors :
#
# Version : 00.00
#
# Notes : Each subsystem that may need to be re-triggered after mountfs
# runs should be listed in this file. Probable subsystems to be
# listed here are rtc (due to /var/lib/hwclock/adjtime) and sound
# (due to both /var/lib/alsa/asound.state and /usr/sbin/alsactl).
# Entries are whitespace-separated.
########################################################################
rtc
# End /etc/sysconfig/udev_retry
#!/bin/sh ######################################################################## # Begin /sbin/ifup # # Description : Interface Up # # Authors : Nathan Coulson - nathan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Kevin P. Fleming - [email protected] # Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # # Version : LFS 7.2 # # Notes : The IFCONFIG variable is passed to the SERVICE script # in the /lib/services directory, to indicate what file the # service should source to get interface specifications. # ######################################################################## up() { if ip link show $1 > /dev/null 2>&1; then link_status=`ip link show $1` if [ -n "${link_status}" ]; then if ! echo "${link_status}" | grep -q UP; then ip link set $1 up fi fi else log_failure_msg "\nInterface ${IFACE} doesn't exist." exit 1 fi } RELEASE="7.2" USAGE="Usage: $0 [ -hV ] [--help] [--version] interface" VERSTR="LFS ifup, version ${RELEASE}" while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do case "$1" in --help | -h) help="y"; break ;; --version | -V) echo "${VERSTR}"; exit 0 ;; -*) echo "ifup: ${1}: invalid option" >&2 echo "${USAGE}" >& 2 exit 2 ;; *) break ;; esac done if [ -n "$help" ]; then echo "${VERSTR}" echo "${USAGE}" echo cat << HERE_EOF ifup is used to bring up a network interface. The interface parameter, e.g. eth0 or eth0:2, must match the trailing part of the interface specifications file, e.g. /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0:2. HERE_EOF exit 0 fi file=/etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.${1} # Skip backup files [ "${file}" = "${file%""~""}" ] || exit 0 . /lib/lsb/init-functions log_info_msg "Bringing up the ${1} interface... " if [ ! -r "${file}" ]; then log_failure_msg2 "${file} is missing or cannot be accessed." exit 1 fi . $file if [ "$IFACE" = "" ]; then log_failure_msg2 "${file} does not define an interface [IFACE]." exit 1 fi # Do not process this service if started by boot, and ONBOOT # is not set to yes if [ "${IN_BOOT}" = "1" -a "${ONBOOT}" != "yes" ]; then log_info_msg2 "skipped" exit 0 fi for S in ${SERVICE}; do if [ ! -x "/lib/services/${S}" ]; then MSG="\nUnable to process ${file}. Either " MSG="${MSG}the SERVICE '${S} was not present " MSG="${MSG}or cannot be executed." log_failure_msg "$MSG" exit 1 fi done # Create/configure the interface for S in ${SERVICE}; do IFCONFIG=${file} /lib/services/${S} ${IFACE} up done # Bring up the interface and any components for I in $IFACE $INTERFACE_COMPONENTS; do up $I; done # Set MTU if requested. Check if MTU has a "good" value. if test -n "${MTU}"; then if [[ ${MTU} =~ ^[0-9]+$ ]] && [[ $MTU -ge 68 ]] ; then for I in $IFACE $INTERFACE_COMPONENTS; do ip link set dev $I mtu $MTU; done else log_info_msg2 "Invalid MTU $MTU" fi fi # Set the route default gateway if requested if [ -n "${GATEWAY}" ]; then if ip route | grep -q default; then log_warning_msg "\nGateway already setup; skipping." else log_info_msg "Setting up default gateway..." ip route add default via ${GATEWAY} dev ${IFACE} evaluate_retval fi fi # End /sbin/ifup
#!/bin/bash ######################################################################## # Begin /sbin/ifdown # # Description : Interface Down # # Authors : Nathan Coulson - nathan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Kevin P. Fleming - [email protected] # Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # # Version : LFS 7.0 # # Notes : the IFCONFIG variable is passed to the scripts found # in the /lib/services directory, to indicate what file the # service should source to get interface specifications. # ######################################################################## RELEASE="7.0" USAGE="Usage: $0 [ -hV ] [--help] [--version] interface" VERSTR="LFS ifdown, version ${RELEASE}" while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do case "$1" in --help | -h) help="y"; break ;; --version | -V) echo "${VERSTR}"; exit 0 ;; -*) echo "ifup: ${1}: invalid option" >&2 echo "${USAGE}" >& 2 exit 2 ;; *) break ;; esac done if [ -n "$help" ]; then echo "${VERSTR}" echo "${USAGE}" echo cat << HERE_EOF ifdown is used to bring down a network interface. The interface parameter, e.g. eth0 or eth0:2, must match the trailing part of the interface specifications file, e.g. /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0:2. HERE_EOF exit 0 fi file=/etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.${1} # Skip backup files [ "${file}" = "${file%""~""}" ] || exit 0 . /lib/lsb/init-functions if [ ! -r "${file}" ]; then log_warning_msg "${file} is missing or cannot be accessed." exit 1 fi . ${file} if [ "$IFACE" = "" ]; then log_failure_msg "${file} does not define an interface [IFACE]." exit 1 fi # We only need to first service to bring down the interface S=`echo ${SERVICE} | cut -f1 -d" "` if ip link show ${IFACE} > /dev/null 2>&1; then if [ -n "${S}" -a -x "/lib/services/${S}" ]; then IFCONFIG=${file} /lib/services/${S} ${IFACE} down else MSG="Unable to process ${file}. Either " MSG="${MSG}the SERVICE variable was not set " MSG="${MSG}or the specified service cannot be executed." log_failure_msg "$MSG" exit 1 fi else log_warning_msg "Interface ${1} doesn't exist." fi # Leave the interface up if there are additional interfaces in the device link_status=`ip link show ${IFACE} 2>/dev/null` if [ -n "${link_status}" ]; then if [ "$(echo "${link_status}" | grep UP)" != "" ]; then if [ "$(ip addr show ${IFACE} | grep 'inet ')" == "" ]; then log_info_msg "Bringing down the ${IFACE} interface..." ip link set ${IFACE} down evaluate_retval fi fi fi # End /sbin/ifdown
#!/bin/sh ######################################################################## # Begin /lib/services/ipv4-static # # Description : IPV4 Static Boot Script # # Authors : Nathan Coulson - nathan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Kevin P. Fleming - [email protected] # Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # # Version : LFS 7.0 # ######################################################################## . /lib/lsb/init-functions . ${IFCONFIG} if [ -z "${IP}" ]; then log_failure_msg "\nIP variable missing from ${IFCONFIG}, cannot continue." exit 1 fi if [ -z "${PREFIX}" -a -z "${PEER}" ]; then log_warning_msg "\nPREFIX variable missing from ${IFCONFIG}, assuming 24." PREFIX=24 args="${args} ${IP}/${PREFIX}" elif [ -n "${PREFIX}" -a -n "${PEER}" ]; then log_failure_msg "\nPREFIX and PEER both specified in ${IFCONFIG}, cannot continue." exit 1 elif [ -n "${PREFIX}" ]; then args="${args} ${IP}/${PREFIX}" elif [ -n "${PEER}" ]; then args="${args} ${IP} peer ${PEER}" fi if [ -n "${BROADCAST}" ]; then args="${args} broadcast ${BROADCAST}" fi case "${2}" in up) if [ "$(ip addr show ${1} 2>/dev/null | grep ${IP}/)" == "" ]; then # Cosmetic output not needed for multiple services if ! $(echo ${SERVICE} | grep -q " "); then log_info_msg2 "\n" # Terminate the previous message fi log_info_msg "Adding IPv4 address ${IP} to the ${1} interface..." ip addr add ${args} dev ${1} evaluate_retval else log_warning_msg "Cannot add IPv4 address ${IP} to ${1}. Already present." fi ;; down) if [ "$(ip addr show ${1} 2>/dev/null | grep ${IP}/)" != "" ]; then log_info_msg "Removing IPv4 address ${IP} from the ${1} interface..." ip addr del ${args} dev ${1} evaluate_retval fi if [ -n "${GATEWAY}" ]; then # Only remove the gateway if ther are no remaining ipv4 addresses if [ "$(ip addr show ${1} 2>/dev/null | grep 'inet ')" != "" ]; then log_info_msg "Removing default gateway..." ip route del default evaluate_retval fi fi ;; *) echo "Usage: ${0} [interface] {up|down}" exit 1 ;; esac # End /lib/services/ipv4-static
#!/bin/sh ######################################################################## # Begin /lib/services/ipv4-static-route # # Description : IPV4 Static Route Script # # Authors : Kevin P. Fleming - [email protected] # DJ Lucas - dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # Update : Bruce Dubbs - bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org # # Version : LFS 7.0 # ######################################################################## . /lib/lsb/init-functions . ${IFCONFIG} case "${TYPE}" in ("" | "network") need_ip=1 need_gateway=1 ;; ("default") need_gateway=1 args="${args} default" desc="default" ;; ("host") need_ip=1 ;; ("unreachable") need_ip=1 args="${args} unreachable" desc="unreachable " ;; (*) log_failure_msg "Unknown route type (${TYPE}) in ${IFCONFIG}, cannot continue." exit 1 ;; esac if [ -n "${need_ip}" ]; then if [ -z "${IP}" ]; then log_failure_msg "IP variable missing from ${IFCONFIG}, cannot continue." exit 1 fi if [ -z "${PREFIX}" ]; then log_failure_msg "PREFIX variable missing from ${IFCONFIG}, cannot continue." exit 1 fi args="${args} ${IP}/${PREFIX}" desc="${desc}${IP}/${PREFIX}" fi if [ -n "${need_gateway}" ]; then if [ -z "${GATEWAY}" ]; then log_failure_msg "GATEWAY variable missing from ${IFCONFIG}, cannot continue." exit 1 fi args="${args} via ${GATEWAY}" fi if [ -n "${SOURCE}" ]; then args="${args} src ${SOURCE}" fi case "${2}" in up) log_info_msg "Adding '${desc}' route to the ${1} interface..." ip route add ${args} dev ${1} evaluate_retval ;; down) log_info_msg "Removing '${desc}' route from the ${1} interface..." ip route del ${args} dev ${1} evaluate_retval ;; *) echo "Usage: ${0} [interface] {up|down}" exit 1 ;; esac # End /lib/services/ipv4-static-route
The rules from udev-lfs-188-3.tar.bz2 in this appendix are listed for convenience. Installation is normally done via instructions in Section 6.61, “Udev-188 (Extracted from systemd-188)”.
# /etc/udev/rules.d/55-lfs.rules: Rule definitions for LFS.
# Core kernel devices
# This causes the system clock to be set as soon as /dev/rtc becomes available.
SUBSYSTEM=="rtc", ACTION=="add", MODE="0644", RUN+="/etc/rc.d/init.d/setclock start"
KERNEL=="rtc", ACTION=="add", MODE="0644", RUN+="/etc/rc.d/init.d/setclock start"
# Comms devices
KERNEL=="ippp[0-9]*", GROUP="dialout"
KERNEL=="isdn[0-9]*", GROUP="dialout"
KERNEL=="isdnctrl[0-9]*", GROUP="dialout"
KERNEL=="dcbri[0-9]*", GROUP="dialout"
This book is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 License.
Computer instructions may be extracted from the book under the MIT License.
Creative Commons Legal Code
Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0
CREATIVE COMMONS CORPORATION IS NOT A LAW FIRM AND DOES NOT PROVIDE LEGAL SERVICES. DISTRIBUTION OF THIS LICENSE DOES NOT CREATE AN ATTORNEY-CLIENT RELATIONSHIP. CREATIVE COMMONS PROVIDES THIS INFORMATION ON AN "AS-IS" BASIS. CREATIVE COMMONS MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING THE INFORMATION PROVIDED, AND DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.
License
THE WORK (AS DEFINED BELOW) IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS CREATIVE COMMONS PUBLIC LICENSE ("CCPL" OR "LICENSE"). THE WORK IS PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS LICENSE OR COPYRIGHT LAW IS PROHIBITED.
BY EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS TO THE WORK PROVIDED HERE, YOU ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE. THE LICENSOR GRANTS YOU THE RIGHTS CONTAINED HERE IN CONSIDERATION OF YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
Definitions
"Collective Work" means a work, such as a periodical issue, anthology or encyclopedia, in which the Work in its entirety in unmodified form, along with a number of other contributions, constituting separate and independent works in themselves, are assembled into a collective whole. A work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work (as defined below) for the purposes of this License.
"Derivative Work" means a work based upon the Work or upon the Work and other pre-existing works, such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization, fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording, art reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which the Work may be recast, transformed, or adapted, except that a work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition or sound recording, the synchronization of the Work in timed-relation with a moving image ("synching") will be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License.
"Licensor" means the individual or entity that offers the Work under the terms of this License.
"Original Author" means the individual or entity who created the Work.
"Work" means the copyrightable work of authorship offered under the terms of this License.
"You" means an individual or entity exercising rights under this License who has not previously violated the terms of this License with respect to the Work, or who has received express permission from the Licensor to exercise rights under this License despite a previous violation.
"License Elements" means the following high-level license attributes as selected by Licensor and indicated in the title of this License: Attribution, Noncommercial, ShareAlike.
Fair Use Rights. Nothing in this license is intended to reduce, limit, or restrict any rights arising from fair use, first sale or other limitations on the exclusive rights of the copyright owner under copyright law or other applicable laws.
License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright) license to exercise the rights in the Work as stated below:
to reproduce the Work, to incorporate the Work into one or more Collective Works, and to reproduce the Work as incorporated in the Collective Works;
to create and reproduce Derivative Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission the Work including as incorporated in Collective Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission Derivative Works;
The above rights may be exercised in all media and formats whether now known or hereafter devised. The above rights include the right to make such modifications as are technically necessary to exercise the rights in other media and formats. All rights not expressly granted by Licensor are hereby reserved, including but not limited to the rights set forth in Sections 4(e) and 4(f).
Restrictions.The license granted in Section 3 above is expressly made subject to and limited by the following restrictions:
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work only under the terms of this License, and You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License with every copy or phonorecord of the Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Work that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder. You may not sublicense the Work. You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License. If You create a Collective Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Collective Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested. If You create a Derivative Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Derivative Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested.
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work only under the terms of this License, a later version of this License with the same License Elements as this License, or a Creative Commons iCommons license that contains the same License Elements as this License (e.g. Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Japan). You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License or other license specified in the previous sentence with every copy or phonorecord of each Derivative Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Derivative Works that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder, and You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Derivative Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Derivative Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Derivative Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License.
You may not exercise any of the rights granted to You in Section 3 above in any manner that is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. The exchange of the Work for other copyrighted works by means of digital file-sharing or otherwise shall not be considered to be intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation, provided there is no payment of any monetary compensation in connection with the exchange of copyrighted works.
If you distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work or any Derivative Works or Collective Works, You must keep intact all copyright notices for the Work and give the Original Author credit reasonable to the medium or means You are utilizing by conveying the name (or pseudonym if applicable) of the Original Author if supplied; the title of the Work if supplied; to the extent reasonably practicable, the Uniform Resource Identifier, if any, that Licensor specifies to be associated with the Work, unless such URI does not refer to the copyright notice or licensing information for the Work; and in the case of a Derivative Work, a credit identifying the use of the Work in the Derivative Work (e.g., "French translation of the Work by Original Author," or "Screenplay based on original Work by Original Author"). Such credit may be implemented in any reasonable manner; provided, however, that in the case of a Derivative Work or Collective Work, at a minimum such credit will appear where any other comparable authorship credit appears and in a manner at least as prominent as such other comparable authorship credit.
For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition:
Performance Royalties Under Blanket Licenses. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance rights society (e.g. ASCAP, BMI, SESAC), royalties for the public performance or public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work if that performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Mechanical Rights and Statutory Royalties. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a music rights agency or designated agent (e.g. Harry Fox Agency), royalties for any phonorecord You create from the Work ("cover version") and distribute, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 115 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your distribution of such cover version is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. 6. Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Representations, Warranties and Disclaimer
UNLESS OTHERWISE MUTUALLY AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES IN WRITING, LICENSOR OFFERS THE WORK AS-IS AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE WORK, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTIBILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS, ACCURACY, OR THE PRESENCE OF ABSENCE OF ERRORS, WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO SUCH EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE OR THE USE OF THE WORK, EVEN IF LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Termination
This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically upon any breach by You of the terms of this License. Individuals or entities who have received Derivative Works or Collective Works from You under this License, however, will not have their licenses terminated provided such individuals or entities remain in full compliance with those licenses. Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 will survive any termination of this License.
Subject to the above terms and conditions, the license granted here is perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright in the Work). Notwithstanding the above, Licensor reserves the right to release the Work under different license terms or to stop distributing the Work at any time; provided, however that any such election will not serve to withdraw this License (or any other license that has been, or is required to be, granted under the terms of this License), and this License will continue in full force and effect unless terminated as stated above.
Miscellaneous
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform the Work or a Collective Work, the Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work, Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the original Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
If any provision of this License is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this License, and without further action by the parties to this agreement, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.
No term or provision of this License shall be deemed waived and no breach consented to unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party to be charged with such waiver or consent.
This License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Work licensed here. There are no understandings, agreements or representations with respect to the Work not specified here. Licensor shall not be bound by any additional provisions that may appear in any communication from You. This License may not be modified without the mutual written agreement of the Licensor and You.
Creative Commons is not a party to this License, and makes no warranty whatsoever in connection with the Work. Creative Commons will not be liable to You or any party on any legal theory for any damages whatsoever, including without limitation any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising in connection to this license. Notwithstanding the foregoing two (2) sentences, if Creative Commons has expressly identified itself as the Licensor hereunder, it shall have all rights and obligations of Licensor.
Except for the limited purpose of indicating to the public that the Work is licensed under the CCPL, neither party will use the trademark "Creative Commons" or any related trademark or logo of Creative Commons without the prior written consent of Creative Commons. Any permitted use will be in compliance with Creative Commons' then-current trademark usage guidelines, as may be published on its website or otherwise made available upon request from time to time.
Creative Commons may be contacted at http://creativecommons.org/.
Copyright © 1999-2012 Gerard Beekmans
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.